TW202236009A - Method for producing laminate, method for producing circuit wiring board, transfer film - Google Patents

Method for producing laminate, method for producing circuit wiring board, transfer film Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW202236009A
TW202236009A TW110140279A TW110140279A TW202236009A TW 202236009 A TW202236009 A TW 202236009A TW 110140279 A TW110140279 A TW 110140279A TW 110140279 A TW110140279 A TW 110140279A TW 202236009 A TW202236009 A TW 202236009A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
mass
intermediate layer
meth
preferable
photosensitive layer
Prior art date
Application number
TW110140279A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
鬼塚悠
Original Assignee
日商富士軟片股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日商富士軟片股份有限公司 filed Critical 日商富士軟片股份有限公司
Publication of TW202236009A publication Critical patent/TW202236009A/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/09Photosensitive materials characterised by structural details, e.g. supports, auxiliary layers
    • G03F7/11Photosensitive materials characterised by structural details, e.g. supports, auxiliary layers having cover layers or intermediate layers, e.g. subbing layers
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/20Exposure; Apparatus therefor
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/26Processing photosensitive materials; Apparatus therefor
    • G03F7/38Treatment before imagewise removal, e.g. prebaking
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/26Processing photosensitive materials; Apparatus therefor
    • G03F7/40Treatment after imagewise removal, e.g. baking
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H05ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H05KPRINTED CIRCUITS; CASINGS OR CONSTRUCTIONAL DETAILS OF ELECTRIC APPARATUS; MANUFACTURE OF ASSEMBLAGES OF ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
    • H05K3/00Apparatus or processes for manufacturing printed circuits
    • H05K3/10Apparatus or processes for manufacturing printed circuits in which conductive material is applied to the insulating support in such a manner as to form the desired conductive pattern
    • H05K3/18Apparatus or processes for manufacturing printed circuits in which conductive material is applied to the insulating support in such a manner as to form the desired conductive pattern using precipitation techniques to apply the conductive material

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Architecture (AREA)
  • Structural Engineering (AREA)
  • Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
  • Microelectronics & Electronic Packaging (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
  • Laminated Bodies (AREA)
  • Manufacturing Of Printed Circuit Boards (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention addresses the problem of providing a method for manufacturing a laminate with which it is possible to suppress excessive adhesion between a photosensitive layer and a photomask after exposure, and achieve excellent resolution of a pattern formed by the photosensitive layer. This method for manufacturing a laminate comprises: a step for bonding a transfer film having a temporary support, an intermediate layer, and a photosensitive layer and a substrate such that the surface on the opposite side to the intermediate layer side of the photosensitive layer of the transfer film comes into contact with the substrate; a step for peeling the temporary support between the temporary support and the intermediate layer; and a step for forming a pattern by performing exposure processing while the exposed intermediate layer and the mask are brought into contact with each other and further performing development processing after exposure. The surface free energy of the surface on the temporary support side of the intermediate layer is 68.0 mJ/m2 or less.

Description

積層體之製造方法、電路配線基板之製造方法、轉印薄膜Manufacturing method of laminate, manufacturing method of circuit wiring board, transfer film

本發明係有關一種積層體之製造方法、電路配線基板之製造方法及轉印薄膜。The present invention relates to a method for manufacturing a laminate, a method for manufacturing a circuit wiring board, and a transfer film.

由於為了獲得既定的圖案之步驟數少,因此使用轉印薄膜之圖案形成方法被廣泛地使用。具體而言,有如下方法,藉由使用轉印薄膜而在任意的基板上配置感光性層,並且隔著遮罩對該感光性層進行曝光之後顯影而形成圖案。Since the number of steps for obtaining a predetermined pattern is small, a pattern forming method using a transfer film is widely used. Specifically, there is a method of arranging a photosensitive layer on an arbitrary substrate using a transfer film, exposing the photosensitive layer through a mask, and then developing it to form a pattern.

例如,在專利文獻1中,揭示了“一種曝光到感光性組成物層之方法,其特徵為,在單面或兩面具有金屬導體層之金屬被覆絕緣板的被金屬被覆之面上層合具有支撐體(A)、厚度為1~35μm的負型感光性組成物層(B)及保護層(C)之感光性樹脂積層體,以使負型感光性組成物層(B)和該金屬被覆絕緣板的金屬被覆面密接,在透射光罩而曝光紫外線時,在曝光之前剝離支撐體,並且使光罩的像透射透鏡而投影。”。For example, in Patent Document 1, it is disclosed that "a method of exposing a photosensitive composition layer is characterized in that a support layer is laminated on the metal-coated surface of a metal-coated insulating board having a metal conductor layer on one or both sides. body (A), a negative photosensitive composition layer (B) with a thickness of 1 to 35 μm, and a photosensitive resin laminate of a protective layer (C), so that the negative photosensitive composition layer (B) and the metal coating The metal-coated surface of the insulating plate is closely bonded, and when the ultraviolet rays are exposed through the photomask, the support is peeled off before exposure, and the image of the photomask is projected through the lens."

[專利文獻1]日本專利第4477077號[Patent Document 1] Japanese Patent No. 4477077

本發明人參閱專利文獻1中所記載之曝光方法,對在曝光之前剝離支撐體(偽支撐體)並將光罩接觸於藉由剝離而露出之感光性組成物層(感光性層)而進行曝光之曝光方法進行研究之結果,發現在曝光後剝離光罩時,有時感光性層和光罩過度黏著而不易剝離。若曝光後的感光性層與光罩的剝離性差,則可能發生諸如由難以剝離而引起之操作性的降低及由感光性層形成材料的附著引起之遮罩污染等問題。故,發現需要抑制曝光後的感光性層和光罩過度黏著。 另一方面,為了抑制感光性層和光罩的過度黏著而在不剝離偽支撐體,並且將光罩接觸於偽支撐體而實施曝光之情況下,由於偽支撐體的存在而曝光光源遠離感光性層,因此可能發生如下問題:在相當於圖案的凹部之區域(例如,在負型感光性層之情況下,相當於非曝光部之區域)不易形成殘渣得到抑制之微細的圖案(換言之,解析性容易變差)。故,在抑制曝光後的感光性層和光罩過度黏著之方法的研究中,需要能夠確保優異的解析性者。 Referring to the exposure method described in Patent Document 1, the present inventors carried out the process of peeling off the support (pseudo-support) before exposure and contacting the photomask to the photosensitive composition layer (photosensitive layer) exposed by peeling. As a result of research on the exposure method of exposure, it was found that when the photomask was peeled off after exposure, sometimes the photosensitive layer and the photomask were too adhered to make it difficult to peel off. If the detachability between the exposed photosensitive layer and the photomask is poor, problems such as a decrease in operability due to difficulty in detachment and contamination of the mask due to adhesion of the photosensitive layer forming material may occur. Therefore, it was found that it is necessary to suppress excessive adhesion between the photosensitive layer and the photomask after exposure. On the other hand, in order to suppress the excessive adhesion of the photosensitive layer and the photomask, when the dummy support is not peeled off, and the photomask is contacted with the dummy support to perform exposure, the exposure light source is far away from the photosensitive layer due to the existence of the dummy support. layer, so there may be a problem that it is difficult to form a fine pattern in which the residue is suppressed in the area corresponding to the concave part of the pattern (for example, in the case of a negative photosensitive layer, the area corresponding to the non-exposed part) (in other words, analysis easily deteriorated). Therefore, in the study of a method for suppressing excessive adhesion between the exposed photosensitive layer and the photomask, one capable of securing excellent resolution is required.

因此,本發明的課題為提供一種能夠抑制曝光後的感光性層和光罩的過度黏著,並且由感光性層形成之圖案的解析性亦優異之、積層體之製造方法。 又,本發明的課題還在於提供一種電路配線基板之製造方法。 又,本發明的課題還在於提供一種適用於在剝離偽支撐體之後進行曝光之曝光方法之轉印薄膜,該轉印薄膜能夠抑制曝光後的感光性層和光罩的過度黏著,並且解析性亦優異。 Therefore, the subject of this invention is to provide the manufacturing method of the laminated body which can suppress excessive adhesion of the photosensitive layer and a photomask after exposure, and is excellent in the resolution of the pattern formed by the photosensitive layer. Moreover, the subject of this invention is providing the manufacturing method of a circuit wiring board. Moreover, the subject of the present invention is also to provide a transfer film suitable for the exposure method of exposing after peeling off the dummy support body, the transfer film can suppress the excessive adhesion of the photosensitive layer and the photomask after exposure, and the resolution is also good. excellent.

本發明人等發現藉由以下構成能夠解決上述課題。The inventors of the present invention found that the above-mentioned problems can be solved by the following configuration.

〔1〕一種積層體之製造方法,其具有: 以具有偽支撐體、中間層及感光性層之轉印薄膜的上述感光性層的與上述中間層側相反一側的表面與基板接觸之方式,將上述轉印薄膜與上述基板貼合之步驟; 在上述偽支撐體與上述中間層之間,剝離上述偽支撐體之步驟; 使露出之上述中間層與遮罩接觸而實施曝光處理,進一步在曝光後實施顯影處理以形成圖案之步驟, 上述中間層的上述偽支撐體側的表面的表面自由能為68.0mJ/m 2以下。 〔2〕如〔1〕所述之積層體之製造方法,其中 上述中間層的上述偽支撐體側的表面的算術平均粗糙度Ra為50nm以下。 〔3〕如〔1〕或〔2〕所述之積層體之製造方法,其中 上述偽支撐體的上述中間層側的表面自由能為25.0~50.0mJ/m 2。 〔4〕如〔1〕至〔3〕之任一項所述之積層體之製造方法,其中 上述中間層包含聚乙烯醇。 〔5〕如〔4〕所述之積層體之製造方法,其中 上述聚乙烯醇的含量相對於上述中間層的總質量為5~95質量%。 〔6〕如〔1〕至〔5〕之任一項所述之積層體之製造方法,其中 上述中間層進一步包含聚乙烯吡咯啶酮。 〔7〕如〔1〕至〔6〕之任一項所述之積層體之製造方法,其中 上述中間層進一步包含選自包括水溶性纖維素衍生物、聚醚類、苯酚衍生物及丙三醇之群組中的1種以上的化合物X。 〔8〕如〔7〕所述之積層體之製造方法,其中 上述化合物X的含量相對於上述中間層的總質量為0.1質量%以上且小於30質量%。 〔9〕如〔7〕或〔8〕所述之積層體之製造方法,其中 上述化合物X包含羥丙基甲基纖維素。 〔10〕如〔1〕至〔9〕之任一項所述之積層體之製造方法,其中 上述中間層的厚度為3.0μm以下。 〔11〕如〔1〕至〔10〕之任一項所述之積層體之製造方法,其中 上述感光性層的厚度為2.0~20μm。 〔12〕一種電路配線基板之製造方法,其包含〔1〕至〔11〕之任一項所述之積層體之製造方法,該電路配線基板之製造方法具有: 在基板上形成晶種層而形成附晶種層之基板之步驟; 以具有偽支撐體、中間層及感光性層之轉印薄膜的上述感光性層的與上述中間層側相反一側的表面與上述附晶種層之基板接觸之方式,將上述轉印薄膜與上述附晶種層之基板貼合以獲得依序具有上述基板、上述晶種層、上述感光性層、上述中間層及上述偽支撐體之附感光性層之基板之步驟; 在上述偽支撐體與上述中間層之間,剝離上述偽支撐體之步驟; 使露出之上述中間層與遮罩接觸而實施曝光處理,進一步在曝光後實施顯影處理以形成圖案之步驟; 在存在於未配置上述圖案之區域之上述晶種層上,藉由電鍍處理而形成金屬鍍層之步驟; 在上述金屬鍍層上形成保護層之步驟; 去除上述圖案之步驟;及 去除露出之上述晶種層以獲得導電性細線之步驟, 上述中間層的上述偽支撐體側的表面的表面自由能為68.0mJ/m 2以下。 〔13〕一種轉印薄膜,其係具有偽支撐體、中間層及感光性層,其中 上述中間層的上述偽支撐體側的表面的表面自由能為68.0mJ/m 2以下, 上述中間層的上述偽支撐體側的表面的算術平均粗糙度Ra為50nm以下。 〔14〕如〔13〕所述之轉印薄膜,其中 上述偽支撐體的中間層側的表面自由能為25.0~50.0mJ/m 2。 〔15〕如〔13〕或〔14〕所述之轉印薄膜,其中 上述中間層包含聚乙烯醇。 〔16〕如〔15〕所述之轉印薄膜,其中 上述聚乙烯醇的含量相對於上述中間層的總質量為5~95質量%。 〔17〕如〔13〕至〔16〕之任一項所述之轉印薄膜,其中 上述中間層進一步包含聚乙烯吡咯啶酮。 〔18〕如〔13〕至〔17〕之任一項所述之轉印薄膜,其中 上述中間層包含選自包括水溶性纖維素衍生物、聚醚類、苯酚衍生物及丙三醇之群組中的1種以上的化合物X。 〔19〕如〔18〕所述之轉印薄膜,其中 上述化合物X的含量相對於上述中間層的總質量為0.1質量%以上且小於30質量%。 〔20〕如〔18〕或〔19〕所述之轉印薄膜,其中 上述化合物X包含羥丙基甲基纖維素。 〔21〕如〔13〕至〔20〕之任一項所述之轉印薄膜,其中 上述中間層的厚度為3.0μm以下。 〔22〕如〔13〕至〔21〕之任一項所述之轉印薄膜,其中 上述感光性層的厚度為2.0~20μm。 [發明效果] [1] A method for producing a laminate, comprising: contacting a substrate with a surface of the photosensitive layer opposite to the side of the intermediate layer of a transfer film having a dummy support, an intermediate layer, and a photosensitive layer , the step of attaching the above-mentioned transfer film to the above-mentioned substrate; between the above-mentioned dummy support body and the above-mentioned intermediate layer, the step of peeling the above-mentioned dummy support body; making the exposed above-mentioned intermediate layer contact with a mask to perform exposure treatment, further In the step of performing a development treatment after exposure to form a pattern, the surface free energy of the surface of the intermediate layer on the dummy support side is 68.0 mJ/m 2 or less. [2] The method for producing a laminate according to [1], wherein the arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the surface of the intermediate layer on the dummy support side is 50 nm or less. [3] The method for producing a laminate according to [1] or [2], wherein the surface free energy of the pseudo-support on the side of the intermediate layer is 25.0 to 50.0 mJ/m 2 . [4] The method for producing a laminate according to any one of [1] to [3], wherein the intermediate layer contains polyvinyl alcohol. [5] The method for producing a laminate according to [4], wherein the content of the polyvinyl alcohol is 5 to 95% by mass relative to the total mass of the intermediate layer. [6] The method for producing a laminate according to any one of [1] to [5], wherein the intermediate layer further contains polyvinylpyrrolidone. [7] The method for producing a laminate according to any one of [1] to [6], wherein the intermediate layer further contains a compound selected from the group consisting of water-soluble cellulose derivatives, polyethers, phenol derivatives, and glycerol. One or more compounds X in the group of alcohols. [8] The method for producing a laminate according to [7], wherein the content of the compound X is 0.1% by mass or more and less than 30% by mass relative to the total mass of the intermediate layer. [9] The method for producing a laminate according to [7] or [8], wherein the compound X contains hydroxypropylmethylcellulose. [10] The method for producing a laminate according to any one of [1] to [9], wherein the intermediate layer has a thickness of 3.0 μm or less. [11] The method for producing a laminate according to any one of [1] to [10], wherein the photosensitive layer has a thickness of 2.0 to 20 μm. [12] A method for manufacturing a circuit wiring board, including the method for manufacturing the laminate described in any one of [1] to [11], the method for manufacturing a circuit wiring board comprising: forming a seed layer on a substrate; The step of forming a substrate with a seed layer; using the surface of the photosensitive layer opposite to the side of the intermediate layer having a dummy support, an intermediate layer, and a transfer film of a photosensitive layer with the substrate with a seed layer In the way of contact, the above-mentioned transfer film is bonded to the above-mentioned substrate with a seed crystal layer to obtain a photosensitive layer with the above-mentioned substrate, the above-mentioned seed crystal layer, the above-mentioned photosensitive layer, the above-mentioned intermediate layer and the above-mentioned dummy support in sequence The step of the substrate; between the above-mentioned dummy support and the above-mentioned intermediate layer, the step of peeling the above-mentioned dummy support; making the exposed above-mentioned intermediate layer contact with the mask to perform exposure treatment, and further implement development treatment after exposure to form a pattern the step of forming a metal plating layer by electroplating on the above-mentioned seed layer existing in the region where the above-mentioned pattern is not arranged; the step of forming a protective layer on the above-mentioned metal plating layer; the step of removing the above-mentioned pattern; In the step of obtaining conductive thin wires from the seed layer, the surface free energy of the surface of the intermediate layer on the dummy support side is 68.0 mJ/m 2 or less. [13] A transfer film comprising a dummy support, an intermediate layer, and a photosensitive layer, wherein the surface free energy of the surface of the intermediate layer on the dummy support side is 68.0 mJ/m 2 or less, and the intermediate layer has The arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the surface on the dummy support side is 50 nm or less. [14] The transfer film according to [13], wherein the surface free energy of the intermediate layer side of the dummy support is 25.0 to 50.0 mJ/m 2 . [15] The transfer film according to [13] or [14], wherein the intermediate layer contains polyvinyl alcohol. [16] The transfer film according to [15], wherein the content of the polyvinyl alcohol is 5 to 95% by mass relative to the total mass of the intermediate layer. [17] The transfer film according to any one of [13] to [16], wherein the intermediate layer further contains polyvinylpyrrolidone. [18] The transfer film according to any one of [13] to [17], wherein the intermediate layer comprises a material selected from the group consisting of water-soluble cellulose derivatives, polyethers, phenol derivatives, and glycerin. One or more compounds X in the group. [19] The transfer film according to [18], wherein the content of the compound X is 0.1% by mass or more and less than 30% by mass relative to the total mass of the intermediate layer. [20] The transfer film according to [18] or [19], wherein the compound X contains hydroxypropylmethylcellulose. [21] The transfer film according to any one of [13] to [20], wherein the intermediate layer has a thickness of 3.0 μm or less. [22] The transfer film according to any one of [13] to [21], wherein the photosensitive layer has a thickness of 2.0 to 20 μm. [Invention effect]

依本發明,能夠抑制曝光後的感光性層與光罩的過度黏著,並且能夠形成由感光性層形成之圖案的解析性優異之圖案之積層體之製造方法。 又,依本發明,還能夠提供一種電路配線基板之製造方法。 又,本發明還能夠提供一種適用於在剝離偽支撐體之後進行曝光之曝光方法之轉印薄膜,該轉印薄膜能夠抑制曝光後的感光性層和光罩的過度黏著,並且能夠形成解析性優異之圖案之轉印薄膜。 According to the present invention, it is possible to suppress excessive adhesion between the photosensitive layer and the photomask after exposure, and to form a laminated body with a pattern excellent in resolution of the pattern formed by the photosensitive layer. Furthermore, according to the present invention, it is also possible to provide a method of manufacturing a circuit wiring board. In addition, the present invention can also provide a transfer film suitable for the exposure method of exposing after peeling off the dummy support. The transfer film can suppress excessive adhesion between the photosensitive layer and the photomask after exposure, and can form a film with excellent resolution. The transfer film of the pattern.

以下,對本發明進行詳細說明。 在本說明書中,使用“~”表示之數值範圍係指將“~”前後所記載之數值作為下限值及上限值而包含之範圍。 在本說明書中階段性記載之數值範圍中,可以將在某數值範圍內記載之上限值或下限值替換為其他階段性記載之數值範圍的上限值或下限值。又,在本說明書中記載之數值範圍中,可以將某數值範圍中記載之上限值或下限值替換為實施例中所示之值。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in detail. In this specification, the numerical range represented by "-" means the range which includes the numerical value described before and after "-" as a lower limit and an upper limit. In the numerical ranges described step by step in this specification, the upper limit or lower limit described in a certain numerical range may be replaced with the upper limit or lower limit of other numerical ranges described stepwise. In addition, in the numerical range described in this specification, the upper limit or the lower limit described in a certain numerical range may be replaced with the value shown in an Example.

在本說明書中,“步驟”這一術語,不僅係指獨立之步驟,即使在無法與其他步驟明確地進行區分之情況下,亦發揮該步驟的預期的目的,則亦包含於本術語中。In this specification, the term "step" not only refers to an independent step, but also includes in the term the intended purpose of the step even if it cannot be clearly distinguished from other steps.

在本說明書中,“透明”係指波長400~700nm的可見光的平均透射率係80%以上,90%以上為較佳。 在本說明書中,可見光的平均透射率係使用分光光度計測量之值,例如,能夠使用Hitachi,Ltd.製造之分光光度計U-3310來進行測量。 In this specification, "transparent" means that the average transmittance of visible light with a wavelength of 400-700 nm is 80% or more, preferably 90% or more. In this specification, the average transmittance of visible light is a value measured using a spectrophotometer, for example, can be measured using a spectrophotometer U-3310 manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.

本說明書中,只要沒有特別指定,則重量平均分子量(Mw)及數量平均分子量(Mn)係藉由使用作為管柱的TSKgel GMHxL、TSKgel G4000HxL或TSKgel G2000HxL(均為TOSOH CORPORATION製造之產品名稱)、作為洗提液的THF(四氫呋喃)、作為檢測器的差示折射計及作為標準物質的聚苯乙烯,並且使用藉由凝膠滲透層析法(GPC)分析裝置測量之標準物質的聚苯乙烯而換算之值。 又,在本說明書中,只要沒有特別指定,則分子量分布所具有之化合物的分子量為重量平均分子量(Mw)。 本說明書中,只要沒有特別指定,金屬元素的含量係使用感應偶合電漿(ICP:Inductively Coupled Plasma)光譜分析裝置而測量之值。 在本說明書中,只要沒有特別指定,則折射率係在波長550nm下使用橢圓偏光計測量之值。 本說明書中,只要沒有特別指定,則色相係使用色差計(CR-221、Minolta Co.,Ltd.製造)而測量之值。 In this specification, unless otherwise specified, weight average molecular weight (Mw) and number average molecular weight (Mn) are obtained by using TSKgel GMHxL, TSKgel G4000HxL or TSKgel G2000HxL (both are product names manufactured by TOSOH CORPORATION), THF (tetrahydrofuran) as an eluent, a differential refractometer as a detector, and polystyrene as a standard substance, and polystyrene as a standard substance measured by a gel permeation chromatography (GPC) analysis device And the converted value. In addition, in this specification, unless otherwise specified, the molecular weight of the compound which a molecular weight distribution has is a weight average molecular weight (Mw). In this specification, unless otherwise specified, the content of metal elements is a value measured using an Inductively Coupled Plasma (ICP: Inductively Coupled Plasma) spectroscopic analyzer. In this specification, unless otherwise specified, the refractive index is a value measured using an ellipsometer at a wavelength of 550 nm. In this specification, unless otherwise specified, the hue is a value measured using a color difference meter (CR-221, manufactured by Minolta Co., Ltd.).

本說明書中,“(甲基)丙烯酸”係包含丙烯酸及甲基丙烯酸兩者之概念,“(甲基)丙烯醯氧基”係包含丙烯醯氧基及甲基丙烯醯氧基兩者之概念,“(甲基)丙烯醯胺基”係包含丙烯醯胺基及甲基丙烯醯胺基兩者之概念,“(甲基)丙烯酸酯”係包含丙烯酸酯及甲基丙烯酸酯兩者之概念。In this specification, "(meth)acrylic acid" is a concept that includes both acrylic acid and methacrylic acid, and "(meth)acryloxy" is a concept that includes both acryloxy and methacryloxy. , "(meth)acrylamide group" is a concept that includes both acrylamide group and methacrylamide group, "(meth)acrylate" is a concept that includes both acrylate and methacrylate .

另外,本說明書中,“鹼可溶性”係指,相對於液溫為22℃的1質量%碳酸鈉水溶液100g的溶解度為0.1g以上。因此,例如,鹼可溶性樹脂係指,滿足上述溶解度條件之樹脂。In addition, in this specification, "alkali solubility" means that the solubility with respect to 100g of 1 mass % sodium carbonate aqueous solution whose liquid temperature is 22 degreeC is 0.1 g or more. Thus, for example, an alkali-soluble resin refers to a resin that satisfies the above-mentioned solubility conditions.

在本說明書中,“水溶性”係指,在液溫為22℃的pH7.0的水100g中的溶解度為0.1g以上。因此,例如,水溶性樹脂係指,滿足上述溶解度條件之樹脂。In this specification, "water solubility" means that the solubility in 100 g of water of pH7.0 whose liquid temperature is 22 degreeC is 0.1 g or more. Thus, for example, a water-soluble resin refers to a resin that satisfies the above-mentioned solubility conditions.

在本說明書中,組成物的“固體成分”係指形成使用組成物形成之組成物層之成分,在組成物包含溶劑(有機溶劑、水等)之情況下,係指去除溶劑之所有成分。又,若為形成組成物層之成分,則液體狀的成分亦被視作固體成分。In this specification, the "solid content" of a composition refers to the components forming the composition layer formed using the composition, and when the composition contains a solvent (organic solvent, water, etc.), it refers to all components except the solvent. Moreover, if it is a component which forms a composition layer, a liquid component is also regarded as a solid component.

[積層體之製造方法] 本發明的積層體之製造方法具有: 以具有偽支撐體、中間層及感光性層之轉印薄膜的上述感光性層的與上述中間層側相反一側的表面與基板接觸之方式,將上述轉印薄膜與上述基板貼合之步驟(以下,亦稱為“轉印薄膜貼合步驟”。); 在上述偽支撐體與上述中間層之間,剝離上述偽支撐體之步驟(以下,亦稱為“偽支撐體剝離步驟”。); 使露出之上述中間層與遮罩接觸而實施曝光處理,進一步在曝光後實施顯影處理以形成圖案之步驟(以下,亦稱為“圖案形成步驟”。), 上述中間層的上述偽支撐體側的表面的表面自由能為68.0mJ/m 2以下。 [Method for producing a laminate] The method for producing a laminate of the present invention comprises: using a surface of the photosensitive layer opposite to the side of the intermediate layer of a transfer film having a dummy support, an intermediate layer, and a photosensitive layer, and The method of contacting the substrate is the step of laminating the above-mentioned transfer film to the above-mentioned substrate (hereinafter, also referred to as "transfer film bonding step."); Between the above-mentioned dummy support and the above-mentioned intermediate layer, the above-mentioned dummy support is peeled off (hereinafter also referred to as "pseudo-support stripping step"); exposing the exposed intermediate layer to a mask, and further performing a development process after exposure to form a pattern (hereinafter also referred to as referred to as "pattern forming step."), the surface free energy of the surface of the intermediate layer on the side of the dummy support is 68.0 mJ/m 2 or less.

作為本發明的積層體之製造方法的特徵點,可以舉出在偽支撐體與感光性層之間設置中間層這一點,及將該中間層的偽支撐體側的表面自由能設為既定數值範圍以下這一點。依據本發明的積層體之製造方法,能夠抑制曝光後的感光性層與光罩的過度黏著,並且解析性亦優異。The characteristic points of the method for producing a laminate of the present invention include providing an intermediate layer between the pseudo-support and the photosensitive layer, and setting the surface free energy on the pseudo-support side of the intermediate layer to a predetermined value. scope below this. According to the manufacturing method of the laminated body of this invention, excessive adhesion of the photosensitive layer and a photomask after exposure can be suppressed, and resolution is also excellent.

雖然本發明的積層體之製造方法發揮所希望的效果之作用機制尚不明確,但本發明人推測為如下。 首先,本發明的積層體之製造方法在偽支撐體與感光性層之間設置中間層,藉此,在偽支撐體剝離步驟後的圖案形成步驟中,藉由中間層的存在而遮罩和感光性層不會直接接觸。作為其結果,曝光後的感光性層和遮罩的過度黏著得到抑制。 本發明人對上述中間層進行進一步研究之結果,發現諸如發生以下問題:在中間層的偽支撐體側的表面的表面自由能超過68.0mJ/m 2之情況下,實施偽支撐體剝離步驟時在中間層和偽支撐體的界面變得難以剝離,並且在中間層與偽支撐體之間的界面並未發生剝離而感光性層的一部分露出和/或剝離了偽支撐體之後的中間層的表面成為粗面(中間層的表面的算術平均粗糙度Ra增大)等。具體而言,明確了在中間層與偽支撐體之間的界面並未發生剝離而感光性層的一部分發生露出之情況下,發生露出之感光性層和遮罩的過度黏著,並且曝光後的遮罩不易剝離。又,明確了即使在剝離偽支撐體之後進行曝光顯影處理之情況下,亦存在如下情況:上述感光性層的露出和/或由於中間層的表面的粗面化(中間層的表面的算術平均粗糙度Ra增大)而阻礙了均勻的曝光,並且變得難以形成抑制了圖案的凹部之區域的殘渣之微細的圖案。 Although the mechanism by which the method for producing a laminate of the present invention exerts the desired effect is not clear, the present inventors speculate as follows. Firstly, in the method for producing a laminate of the present invention, an intermediate layer is provided between the dummy support and the photosensitive layer, whereby the mask and The photosensitive layers are not in direct contact. As a result, excessive adhesion between the exposed photosensitive layer and the mask is suppressed. As a result of further research by the present inventors on the above-mentioned intermediate layer, it was found that problems such as the following occurred: when the surface free energy of the surface on the pseudo-support side of the intermediate layer exceeds 68.0 mJ/m 2 , when performing the pseudo-support stripping step The interface between the intermediate layer and the pseudo-support becomes difficult to peel off, and the interface between the intermediate layer and the pseudo-support does not peel off and a part of the photosensitive layer is exposed and/or the interlayer after the pseudo-support is peeled off The surface becomes rough (the arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the surface of the intermediate layer increases), and the like. Specifically, it has been clarified that when a part of the photosensitive layer is exposed without delamination at the interface between the intermediate layer and the dummy support, excessive adhesion of the exposed photosensitive layer and the mask occurs, and the exposure after exposure The mask does not peel off easily. Also, it has been found that even when the exposure and development treatment is performed after peeling off the dummy support, there are cases where the exposure of the above-mentioned photosensitive layer and/or the roughening of the surface of the intermediate layer (the arithmetic mean of the surface of the intermediate layer The roughness Ra increases) to hinder uniform exposure, and it becomes difficult to form a fine pattern of residues in the region suppressing the concave portion of the pattern.

以下,對本發明的積層體之製造方法的每一步驟進行詳細說明。另外,關於以下所記載之構成要件的說明,有時基於本發明的代表性實施態樣來進行,但是本發明並不限定於這種實施態樣。 又,以下,將能夠進一步抑制曝光後的感光性層和光罩的過度黏著(以下,亦稱為“遮罩非黏著性更加優異”。)和/或能夠形成圖案的凹部的區域的殘渣得到抑制之微細圖案(以下,亦稱為“解析性更加優異”。)亦稱為“本發明的效果更加優異”。 Hereinafter, each step of the manufacturing method of the laminated body of this invention is demonstrated in detail. In addition, the description of the constituent requirements described below may be based on representative embodiments of the present invention, but the present invention is not limited to such embodiments. In addition, hereinafter, excessive adhesion between the photosensitive layer and the photomask after exposure can be further suppressed (hereinafter also referred to as "mask non-adhesion is more excellent.") and/or the residue in the region where the recessed part can be patterned is suppressed The fine pattern (hereinafter also referred to as "more excellent resolution") is also referred to as "more excellent effect of the present invention".

〔第1實施形態〕 積層體之製造方法的第1實施形態依序具有以下示出之轉印薄膜貼合步驟、偽支撐體剝離步驟及圖案形成步驟。 轉印薄膜貼合步驟:以具有偽支撐體、中間層及感光性層之轉印薄膜(以下,亦稱為“轉印薄膜X”。)的上述感光性層的與上述中間層側相反一側的表面(與轉印薄膜X的偽支撐體側相反一側的表面)與上述基板接觸之方式,將上述轉印薄膜與上述基板貼合之步驟 偽支撐體剝離步驟:在上述偽支撐體與上述中間層之間,剝離上述偽支撐體之步驟 圖案形成步驟:使露出之上述中間層與遮罩接觸而實施曝光處理,進一步在曝光後實施顯影處理以形成圖案之步驟(以下,亦稱為“圖案形成步驟”。) 又,在上述轉印薄膜X中,上述中間層的上述偽支撐體側的表面的表面自由能為68.0mJ/m 2以下。 [First Embodiment] The first embodiment of the method for producing a laminate includes a transfer film bonding step, a dummy support peeling step, and a pattern forming step shown below in this order. Transfer film bonding step: use the transfer film (hereinafter, also referred to as "transfer film X") having a dummy support, an intermediate layer, and a photosensitive layer on the opposite side of the above-mentioned photosensitive layer and the above-mentioned intermediate layer The surface on the side of the transfer film X (the surface on the side opposite to the pseudo-support side of the transfer film X) is in contact with the above-mentioned substrate, and the step of bonding the above-mentioned transfer film to the above-mentioned substrate. The step of peeling off the dummy support between the intermediate layer and the pattern forming step: exposing the exposed intermediate layer in contact with a mask, and further performing a development process after exposure to form a pattern (hereinafter also referred to as This is the "pattern forming step".) In the transfer film X, the surface free energy of the surface of the intermediate layer on the dummy support side is 68.0 mJ/m 2 or less.

<<轉印薄膜貼合步驟>> <轉印薄膜X> 關於轉印薄膜X,在後段進行說明。 <<Transfer film lamination process>> <Transfer Film X> The transfer film X will be described later.

<轉印薄膜貼合步驟> 轉印薄膜貼合步驟係以具有偽支撐體、中間層及感光性層之轉印薄膜(轉印薄膜X)的感光層的與中間層側相反一側的表面與基板接觸之方式,將轉印薄膜X與基板貼合之步驟。另外,在轉印薄膜X係具有保護膜之結構之情況下,在剝離保護膜之後實施貼合步驟。 <Transfer film lamination process> The step of attaching the transfer film is to make the transfer film (transfer film X) with a dummy support, an intermediate layer and a photosensitive layer in such a way that the surface of the photosensitive layer opposite to the intermediate layer is in contact with the substrate. The step of attaching the printed film X to the substrate. In addition, in the case where the transfer film X has a structure having a protective film, a bonding step is performed after peeling the protective film.

在貼合時,以使基板與轉印薄膜X的感光層的中間層側相反一側的表面接觸之方式壓接。 作為上述壓接的方法,並無特別限制,能夠使用公知的轉印方法及層合方法。其中,將與轉印薄膜X的感光層的中間層側相反一側的表面重疊在基板上,並且實施利用輥等之加壓及加熱為較佳。 在貼合時能夠使用真空層壓機及自動切割層壓機等公知的層壓機。 作為層合溫度,並無特別限制,例如,70~130℃為較佳。 When laminating, the board|substrate is pressure-bonded so that the surface of the transfer film X opposite to the intermediate|middle layer side of the photosensitive layer may contact. The method of the pressure bonding is not particularly limited, and known transfer methods and lamination methods can be used. Among them, it is preferable to overlay the surface of the transfer film X on the side opposite to the intermediate layer side of the photosensitive layer on the substrate, and to apply pressure and heating with a roller or the like. A known laminator, such as a vacuum laminator and an automatic cutting laminator, can be used for bonding. Although it does not specifically limit as lamination temperature, For example, 70-130 degreeC is preferable.

作為基板,具有支撐基板及配置於支撐基板上之導電層之導電性基板為較佳。導電性基板可以依據需要在支撐基板上形成除了上述導電層以外的任意層。亦即,基板係至少具有支撐基板及配置於支撐基板上之導電層之導電性基板為較佳。As the substrate, a conductive substrate having a supporting substrate and a conductive layer arranged on the supporting substrate is preferable. Conductive Substrate Any layer other than the above-mentioned conductive layer may be formed on the supporting substrate as needed. That is, it is preferable that the substrate is a conductive substrate having at least a supporting substrate and a conductive layer arranged on the supporting substrate.

作為支撐基板,例如,可以舉出樹脂基板、玻璃基板及半導體基板。 作為支撐基板的較佳態樣,例如,在國際公開第2018/155193號公報的[0140]段中有記載,且該內容被編入到本說明書中。 又,支撐基板為樹脂基板之情況下,作為樹脂基板的材料,環烯烴聚合物及聚醯亞胺為較佳,作為樹脂基板的厚度,5~200μm為較佳,10~100μm為更佳。 As a supporting substrate, a resin substrate, a glass substrate, and a semiconductor substrate are mentioned, for example. As a preferred aspect of the supporting substrate, for example, it is described in paragraph [0140] of International Publication No. 2018/155193, and this content is incorporated in this specification. Also, when the support substrate is a resin substrate, cycloolefin polymer and polyimide are preferable as the material of the resin substrate, and the thickness of the resin substrate is preferably 5 to 200 μm, more preferably 10 to 100 μm.

作為導電層,從導電性及細線形成性的觀點考慮,選自包括金屬層、導電性金屬氧化物層、石墨烯層、碳奈米管層及導電聚合物層之群組中的至少一種層為較佳。 又,在支撐基板上可以僅配置1層的導電層,亦可以配置2層以上。在配置2層以上的導電層之情況下,具有不同材質的導電層為較佳。 作為導電層的較佳態樣,例如,在國際公開第2018/155193號公報的[0141]段中有記載,且該內容被編入到本說明書中。 As the conductive layer, at least one layer selected from the group consisting of a metal layer, a conductive metal oxide layer, a graphene layer, a carbon nanotube layer, and a conductive polymer layer from the viewpoint of conductivity and fine line formation is better. In addition, only one conductive layer may be arranged on the supporting substrate, or two or more layers may be arranged. When arranging two or more conductive layers, conductive layers having different materials are preferable. As a preferred aspect of the conductive layer, for example, it is described in paragraph [0141] of International Publication No. 2018/155193, and this content is incorporated into this specification.

作為導電性基板,具有透明電極及迂迴配線中的至少一者之基板為較佳。這種結構的導電性基板能夠較佳地用作觸控面板用基板。 透明電極能夠較佳地發揮觸控面板用電極之功能。透明電極由ITO(氧化銦錫)及IZO(氧化銦鋅)等金屬氧化膜以及金屬網及金屬奈米線等金屬細線構成為較佳。 作為金屬細線,可以舉出銀及銅等細線。其中,銀網及銀奈米線等銀導電性材料為較佳。 As a conductive substrate, a substrate having at least one of transparent electrodes and routing wiring is preferable. A conductive substrate having such a structure can be suitably used as a substrate for a touch panel. The transparent electrode can better function as an electrode for a touch panel. The transparent electrodes are preferably composed of metal oxide films such as ITO (indium tin oxide) and IZO (indium zinc oxide), and thin metal wires such as metal meshes and metal nanowires. Examples of thin metal wires include thin wires such as silver and copper. Among them, silver conductive materials such as silver mesh and silver nanowires are preferred.

作為迂迴配線的材質,金屬為較佳。 作為成為迂迴配線的材質之金屬,可以舉出金、銀、銅、鉬、鋁、鈦、鉻、鋅及錳、以及由該等金屬元素的2種以上組成之合金。作為迂迴配線的材質,銅、鉬、鋁或鈦為較佳,銅為特佳。 As a material of the circuitous wiring, metal is preferable. Examples of the metal used as the material of the routing wiring include gold, silver, copper, molybdenum, aluminum, titanium, chromium, zinc, and manganese, and alloys composed of two or more of these metal elements. As a material of the circuitous wiring, copper, molybdenum, aluminum or titanium are preferable, and copper is particularly preferable.

另外,在本發明的積層體之製造方法中,使轉印薄膜X中的感光性層作為觸控面板用電極保護膜發揮作用之情況下,為了保護電極等(亦即,觸控面板用電極及觸控面板用配線中的至少一者之),以直接或隔著其他層覆蓋之方式設置電極等為較佳。In addition, in the manufacturing method of the laminated body of this invention, when making the photosensitive layer in the transfer film X function as the electrode protection film for touch panels, in order to protect electrodes etc. (that is, the electrodes for touch panels and at least one of the wiring for the touch panel), it is preferable to provide electrodes or the like directly or covered with another layer.

<<偽支撐體剝離步驟>> 偽支撐體剝離步驟係在偽支撐體與中間層之間剝離偽支撐體之步驟。 <<Pseudo-support stripping step>> The step of stripping the pseudo-support is a step of stripping the pseudo-support between the pseudo-support and the intermediate layer.

<剝離處理> 作為偽支撐體的剝離處理方法,並無特別限制,能夠基於公知的方法來實施。 例如,能夠使用與日本特開2010-072589號公報的[0161]~[0162]段中所記載之覆蓋膜剝離機構相同的機構。 <Peel processing> The method of peeling off the pseudo-support is not particularly limited, and it can be performed based on known methods. For example, the same mechanism as the cover film peeling mechanism described in paragraphs [0161] to [0162] of JP-A-2010-072589 can be used.

<中間層的偽支撐體側的表面的表面自由能> 如上所述,在上述轉印薄膜X中,中間層的偽支撐體側的表面的表面自由能為68.0mJ/m 2以下。 中間層的偽支撐體側的表面的表面自由能(以下,亦稱為“表面自由能E I”。)係指,在偽支撐體剝離步驟中剝離偽支撐體而露出之中間層的偽支撐體側的表面(中間層中剝離偽支撐體後露出之面)中的表面自由能。 作為表面自由能E I的上限值,為68.0mJ/m 2以下,從本發明之效果更優異之觀點考慮,65.0mJ/m 2以下為較佳,63.0mJ/m 2以下為更佳,60.0mJ/m 2以下為進一步較佳。又,作為其下限值,例如,45.0mJ/m 2以上為較佳,50.0mJ/m 2以上為更佳,55.0mJ/m 2以上為進一步較佳。 本說明書中,中間層的偽支撐體側的表面的表面自由能E I藉由以下方法計算。 <Surface Free Energy of the Surface of the Intermediate Layer on the False Support Side> As described above, in the transfer film X, the surface free energy of the surface of the intermediate layer on the pseudo support side is 68.0 mJ/m 2 or less. The surface free energy of the surface on the side of the pseudo-support of the intermediate layer (hereinafter, also referred to as "surface free energy E I ") refers to the pseudo-support of the intermediate layer exposed by peeling off the pseudo-support in the pseudo-support stripping step. Surface free energy in the body-side surface (the surface exposed after peeling off the pseudo-support in the middle layer). The upper limit of the surface free energy E I is 68.0 mJ /m or less. From the viewpoint of more excellent effects of the present invention, 65.0 mJ /m or less is preferable, and 63.0 mJ /m or less is more preferable. It is further preferably 60.0 mJ/m 2 or less. Moreover, as the lower limit value, for example, 45.0 mJ/m 2 or more is preferable, 50.0 mJ/m 2 or more is more preferable, and 55.0 mJ/m 2 or more is still more preferable. In the present specification, the surface free energy E I of the surface on the pseudo-support side of the intermediate layer is calculated by the following method.

(表面能的測量·計算方法) 表面能係使用實際測量之純水H 2O和二碘甲烷CH 2I 2的各個接觸角θ H2O及θ CH2I2,並且藉由以下示出之Owens式(連續程式(A)及(B))來求得。另外,在測量以下表面能時,支撐體剝離方法及基材的種類並無特別限制。 (Measurement and calculation method of surface energy) The surface energy is obtained by using the actual measured contact angles θ H2O and θ CH2I2 of pure water H 2 O and diiodomethane CH 2 I 2 , and the Owens formula (continuous Formulas (A) and (B)) to obtain. In addition, in measuring the following surface energy, the support peeling method and the kind of base material are not particularly limited.

(水的接觸角(θ H2O)) 首先,藉由以下方法測量水的接觸角(θ H2O)。 在基材上層合轉印薄膜之後,剝離偽支撐體。 接著,在室溫為25℃、相對濕度為50%的環境下,向中間層的偽支撐體側的表面(剝離偽支撐體後露出之面)滴加純水12μL,20秒鐘之後,使用接觸角計CA-D型(Kyowa Interface Science Co., Ltd)來測量接觸角。上述測量合計進行5次。 而且,將去除了5個測量值中的最大值和最小值之3個測量值的算術平均設為水的接觸角(θ H2O)。 (Contact angle of water (θ H2O )) First, the contact angle of water (θ H2O ) was measured by the following method. After laminating the transfer film on the substrate, the dummy support is peeled off. Next, in an environment with a room temperature of 25°C and a relative humidity of 50%, 12 μL of pure water was dripped onto the surface of the intermediate layer on the side of the pseudo-support (the surface exposed after peeling off the pseudo-support), and after 20 seconds, use Contact angle meter CA-D type (Kyowa Interface Science Co., Ltd) was used to measure the contact angle. The above measurement was performed 5 times in total. Furthermore, the arithmetic mean of 3 measured values excluding the maximum value and the minimum value among 5 measured values was made into the contact angle of water (θ H2O ).

(二碘甲烷的接觸角(θ CH2I2)) 接著,藉由以下方法測量了二碘甲烷的接觸角(θ CH2I2)。 將轉印薄膜層合到基材後剝離偽支撐體。 接著,在室溫為25℃、相對濕度為50%的環境下,向中間層的偽支撐體側的表面(剝離偽支撐體後露出之面)滴加二碘甲烷(FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation製造)12μL,20秒鐘之後,使用接觸角計CA-D型(Kyowa Interface Science Co., Ltd)來測量接觸角。上述測量合計進行5次。 而且,將去除了5個測量值中的最大值和最小值之3個測量值的算術平均設為二碘甲烷的接觸角(θ CH2I2)。 (Contact angle of diiodomethane (θ CH2I2 )) Next, the contact angle of diiodomethane (θ CH2I2 ) was measured by the following method. The dummy support is peeled off after laminating the transfer film to the substrate. Next, in an environment where the room temperature is 25° C. and the relative humidity is 50%, diiodomethane (manufactured by FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation) is dropped on the surface of the pseudo-support side of the intermediate layer (the surface exposed after peeling off the pseudo-support). ) 12 μL, and after 20 seconds, the contact angle was measured using a contact angle meter CA-D type (Kyowa Interface Science Co., Ltd). The above measurement was performed 5 times in total. Furthermore, the arithmetic mean of three measured values excluding the maximum and minimum values among five measured values was set as the contact angle of diiodomethane (θ CH2I2 ).

(基於Owens式計算表面能) 將藉由上述方法測量之θ H2O及θ CH2I2的各值和下述表1中示出之γ的值帶入以下示出之連續程式(A)及(B)而獲得之“γs d+γs h的值”定義為表面能。 另外,在以下表中,L為H 2O之情況下,例如,γ L d由γ H2O d表示。又,L為CH 2I 2之情況下,例如,γ L d由γ CH2I2 d表示。 (Calculation of surface energy based on Owens formula) The values of θ H2O and θ CH2I2 measured by the above-mentioned method and the value of γ shown in Table 1 below were put into the continuous formulas (A) and (B) shown below The obtained "value of γs d + γs h " is defined as the surface energy. In addition, in the following tables, when L is H 2 O, for example, γ L d is represented by γ H2O d . Also, when L is CH 2 I 2 , for example, γ L d is represented by γ CH2I2 d .

[表1] L γ L d γ L h γ LV H 2O 21.8 51.0 72.8 CH 2I 2 49.5 1.3 50.8 [Table 1] L γ L d γ L h γ LV H 2 O 21.8 51.0 72.8 CH 2 I 2 49.5 1.3 50.8

〔連續程式〕 (A): 1+cosθ H2O=2√γ S d(√γ H2O dH2O,V)+2√γ S h(√γ H2O hH2O,V) (B): 1+cosθ CH2I2=2√γ S d(√γ CH2I2 dCH2I2,V)+2√γ S h(√γ CH2I2 hCH2I2,V〔Continuous program〕 (A): 1+cosθ H2O =2√γ S d (√γ H2O dH2O,V )+2√γ S h (√γ H2O hH2O,V ) (B): 1+cosθ CH2I2 =2√γ S d ( √γ CH2I2 dCH2I2,V )+2√γ S h ( √γ CH2I2 hCH2I2,V )

<中間層的偽支撐體側的表面的算術平均粗糙度Ra> 中間層的偽支撐體側的表面的算術平均粗糙度Ra係指,在偽支撐體剝離步驟中,剝離偽支撐體而露出之中間層的偽支撐體側的表面(中間層中,在剝離偽支撐體之後露出之面)的算術平均粗糙度Ra。 作為中間層的偽支撐體側的表面的算術平均粗糙度Ra的上限值,從本發明之效果更優異之觀點考慮,50nm以下為較佳,30nm以下為更佳,20nm以下為進一步較佳。又,作為其下限值,例如,0nm以上為較佳,1nm以上為更佳。 本說明書中,中間層的偽支撐體側的表面的算術平均粗糙度Ra係藉由以下方法測量之值。 <Arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the surface on the pseudo-support side of the intermediate layer> The arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the surface on the pseudo-support side of the intermediate layer refers to the surface on the pseudo-support side of the intermediate layer exposed by peeling off the pseudo-support in the pseudo-support stripping step (in the intermediate layer, the surface on the pseudo-support side of the stripped pseudo-support is The arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the surface exposed after the support. The upper limit value of the arithmetic average roughness Ra of the surface of the pseudo-support side of the intermediate layer is preferably 50 nm or less, more preferably 30 nm or less, and still more preferably 20 nm or less, from the viewpoint of more excellent effects of the present invention. . Moreover, as its lower limit, for example, 0 nm or more is preferable, and 1 nm or more is more preferable. In this specification, the arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the surface of the pseudo-support side of an intermediate|middle layer is the value measured by the following method.

中間層的偽支撐體側的表面的算術平均粗糙度Ra係藉由以下方法來測量。使用三維光學輪廓儀(New View7300,Zygo Corporation製造),在以下條件下獲得測量對象物的表面輪廓。作為測量及分析軟體,使用MetroPro ver8.3.2的Microscope Application。接著,使用上述軟體顯示Surface Map畫面,在Surface Map畫面中獲得直方圖資料。從所獲得之直方圖資料中獲得測量對象物的表面的算術平均粗糙度Ra。The arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the surface on the pseudo-support side of the intermediate layer was measured by the following method. Using a three-dimensional optical profiler (New View7300, manufactured by Zygo Corporation), the surface profile of the object to be measured was obtained under the following conditions. As measurement and analysis software, Microscope Application of MetroPro ver8.3.2 was used. Then, use the above-mentioned software to display the Surface Map screen, and obtain the histogram data in the Surface Map screen. The arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the surface of the object to be measured is obtained from the obtained histogram data.

<中間層的厚度> 作為中間層的厚度,並無特別限制,作為其上限值,從本發明之效果更優異之觀點考慮,例如,10μm以下為較佳,5.0μm以下為更佳,4.0μm以下為進一步較佳,3.0μm以下為特佳。又,作為其下限值,從氧透射性更加優異之觀點考慮,例如,50nm以上為較佳,100nm以上為更佳。 中間層的厚度係作為基於SEM(掃描式電子顯微鏡:Scanning Electron Microscope)的剖面觀察而測量之任意5點的平均值來計算。 <Thickness of middle layer> The thickness of the intermediate layer is not particularly limited, but the upper limit is, for example, preferably 10 μm or less, more preferably 5.0 μm or less, and still more preferably 4.0 μm or less, from the viewpoint of more excellent effects of the present invention. , 3.0 μm or less is particularly preferred. In addition, as the lower limit value, from the viewpoint of more excellent oxygen permeability, for example, 50 nm or more is preferable, and 100 nm or more is more preferable. The thickness of the intermediate layer is calculated as an average value of arbitrary 5 points measured by SEM (Scanning Electron Microscope: Scanning Electron Microscope) cross-sectional observation.

<偽支撐體的中間層側的表面自由能> 偽支撐體的中間層側的表面的表面自由能(以下,亦稱為“表面自由能E S”。)係指,在偽支撐體剝離步驟中,剝離偽支撐體而露出之偽支撐體的中間層側的表面(在偽支撐體中,與中間層分離之後露出之面)的表面自由能。 作為表面自由能E S的上限值,例如,60.0mJ/m 2以下為較佳,54.0mJ/m 2以下為更佳,50.0mJ/m 2以下為進一步較佳。又,作為其下限值,例如,20.0mJ/m 2以上為較佳,從本發明之效果更優異之觀點考慮,25.0mJ/m 2以上為更佳。 本說明書中,偽支撐體的中間層側的表面的表面自由能E S係藉由與上述中間層的偽支撐體側的表面的表面自由能E I相同的方法求得之值。 <Surface free energy on the intermediate layer side of the pseudo-support> The surface free energy of the surface on the intermediate layer side of the pseudo-support (hereinafter, also referred to as "surface free energy E S ") refers to the , the surface free energy of the surface on the side of the intermediate layer of the pseudo-support exposed by peeling off the pseudo-support (in the pseudo-support, the surface exposed after separation from the intermediate layer). The upper limit of the surface free energy ES is, for example, preferably not more than 60.0 mJ/m 2 , more preferably not more than 54.0 mJ/m 2 , and still more preferably not more than 50.0 mJ/m 2 . Also, as the lower limit value, for example, 20.0 mJ/m 2 or more is preferable, and from the viewpoint of more excellent effects of the present invention, 25.0 mJ/m 2 or more is more preferable. In this specification, the surface free energy E S of the surface of the intermediate layer side of the pseudo-support is a value obtained by the same method as the surface free energy E I of the surface of the pseudo-support side of the intermediate layer.

另外,作為表面自由能E I和表面自由能E S,滿足以下關係(1)和/或(2)亦較佳。 (1)表面自由能E I(mJ/m 2)>表面自由能E S(mJ/m 2) (2)表面自由能E I(mJ/m 2)與表面自由能E S(mJ/m 2)之差為3.0~40mJ/m 2(較佳為3.0~30mJ/m 2)。 In addition, as the surface free energy E I and the surface free energy ES , it is also preferable to satisfy the following relationship (1) and/or (2). (1) Surface free energy E I (mJ/m 2 ) > Surface free energy E S (mJ/m 2 ) (2) Surface free energy E I (mJ/m 2 ) and surface free energy E S (mJ/m 2 ) The difference is 3.0 to 40 mJ/m 2 (preferably 3.0 to 30 mJ/m 2 ).

<<圖案形成步驟>> 圖案形成步驟係使露出之中間層與遮罩接觸而實施曝光處理,進一步實施顯影處理以形成圖案之步驟。 <<Pattern Formation Step>> The pattern forming step is a step of exposing the exposed intermediate layer in contact with a mask, and further implementing a developing process to form a pattern.

<曝光處理> 曝光處理係相對於剝離偽支撐體而使中間層露出之積層體的感光性層進行圖案露出之處理。 另外,“圖案曝光”係指,曝光成圖案狀之形態,亦即存在曝光部和非曝光部之形態的曝光。 圖案曝光中的曝光部和非曝光部的位置關係並無特別限制,可以適當調整。 在曝光處理中,在藉由剝離偽支撐體而露出之中間層上,以密接在既定位置具有開口部之遮罩之方式配置而實施曝光處理。 例如,在感光性層係負型感光性層之情況下,藉由實施上述曝光處理,能夠在感光性層的曝光部(相當於遮罩的開口部之位置)發生感光性層中所包含之成分的硬化反應。藉由曝光處理之後實施顯影處理(尤其,鹼顯影處理)而感光性層的非曝光部被去除,並形成圖案。 <Exposure processing> Exposure treatment is a process of exposing a pattern to the photosensitive layer of the laminate in which the intermediate layer is exposed by peeling off the dummy support. In addition, "pattern exposure" refers to exposure in a pattern-like form, that is, exposure in a form in which an exposed portion and a non-exposed portion exist. The positional relationship between the exposed portion and the non-exposed portion in the pattern exposure is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately adjusted. In the exposure process, on the intermediate layer exposed by peeling off the dummy support, a mask having openings at predetermined positions is placed in close contact with each other, and the exposure process is performed. For example, in the case where the photosensitive layer is a negative photosensitive layer, by performing the above-mentioned exposure treatment, it is possible to generate the light contained in the photosensitive layer in the exposed part (corresponding to the position of the opening of the mask) of the photosensitive layer. The hardening reaction of the ingredients. The non-exposed portion of the photosensitive layer is removed by performing development treatment (in particular, alkali development treatment) after the exposure treatment, and a pattern is formed.

又,感光性層為負型感光性層之情況下,作為圖案曝光的光源,只要係能夠照射至少硬化感光性層而獲得之波長域的光(例如,365nm或405nm)者,則能夠適當選定使用。 其中,圖案曝光的曝光光的主波長為365nm為較佳。另外,主波長係指強度最高的波長。 作為光源,例如,可以舉出各種激光、發光二極體(LED)、超高壓水銀燈、高壓水銀燈及金屬鹵素燈。 曝光量為5~200mJ/cm 2為較佳,10~200mJ/cm 2為更佳。 Also, when the photosensitive layer is a negative photosensitive layer, as a light source for pattern exposure, it can be appropriately selected as long as it can irradiate at least light in the wavelength range obtained by hardening the photosensitive layer (for example, 365 nm or 405 nm). use. Among them, the dominant wavelength of the exposure light for pattern exposure is preferably 365 nm. In addition, the dominant wavelength means the wavelength with the highest intensity. Examples of light sources include various lasers, light-emitting diodes (LEDs), ultra-high pressure mercury lamps, high-pressure mercury lamps, and metal halide lamps. The exposure amount is preferably 5 to 200 mJ/cm 2 , more preferably 10 to 200 mJ/cm 2 .

作為使用於曝光之光源、曝光量及曝光方法的較佳態樣,例如,在國際公開第2018/155193號公報的[0146]~[0147]段中有記載,且該等內容被編入到本說明書中。As a preferred aspect of the light source, exposure amount, and exposure method used for exposure, for example, it is described in paragraphs [0146] to [0147] of International Publication No. 2018/155193, and these contents are incorporated into this document in the manual.

積層體之製造方法的第1實施形態係曝光處理後,並且在實施顯影處理之前,剝離在曝光處理中使用之遮罩(光罩)為較佳。In the first embodiment of the method for producing a laminate, it is preferable to peel off the mask (reticle) used in the exposure process after the exposure process and before the development process.

<顯影處理> 顯影處理係將藉由曝光處理而獲得之曝光成圖案狀之感光性層進行顯影而形成圖案之處理。 上述感光性層的顯影能夠使用顯影液來實施。例如,感光性層為負型感光性層之情況下,藉由使用了鹼顯影液之顯影處理而去除感光性層的非曝光部,作為該結果,能夠形成以遮罩的開口部作為凸部之圖案。 <Development treatment> The development treatment is a treatment for forming a pattern by developing the pattern-exposed photosensitive layer obtained by the exposure treatment. The image development of the said photosensitive layer can be implemented using a developing solution. For example, when the photosensitive layer is a negative-type photosensitive layer, the non-exposed portion of the photosensitive layer is removed by developing treatment using an alkali developing solution, and as a result, a masked opening can be formed as a convex portion. The pattern.

在顯影處理中,作為顯影液,鹼性水溶液為較佳。作為鹼性水溶液中能夠包含之鹼性化合物,例如,可以舉出氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀、碳酸鈉、碳酸鉀、碳酸氫鈉、碳酸氫鉀、氫氧化四甲基銨、氫氧化四乙基銨、氫氧化四丙基銨、氫氧化四丁基銨及膽鹼(2-羥基氫氧化乙基三甲基銨)。In the developing treatment, an alkaline aqueous solution is preferable as a developing solution. As the basic compound that can be contained in the alkaline aqueous solution, for example, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium bicarbonate, potassium bicarbonate, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, tetraethyl hydroxide Ammonium Hydroxide, Tetrapropylammonium Hydroxide, Tetrabutylammonium Hydroxide and Choline (2-Hydroxyethyltrimethylammonium Hydroxide).

作為顯影的方式,例如,可以舉出覆液式顯影、噴淋顯影、旋轉顯影及浸塗顯影等方式。As a system of image development, systems, such as flood image development, shower image development, spin image development, and dip-coat image development, are mentioned, for example.

作為本說明書中可較佳地使用之顯影液,例如,可以舉出國際公開第2015/093271號公報的[0194]段中記載之顯影液,作為可較佳地使用之顯影方式,例如,可以舉出國際公開第2015/093271號公報的[0195]段中記載之顯影方式。As a developing solution that can be preferably used in this specification, for example, the developing solution described in paragraph [0194] of International Publication No. 2015/093271 can be mentioned. As a developing method that can be used preferably, for example, The developing method described in paragraph [0195] of International Publication No. 2015/093271 is mentioned.

<<後曝光步驟及後烘烤步驟>> 積層體之製造方法的第1實施形態可以具有將藉由顯影處理而獲得之圖案進行曝光之步驟(後曝光步驟)和/或進行加熱之步驟(後烘烤步驟)。 在包含後曝光步驟及後烘烤步驟兩者之情況下,在後曝光之後實施後烘烤為較佳。 作為後曝光的曝光量,100~5000mJ/cm 2為較佳,200~3000mJ/cm 2為更佳。 作為後烘烤的溫度,80~250℃為較佳,90~160℃為更佳。 作為後烘烤的時間,1~180分鐘為較佳,10~60分鐘為更佳。 <<Post-exposure step and post-baking step>> The first embodiment of the method for producing a laminate may include a step of exposing the pattern obtained by the development treatment (post-exposure step) and/or a step of heating ( post-bake step). In the case of including both the post-exposure step and the post-baking step, it is preferable to perform post-baking after the post-exposure. The exposure amount of the post-exposure is preferably 100 to 5000 mJ/cm 2 , more preferably 200 to 3000 mJ/cm 2 . The post-baking temperature is preferably from 80 to 250°C, more preferably from 90 to 160°C. The post-baking time is preferably from 1 to 180 minutes, more preferably from 10 to 60 minutes.

經過上述步驟而在基板上形成之圖案的位置及大小並無特別限制。圖案為細線狀為較佳,其寬度為20μm以下為較佳,15μm以下為更佳。另外,作為下限值,並無特別限制,例如為1μm以上,5μm以上為較佳。The position and size of the pattern formed on the substrate through the above steps are not particularly limited. The pattern is preferably in the shape of a thin line, and its width is preferably 20 μm or less, more preferably 15 μm or less. In addition, the lower limit value is not particularly limited, and is preferably 1 μm or more, preferably 5 μm or more, for example.

<轉印薄膜X> 接著,對轉印薄膜X進行說明。 作為轉印薄膜X,具有偽支撐體、中間層及感光性層,並且,只要係中間層的偽支撐體側的表面的表面自由能為68.0mJ/m 2以下之轉印薄膜,則並無特別限制,能夠使用公知的轉印薄膜。 以下,對轉印薄膜X的實施形態進行說明。 <Transfer Film X> Next, the transfer film X will be described. The transfer film X has a dummy support, an intermediate layer, and a photosensitive layer, and as long as it is a transfer film whose surface free energy on the dummy support side of the intermediate layer is 68.0 mJ/ m2 or less, there is no Particularly limited, known transfer films can be used. Hereinafter, an embodiment of the transfer film X will be described.

作為轉印薄膜X的結構,並無特別限制,例如,可以舉出以下結構。 (1)“偽支撐體/中間層/感光性層/保護膜” (2)“偽支撐體/中間層/感光性層/折射率調整層/保護膜” 另外,在上述各結構中,感光性層為負型感光性層為較佳。又,感光性層係著色樹脂層亦較佳。 又,上述(1)轉印薄膜X中,中間層可以由2層形成。具體而言,“偽支撐體/第2中間層/第1中間層/感光性層/保護膜”的結構。 又,關於藉由本發明的積層體之製造方法而獲得之圖案,如後述那樣,能夠適用電路配線之製造方法中的晶種層保護圖案及配線保護膜之製造方法中的配線保護膜圖案等。故,關於轉印薄膜X,可以係蝕刻抗蝕劑用轉印薄膜,亦可以係配線保護膜用轉印薄膜。另外,轉印薄膜X係蝕刻抗蝕劑用轉印薄膜之情況下,作為轉印薄膜X的結構,例如,上述(1)的結構為較佳。轉印薄膜X係配線保護膜用轉印薄膜之情況下,作為轉印薄膜X的結構,例如,上述(1)或(2)的結構為較佳。 Although it does not specifically limit as a structure of the transfer film X, For example, the following structures are mentioned. (1) "pseudo-support/intermediate layer/photosensitive layer/protective film" (2) "pseudo-support/intermediate layer/photosensitive layer/refractive index adjustment layer/protective film" In addition, in each of the above structures, it is preferable that the photosensitive layer is a negative photosensitive layer. Moreover, it is also preferable that a photosensitive layer is a colored resin layer. In addition, in the above (1) transfer film X, the intermediate layer may be formed of two layers. Specifically, the structure of "dummy support/second intermediate layer/first intermediate layer/photosensitive layer/protective film". Moreover, as for the pattern obtained by the manufacturing method of the laminated body of this invention, as mentioned later, the seed layer protection pattern in the manufacturing method of circuit wiring, the wiring protective film pattern in the manufacturing method of a wiring protective film, etc. can be applied. Therefore, the transfer film X may be a transfer film for an etching resist or a transfer film for a wiring protective film. Moreover, when the transfer film X is a transfer film for etching resists, as a structure of the transfer film X, for example, the structure of said (1) is preferable. When the transfer film X is a transfer film for wiring protection films, as a structure of the transfer film X, for example, the structure of said (1) or (2) is preferable.

從上述積層體之製造方法中的貼合步驟中抑制產生氣泡之觀點考慮,轉印薄膜X的波紋的最大寬度為300μm以下為較佳,200μm以下為更佳,60μm以下為進一步較佳。另外,作為波紋的最大寬度的下限值為0μm以上,0.1μm以上為較佳,1μm以上為更佳。 轉印薄膜X的波紋的最大寬度係藉由以下步驟測量之值。 首先,將轉印薄膜X沿與主表面垂直之方向剪切為長20cm×寬20cm的尺寸而製作出試驗樣品。另外,轉印薄膜X具有保護膜之情況下,剝離保護膜。接著,在表面平滑且水平的載物台上,將上述試驗樣品以使偽支撐體的表面與載物台對向之方式靜置。靜置後,對試驗樣品的中心10cm見方的範圍,用雷射顯微鏡(例如,KEYENCE CORPORATION製造之VK-9700SP)掃描試樣樣品的表面而獲得三維表面圖像,從在所獲得之三維表面圖像中觀察到之最大凸面高度減去最低凹面高度。對10個試驗樣品進行上述操作,將其算術平均值作為“轉印薄膜X的波紋最大寬度”。 From the viewpoint of suppressing generation of air bubbles in the bonding step in the above-mentioned method for producing a laminate, the maximum width of the ripples of the transfer film X is preferably 300 μm or less, more preferably 200 μm or less, still more preferably 60 μm or less. In addition, the lower limit of the maximum width of the corrugation is 0 μm or more, preferably 0.1 μm or more, more preferably 1 μm or more. The maximum width of the ripples of the transfer film X is a value measured by the following procedure. First, the transfer film X was cut into a size of 20 cm long by 20 cm wide in a direction perpendicular to the main surface to prepare a test sample. In addition, when the transfer film X has a protective film, the protective film is peeled off. Next, the above-mentioned test sample was left still on a stage with a smooth and horizontal surface so that the surface of the dummy support faced the stage. After standing still, use a laser microscope (for example, VK-9700SP manufactured by KEYENCE CORPORATION) to scan the surface of the test sample to obtain a three-dimensional surface image of the center of the test sample within a 10 cm square area. From the obtained three-dimensional surface image The maximum convex height observed in the image minus the lowest concave height. The above-mentioned operation was performed on 10 test samples, and the arithmetic mean thereof was taken as "the maximum width of the ripples of the transfer film X".

以下,首先,對中間層及偽支撐體進行說明,接著,舉出具體的實施形態的一例,對轉印薄膜X的整體結構進行說明。 另外,作為轉印薄膜X的具體的實施形態而在後段中說明之第1實施形態的轉印薄膜X1係能夠較佳地使用於蝕刻抗蝕劑用轉印薄膜之結構,第2實施形態的轉印薄膜X2能夠較佳地使用能夠在配線保護膜用轉印薄膜中較佳地使用之結構。 Hereinafter, first, the intermediate layer and the dummy support will be described, and then, an example of a specific embodiment will be given to describe the overall structure of the transfer film X. In addition, the transfer film X1 of the first embodiment described later as a specific embodiment of the transfer film X has a structure that can be preferably used for a transfer film for etching resist, and the transfer film X1 of the second embodiment As the transfer film X2, a structure that can be preferably used for a transfer film for wiring protective films can be preferably used.

(中間層) 關於轉印薄膜X的中間層,其偽支撐體側的表面的表面自由能(表面自由能E I)為68.0mJ/m 2以下。 另外,表面自由能E I係指,從轉印薄膜X剝離偽支撐體而露出之中間層的偽支撐體側的表面中的表面自由能。 關於表面自由能E I的較佳態樣及測量方法,如上所述。 (Intermediate Layer) Regarding the intermediate layer of the transfer film X, the surface free energy (surface free energy E I ) of the surface on the pseudo-support side is 68.0 mJ/m 2 or less. In addition, the surface free energy E I refers to the surface free energy in the surface of the dummy support side of the intermediate layer exposed from the transfer film X by peeling off the dummy support. The preferred aspect and measurement method of the surface free energy E I are as described above.

又,作為轉印薄膜X的中間層的偽支撐體側的表面的算術平均粗糙度Ra的上限值,從本發明之效果更優異之觀點考慮,50nm以下為較佳。 另外,中間層的偽支撐體側的表面的算術平均粗糙度Ra係指,從轉印薄膜X剝離偽支撐體而露出之中間層的表面的算術平均粗糙度Ra。 關於中間層的表面的算術平均粗糙度Ra的較佳態樣及測量方法為如上所述。 In addition, the upper limit value of the arithmetic average roughness Ra of the surface of the intermediate layer of the transfer film X on the dummy support side is preferably 50 nm or less from the viewpoint that the effect of the present invention is more excellent. In addition, the arithmetic average roughness Ra of the surface of the intermediate layer on the dummy support side refers to the arithmetic average roughness Ra of the surface of the intermediate layer exposed by peeling off the dummy support from the transfer film X. A preferred aspect and measurement method of the arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the surface of the intermediate layer are as described above.

又,作為轉印薄膜X的中間層的厚度的上限值,從本發明之效果更優異之觀點考慮,10μm以下為較佳。關於中間層的厚度的較佳態樣及測量方法為如上所述。In addition, the upper limit of the thickness of the intermediate layer of the transfer film X is preferably 10 μm or less from the viewpoint that the effect of the present invention is more excellent. The preferred aspects and measuring methods of the thickness of the intermediate layer are as described above.

作為中間層,包含水溶性樹脂之水溶性樹脂層為較佳。 又,作為中間層,具有阻氧能力為較佳。藉由中間層具有阻氧能力,從而曝光時的靈敏度得到提高,並且曝光機的時間負載降低而生產性得到提高,因此較佳。又,轉印薄膜X中的感光性層係包含自由基聚合性化合物之負型感光性層之情況下,還具有在曝光時的聚合反應中不易發生氧阻礙之優點。 作為中間層,其中,顯示低透氧性,並且分散或溶解於水或鹼水溶液(在22℃下的碳酸鈉的1質量%水溶液)之層為較佳。 As the intermediate layer, a water-soluble resin layer containing a water-soluble resin is preferable. Also, as an intermediate layer, it is preferable to have an oxygen barrier capability. Since the sensitivity at the time of exposure improves and the time load of an exposure machine reduces and productivity improves because an intermediate layer has an oxygen barrier capability, it is preferable. In addition, when the photosensitive layer in the transfer film X is a negative photosensitive layer containing a radically polymerizable compound, there is also an advantage that oxygen hindrance hardly occurs in the polymerization reaction at the time of exposure. As the intermediate layer, among them, a layer exhibiting low oxygen permeability, and being dispersed or dissolved in water or an aqueous alkali solution (a 1 mass % aqueous solution of sodium carbonate at 22° C.) is preferable.

中間層包含樹脂為較佳。 上述樹脂作為其一部分或全部而包含水溶性樹脂為較佳。 作為能夠用作水溶性樹脂之樹脂,例如,可以舉出聚乙烯醇系樹脂、聚乙烯吡咯啶酮系樹脂、纖維素系樹脂(例如,羥丙基纖維素及羥丙基甲基纖維素等水溶性纖維素衍生物)、丙烯醯胺系樹脂、聚醚系樹脂(例如,聚乙二醇及聚丙二醇等聚環氧烷系樹脂)、明膠、乙烯基醚系樹脂、聚醯胺樹脂及該等共聚物等樹脂。 又,作為水溶性樹脂,亦能夠使用(甲基)丙烯酸/乙烯酯化合物的共聚物等。作為(甲基)丙烯酸/乙烯酯化合物的共聚物,(甲基)丙烯酸/(甲基)丙烯酸烯丙酯的共聚物為較佳,甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸烯丙酯的共聚物為更佳。水溶性樹脂係(甲基)丙烯酸/乙烯基化合物的共聚物之情況下,作為各組成比(莫耳%),例如,90/10~20/80為較佳,80/20~30/70為更佳。 It is preferable that the intermediate layer contains resin. It is preferable that the above-mentioned resin contains a water-soluble resin as part or all of it. As resins that can be used as water-soluble resins, for example, polyvinyl alcohol-based resins, polyvinylpyrrolidone-based resins, cellulose-based resins (such as hydroxypropyl cellulose and hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, etc.) water-soluble cellulose derivatives), acrylamide-based resins, polyether-based resins (such as polyalkylene oxide-based resins such as polyethylene glycol and polypropylene glycol), gelatin, vinyl ether-based resins, polyamide resins, and Resins such as these copolymers. Moreover, as a water-soluble resin, the copolymer of (meth)acrylic acid/vinyl ester compound etc. can also be used. As a copolymer of (meth)acrylic acid/vinyl ester compound, a copolymer of (meth)acrylic acid/allyl (meth)acrylate is preferable, and a copolymer of methacrylic acid/allyl methacrylate is more preferable. good. In the case of a water-soluble resin-based (meth)acrylic acid/vinyl compound copolymer, the respective composition ratios (mol %) are, for example, preferably 90/10 to 20/80, and 80/20 to 30/70 for better.

作為水溶性樹脂的重量平均分子量的下限值,5,000以上為較佳,7,000以上為更佳,10,000以上為進一步較佳。又,作為其上限值,200,000以下為較佳,100,000以下為更佳,50,000以下為進一步較佳。 水溶性樹脂的分散度(Mw/Mn)為1~10為較佳,1~5為更佳。 The lower limit of the weight average molecular weight of the water-soluble resin is preferably at least 5,000, more preferably at least 7,000, and still more preferably at least 10,000. Moreover, as the upper limit value, 200,000 or less are preferable, 100,000 or less are more preferable, 50,000 or less are still more preferable. The degree of dispersion (Mw/Mn) of the water-soluble resin is preferably 1-10, more preferably 1-5.

作為水溶性樹脂,從本發明之效果更優異之觀點和/或阻氧能力更加優異之觀點考慮,包含1種以上的聚乙烯醇及聚乙烯吡咯啶酮為較佳,包含聚乙烯醇為更佳,包含聚乙烯醇及聚乙烯吡咯啶酮中的任一者為進一步較佳。 又,併用聚乙烯醇及聚乙烯吡咯啶酮的1種以上及水溶性纖維素衍生物及聚醚類的1種以上亦較佳,併用聚乙烯醇及聚乙烯吡咯啶酮的1種以上及水溶性纖維素衍生物為更佳。 As the water-soluble resin, it is preferable to contain at least one kind of polyvinyl alcohol and polyvinylpyrrolidone from the viewpoint of more excellent effects of the present invention and/or more excellent oxygen barrier ability, and it is more preferable to contain polyvinyl alcohol. Preferably, any one of polyvinyl alcohol and polyvinylpyrrolidone is further preferably included. In addition, it is also preferable to use one or more kinds of polyvinyl alcohol and polyvinylpyrrolidone and one or more kinds of water-soluble cellulose derivatives and polyethers in combination, and to use together one or more kinds of polyvinyl alcohol and polyvinylpyrrolidone and Water-soluble cellulose derivatives are more preferred.

作為水溶性纖維素衍生物,並無特別限制,可以舉出羥乙基纖維素、羥丙基甲基纖維素、羥丙基纖維素、甲基纖維素及乙基纖維素等。 作為聚醚類,可以舉出聚乙二醇及聚丙二醇等。 The water-soluble cellulose derivative is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include hydroxyethylcellulose, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, hydroxypropylcellulose, methylcellulose, and ethylcellulose. Polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, etc. are mentioned as a polyether.

水溶性樹脂可以單獨使用1種,亦可以使用2種以上。 水溶性樹脂的含量並無特別限制,從本發明之效果更優異之觀點和/或阻氧能力更加優異之觀點考慮,相對於中間層的總質量為50質量%以上為較佳,70質量%以上為更佳。另外,作為其上限值,並無特別限制,例如為100質量%以下,99.9質量%以下為較佳,99.8質量%以下為更佳,99質量%以下為進一步較佳。 The water-soluble resin may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The content of the water-soluble resin is not particularly limited, but it is preferably 50% by mass or more, 70% by mass relative to the total mass of the intermediate layer, from the standpoint of a better effect of the present invention and/or a better oxygen barrier capability. The above is better. In addition, the upper limit is not particularly limited, for example, 100% by mass or less, preferably 99.9% by mass or less, more preferably 99.8% by mass or less, still more preferably 99% by mass or less.

又,中間層可以具有上述樹脂以外的其他成分。 另外,作為上述其他成分的分子量的上限值,並無特別限制,小於5,000為較佳,4,000以下為更佳,3,000以下為進一步較佳,2,000以下為更進一步較佳,1,500以下為特佳。另外,作為下限值,例如為60以上。 In addition, the intermediate layer may have other components than the above-mentioned resins. In addition, the upper limit of the molecular weight of the above-mentioned other components is not particularly limited, but it is preferably less than 5,000, more preferably 4,000 or less, still more preferably 3,000 or less, still more preferably 2,000 or less, and particularly preferably 1,500 or less. . Moreover, as a lower limit, it is 60 or more, for example.

作為上述其他成分,其中,從容易調整中間層的偽支撐體側的表面自由能E I的觀點考慮,多元醇類、多元醇類的環氧烷加成物、苯酚衍生物或醯胺化合物為較佳,多元醇類或苯酚衍生物為更佳。 作為多元醇類所包含之羥基的個數,並無特別限制,例如,2~10個為較佳。 作為多元醇類,例如,可以舉出丙三醇、二丙三醇及二乙二醇等。 作為多元醇類的環氧烷加成物,可以舉出上述多元醇類中加成了環氧乙烷及環氧丙烷等而得之化合物。另外,平均加成數並無特別限制,例如為1~100,2~50為較佳,2~20為更佳。 作為苯酚衍生物,可以舉出雙酚A及雙酚S等。 作為醯胺化合物,可以舉出N-甲基吡咯啶酮等。 As the above-mentioned other components, among them, polyhydric alcohols, alkylene oxide adducts of polyhydric alcohols, phenol derivatives, or amide compounds are selected from the viewpoint of easy adjustment of the surface free energy E I of the pseudo-support side of the intermediate layer. Preferably, polyols or phenol derivatives are more preferred. The number of hydroxyl groups contained in polyols is not particularly limited, for example, 2 to 10 are preferable. As polyhydric alcohols, glycerol, diglycerol, diethylene glycol, etc. are mentioned, for example. Examples of the alkylene oxide adducts of polyols include compounds obtained by adding ethylene oxide, propylene oxide, and the like to the above-mentioned polyols. Moreover, the average addition number is not specifically limited, For example, it is 1-100, Preferably it is 2-50, More preferably, it is 2-20. Bisphenol A, bisphenol S, etc. are mentioned as a phenol derivative. Examples of the amide compound include N-methylpyrrolidone and the like.

中間層包含上述其他成分之情況下,上述其他成分可以單獨使用1種,亦可以使用2種以上。 上述其他成分的含量並無特別限制,從本發明之效果更優異之觀點考慮,相對於中間層的總質量為0.1質量%以上為較佳,0.5質量%以上為更佳,1質量%以上為進一步較佳。另外,作為其上限值,並無特別限制,例如,小於30質量%為較佳,10質量%以下為更佳,5質量%以下為進一步較佳。 When the intermediate layer contains the above-mentioned other components, the above-mentioned other components may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The content of the above-mentioned other components is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of more excellent effects of the present invention, it is preferably 0.1% by mass or more, more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and 1% by mass or more based on the total mass of the intermediate layer. Further better. In addition, the upper limit is not particularly limited. For example, less than 30% by mass is preferable, 10% by mass or less is more preferable, and 5% by mass or less is still more preferable.

作為中間層,其中,從本發明之效果更優異之觀點和/或阻氧能力更加優異之觀點考慮,包含聚乙烯醇及聚乙烯吡咯啶酮中的1種以上及選自包括水溶性纖維素衍生物、聚醚類、苯酚衍生物及丙三醇之群組中的化合物X為較佳。中間層為上述組成之情況下,化合物X容易更不均勻地存在於中間層的偽支撐體側的表面和/或不易形成由中間層和感光性層的混合而成之WBL(weak boundary layer:弱邊界層)層,中間層的偽支撐體側的表面自由能E I及同一表面的算術平均粗糙度Ra容易調整為更適當之數值。若中間層的偽支撐體側的表面自由能E I及同一表面的算術平均粗糙度Ra被調整為更適當之數值,則在剝離偽支撐體時,不會發生中間層的凝聚破壞且偽支撐體與中間層的界面容易發生剝離,並且容易形成解析性優異之圖案。 中間層的組成尤其包含聚乙烯醇及聚乙烯吡咯啶酮中的1種以上和作為化合物X的水溶性纖維素衍生物及聚醚類中的1種以上為更佳,從更容易抑制中間層的可塑化之觀點考慮,包含聚乙烯醇及聚乙烯吡咯啶酮中的1種以上和作為化合物X的水溶性纖維素衍生物為進一步較佳,從偽支撐體剝離性更加優異之觀點考慮,包含聚乙烯醇及聚乙烯吡咯啶酮中的1種以上和作為化合物X的羥丙基甲基纖維素為特佳。 又,聚乙烯醇及聚乙烯吡咯啶酮併用兩者為較佳。 中間層為上述組成之情況下,作為聚乙烯醇及聚乙烯吡咯啶酮的合計含量,從本發明之效果更優異之觀點考慮,相對於中間層的總質量為50質量%以上為較佳,70質量%以上為更佳。另外,作為其上限值,並無特別限制,例如為100質量%以下,99.9質量%以下為較佳,99.8質量%以下為更佳,99質量%以下為進一步較佳。 又,中間層為上述組成之情況下,作為聚乙烯醇的含量,相對於中間層的總質量為5~95質量%為較佳。 又,中間層為上述組成之情況下,作為聚乙烯醇與聚乙烯吡咯啶酮的配合比(質量比),5/95~95/5為較佳,20/80~80/20為進一步較佳,25/75~70/25為進一步較佳,60/40~75/25為特佳。 又,中間層為上述組成之情況下,化合物X的含量並無特別限制,從本發明之效果更優異之觀點考慮,相對於中間層的總質量,0.1質量%以上為較佳,0.5質量%以上為更佳,1質量%以上為進一步較佳。作為上限值,小於30質量%為較佳,15質量%以下為更佳。化合物X的含量相對於中間層的總質量小於30質量%之情況下,由於容易抑制中間層形成成分的相分離,並且不易發生由此引起之中間層的表面的粗面化,因此解析性更加優異。 As an intermediate layer, it contains one or more of polyvinyl alcohol and polyvinylpyrrolidone and is selected from the group consisting of water-soluble cellulose from the viewpoint of more excellent effect of the present invention and/or more excellent oxygen barrier ability. Compound X in the group of derivatives, polyethers, phenol derivatives and glycerol is preferred. When the intermediate layer has the above composition, the compound X tends to exist more unevenly on the surface of the pseudo-support side of the intermediate layer and/or it is difficult to form a WBL (weak boundary layer: Weak boundary layer) layer, the surface free energy E I of the pseudo-support side of the intermediate layer and the arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the same surface can be easily adjusted to more appropriate values. If the surface free energy E I of the pseudo-support side of the intermediate layer and the arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the same surface are adjusted to a more appropriate value, then when the pseudo-support is peeled off, the cohesion failure of the intermediate layer will not occur and the pseudo-support The interface between the body and the intermediate layer is easy to peel off, and it is easy to form a pattern with excellent resolution. In particular, the composition of the intermediate layer includes at least one of polyvinyl alcohol and polyvinylpyrrolidone, and at least one of water-soluble cellulose derivatives and polyethers as the compound X, so that the intermediate layer can be more easily suppressed. From the viewpoint of the plasticization of polyvinyl alcohol and polyvinylpyrrolidone, it is more preferable to include at least one of polyvinyl alcohol and polyvinylpyrrolidone and a water-soluble cellulose derivative as the compound X, and from the viewpoint of better detachability of the pseudo-support, It is particularly preferable to include at least one of polyvinyl alcohol and polyvinylpyrrolidone and hydroxypropylmethylcellulose as the compound X. Moreover, it is preferable to use both polyvinyl alcohol and polyvinylpyrrolidone together. When the intermediate layer has the above composition, the total content of polyvinyl alcohol and polyvinylpyrrolidone is preferably 50% by mass or more based on the total mass of the intermediate layer from the viewpoint of more excellent effects of the present invention. More than 70% by mass is more preferable. In addition, the upper limit is not particularly limited, for example, 100% by mass or less, preferably 99.9% by mass or less, more preferably 99.8% by mass or less, still more preferably 99% by mass or less. Moreover, when the intermediate layer has the above-mentioned composition, it is preferable that the content of polyvinyl alcohol is 5 to 95 mass % with respect to the total mass of the intermediate layer. Also, when the intermediate layer has the above composition, the compounding ratio (mass ratio) of polyvinyl alcohol and polyvinylpyrrolidone is preferably 5/95 to 95/5, and 20/80 to 80/20 is still more preferable. Excellent, 25/75-70/25 is more preferred, 60/40-75/25 is particularly preferred. In addition, when the intermediate layer has the above-mentioned composition, the content of the compound X is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of more excellent effects of the present invention, it is preferably 0.1% by mass or more, and 0.5% by mass relative to the total mass of the intermediate layer Above is more preferable, and 1 mass % or more is still more preferable. As an upper limit, less than 30 mass % is preferable, and 15 mass % or less is more preferable. When the content of the compound X is less than 30% by mass relative to the total mass of the intermediate layer, since the phase separation of the intermediate layer forming components is easily suppressed, and the roughening of the surface of the intermediate layer due to this is less likely to occur, the resolving power is improved. excellent.

(偽支撐體) 轉印薄膜X具有偽支撐體。 偽支撐體係支撐感光性層之構件,最終藉由剝離處理而被去除。 (pseudo-support) The transfer film X has a dummy support. The member of the pseudo support system supporting the photosensitive layer is finally removed by peeling treatment.

偽支撐體可以係單層結構,亦可以係多層結構。 偽支撐體為薄膜為較佳,樹脂薄膜為更佳。作為偽支撐體,具有撓性,並且在加壓下或在加壓及加熱下,不發生顯著的變形、收縮或延伸之薄膜為較佳。 作為上述薄膜,例如,可以舉出聚對酞酸乙二酯薄膜(例如,雙軸延伸聚對酞酸乙二酯薄膜)、聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯薄膜、三乙酸纖維素薄膜、聚苯乙烯薄膜、聚醯亞胺薄膜及聚碳酸酯薄膜。 其中,作為偽支撐體,聚對酞酸乙二酯薄膜為較佳。 又,在用作偽支撐體之薄膜中沒有褶皺等變形及劃痕等為較佳。 The pseudo-support can be a single-layer structure or a multi-layer structure. The pseudo-support is preferably a film, more preferably a resin film. As the pseudo-support, a film that is flexible and does not undergo significant deformation, shrinkage, or stretching under pressure or under pressure and heat is preferred. As the above-mentioned film, for example, polyethylene terephthalate film (for example, biaxially stretched polyethylene terephthalate film), polymethyl methacrylate film, cellulose triacetate film, polystyrene film, polyimide film and polycarbonate film. Among them, polyethylene terephthalate film is preferred as the pseudo-support. In addition, it is preferable that the film used as a pseudo-support has no deformation such as wrinkles or scratches.

從能夠隔著偽支撐體進行圖案曝光之觀點考慮,偽支撐體的透明性高為較佳,365nm的透射率為60%以上為較佳,70%以上為更佳。 從隔著偽支撐體進行圖案曝光時的圖案形成性及偽支撐體的透明性的觀點考慮,偽支撐體的霧度小為較佳。具體而言,偽支撐體的霧度值為2%以下為較佳,0.5%以下為更佳,0.1%以下為進一步較佳。 從隔著偽支撐體進行圖案曝光時的圖案形成性及偽支撐體的透明性之觀點考慮,偽支撐體中所包含之微粒、異物及缺陷的數少為較佳。偽支撐體中的直徑為1μm以上的微粒、異物及缺陷的數量為50個/10mm 2以下為較佳,10個/10mm 2以下為更佳,3個/10mm 2以下為進一步較佳,0個/10mm 2為特佳。 From the viewpoint of enabling pattern exposure through the dummy support, the dummy support is preferably highly transparent, and the transmittance at 365 nm is preferably 60% or more, more preferably 70% or more. It is preferable that the haze of the dummy support is small from the viewpoint of the pattern formability and the transparency of the dummy support when pattern exposure is performed through the dummy support. Specifically, the haze value of the pseudo-support is preferably 2% or less, more preferably 0.5% or less, and still more preferably 0.1% or less. From the viewpoint of the pattern formation property and the transparency of the pseudo-support when pattern exposure is performed through the pseudo-support, it is preferable that the number of fine particles, foreign substances and defects contained in the pseudo-support is small. The number of particles, foreign matter, and defects with a diameter of 1 μm or more in the pseudo-support is preferably 50 pieces/10mm2 or less, more preferably 10 pieces/10mm2 or less, more preferably 3 pieces/10mm2 or less, and 0 pcs/10mm 2 is especially good.

偽支撐體的厚度並無特別限制,5~200μm為較佳,易操作性及通用性的觀點考慮,5~150μm為更佳,5~50μm為進一步較佳,5~25μm為最佳。 偽支撐體的厚度係藉由基於SEM(掃描式電子顯微鏡:Scanning Electron Microscope)的剖面觀察而測量之任意5點的平均值來計算。 The thickness of the pseudo-support is not particularly limited, but is preferably 5-200 μm, more preferably 5-150 μm, further preferably 5-50 μm, and most preferably 5-25 μm from the viewpoint of ease of handling and versatility. The thickness of the pseudo-support was calculated by the average value of arbitrary 5 points measured by the cross-sectional observation of SEM (Scanning Electron Microscope: Scanning Electron Microscope).

作為偽支撐體,例如,可以舉出膜厚為16μm的雙軸拉伸聚對酞酸乙二酯薄膜、膜厚為12μm的雙軸拉伸聚對酞酸乙二酯薄膜及膜厚為9μm的雙軸拉伸聚對酞酸乙二酯薄膜。As the pseudo support, for example, a biaxially stretched polyethylene terephthalate film with a thickness of 16 μm, a biaxially stretched polyethylene terephthalate film with a thickness of 12 μm, and a biaxially stretched polyethylene terephthalate film with a thickness of 9 μm biaxially stretched polyethylene terephthalate film.

作為偽支撐體的較佳形態,例如,可以舉出日本特開2014-085643號公報[0017]~[0018]段、日本特開2016-027363號公報的[0019]~[0026]段、國際公開第2012/081680號的[0041]~[0057]段及國際公開第2018/179370號的[0029]~[0040]段中的記載,且該等公報的內容被編入到本說明書中。As a preferred form of the pseudo-support, for example, paragraphs [0017] to [0018] of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2014-085643, paragraphs [0019] to [0026] of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2016-027363, international The descriptions in paragraphs [0041] to [0057] of Publication No. 2012/081680 and paragraphs [0029] to [0040] of International Publication No. 2018/179370 are incorporated into this specification.

從賦予操作性之觀點考慮,在偽支撐體的表面可以設置包含微小的粒子之層(潤滑劑層)。潤滑劑層可以設置於偽支撐體的單面,亦可以設置於雙面。潤滑劑層中所包含之粒子的直徑為0.05~0.8μm為較佳。 又,潤滑劑層的膜厚為0.05~1.0μm為較佳。 From the viewpoint of imparting workability, a layer containing fine particles (a lubricant layer) may be provided on the surface of the pseudo-support. The lubricant layer may be provided on one side or both sides of the dummy support. The diameter of the particles contained in the lubricant layer is preferably 0.05-0.8 μm. Also, the film thickness of the lubricant layer is preferably 0.05 to 1.0 μm.

作為偽支撐體的中間層側的表面的表面自由能(表面自由能E S),60.0mJ/m 2以下為較佳。 另外,表面自由能E S係指,從轉印薄膜X剝離偽支撐體而露出之偽支撐體的中間層側的表面的表面自由能。 關於表面自由能E S的較佳態樣及測量方法為如上所述。 The surface free energy (surface free energy E S ) of the surface on the side of the intermediate layer as the pseudo-support is preferably 60.0 mJ/m 2 or less. In addition, the surface free energy E S refers to the surface free energy of the surface of the intermediate layer side of the dummy support exposed by peeling off the dummy support from the transfer film X. The preferred aspect and measurement method of the surface free energy E S are as described above.

作為偽支撐體的市售品,可以舉出Lumirror 16KS40、Lumirror 16FB40(以上為TORAY INDUSTRIES, INC製造)、Cosmo Shine A4100、Cosmo Shine A4300、Cosmo Shine A8300(以上為Toray Industries, Inc.製造)。Examples of commercially available pseudo-supports include Lumirror 16KS40, Lumirror 16FB40 (manufactured by TORAY INDUSTRIES, INC.), Cosmo Shine A4100, Cosmo Shine A4300, and Cosmo Shine A8300 (manufactured by Toray Industries, Inc.).

(轉印薄膜X的整體結構) 接著,舉出具體的實施形態的一例,對轉印薄膜X的整體結構進行說明。另外,如上所述,第1實施形態的轉印薄膜X1係能夠較佳地使用蝕刻抗蝕劑用轉印薄膜之結構,第2實施形態的轉印薄膜X2係能夠較佳地使用於配線保護膜用轉印薄膜之結構。 另外,感光性層的厚度並無特別限制,多數情況為30μm以下,從本發明之效果更優異之觀點考慮,20μm以下為較佳,15μm以下為更佳,10μm以下為進一步較佳,5.0μm以下為特佳。作為下限,從硬化感光性層而獲得之膜的強度優異之觀點考慮,0.60μm以上為較佳,1.5μm以上為更佳,2.0μm以上為進一步較佳。 感光性層的厚度係藉由基於SEM(掃描式電子顯微鏡:Scanning Electron Microscope)的剖面觀察而測量之任意5點的平均值來計算。 (Overall structure of transfer film X) Next, an example of a specific embodiment is given, and the overall structure of the transfer film X will be described. In addition, as described above, the transfer film X1 of the first embodiment can preferably be used as a transfer film for etching resist, and the transfer film X2 of the second embodiment can be preferably used for wiring protection. The structure of transfer film for film. In addition, the thickness of the photosensitive layer is not particularly limited, but in most cases, it is 30 μm or less. From the viewpoint of more excellent effects of the present invention, it is preferably 20 μm or less, more preferably 15 μm or less, more preferably 10 μm or less, and 5.0 μm The following are excellent. The lower limit is preferably at least 0.60 μm, more preferably at least 1.5 μm, and still more preferably at least 2.0 μm, from the viewpoint of excellent strength of a film obtained by curing the photosensitive layer. The thickness of the photosensitive layer is calculated by the average value of arbitrary 5 points measured by the cross-sectional observation of SEM (Scanning Electron Microscope: Scanning Electron Microscope).

·第1實施形態的轉印薄膜X1 以下,對第1實施形態的轉印薄膜X1的實施形態的一例進行說明。 圖1中示出之轉印薄膜10依序具有偽支撐體1、包含中間層3及感光性層5之組成物層7及保護膜9。 另外,圖1中示出之轉印薄膜10係配置了保護膜9之形態,但可以不配置保護膜9。 另外,在圖1中,除了能夠配置在偽支撐體1上之保護膜9以外之各層稱為組成物層7。 以下,對構成轉印薄膜X1之各要素進行說明。另外,構成轉印薄膜X1之中間層及偽支撐體的各構成為如上所述。 ・Transfer film X1 of the first embodiment Hereinafter, an example of an embodiment of the transfer film X1 according to the first embodiment will be described. The transfer film 10 shown in FIG. 1 has a dummy support 1 , a composition layer 7 including an intermediate layer 3 and a photosensitive layer 5 , and a protective film 9 in this order. In addition, although the transfer film 10 shown in FIG. 1 is the form in which the protective film 9 was arrange|positioned, the protective film 9 may not be arrange|positioned. In addition, in FIG. 1 , each layer other than the protective film 9 that can be disposed on the dummy support 1 is referred to as a composition layer 7 . Hereinafter, each element which comprises the transfer film X1 is demonstrated. In addition, the respective structures of the intermediate layer and the dummy support constituting the transfer film X1 are as described above.

··感光性層 藉由將感光性層轉印到被轉印體上之後進行曝光及顯影,能夠在被轉印體上形成圖案。 作為感光性層,負型感光性層為較佳。另外,負型感光性層係藉由曝光而曝光部對顯影液的溶解性降低之感光性層。感光性層為負型感光性層之情況下,所形成之圖案相當於硬化層。 ··Photosensitive layer A pattern can be formed on a to-be-transferred body by exposing and developing after transferring a photosensitive layer to a to-be-transferred body. As the photosensitive layer, a negative photosensitive layer is preferable. In addition, the negative photosensitive layer is a photosensitive layer in which the solubility of an exposed portion to a developing solution decreases by exposure. When the photosensitive layer is a negative photosensitive layer, the formed pattern corresponds to a cured layer.

感光性層係負型感光性層之情況下,負型感光性層包含樹脂、聚合性化合物及聚合起始劑為較佳。又,感光性層係負型感光性層之情況下,如後所述,作為樹脂的一部分或全部而包含鹼可溶性樹脂(鹼可溶性樹脂亦即聚合物A等)亦較佳。亦即,在一態樣中,感光性層含有包含鹼可溶性樹脂之樹脂、聚合性化合物及聚合起始劑為較佳。 這種感光性層(負型感光性層)以感光性層的總質量為基準,包含樹脂:10~90質量%;聚合性化合物:5~70質量%;聚合起始劑:0.01~20質量%為較佳。 以下,依序對各成分進行說明。 When the photosensitive layer is a negative photosensitive layer, it is preferable that the negative photosensitive layer contains a resin, a polymerizable compound, and a polymerization initiator. Moreover, when the photosensitive layer is a negative photosensitive layer, it is also preferable to contain an alkali-soluble resin (alkali-soluble resin, polymer A etc.) as a part or all of resin as mentioned later. That is, in one aspect, it is preferable that the photosensitive layer contains a resin containing an alkali-soluble resin, a polymerizable compound, and a polymerization initiator. This photosensitive layer (negative photosensitive layer) contains resin: 10-90 mass %; polymerizable compound: 5-70 mass %; polymerization initiator: 0.01-20 mass %, based on the total mass of the photosensitive layer % is better. Hereinafter, each component is demonstrated sequentially.

···聚合物A(樹脂) 感光性層係負型感光性層之情況下,尤其將感光性層中所包含之樹脂稱為聚合物A。 聚合物A係鹼可溶性樹脂為較佳。 從藉由抑制由顯影液引起之負型感光性層的膨潤而解析性更優異之觀點考慮,聚合物A的酸值係220mgKOH/g以下為較佳,小於200mgKOH/g為更佳,小於190mgKOH/g為進一步較佳。 聚合物A的酸值的下限並無特別限制,但是從顯影性更優異之觀點考慮,60mgKOH/g以上為較佳,120mgKOH/g以上為更佳,150mgKOH/g以上為進一步較佳,170mgKOH/g以上為特佳。 ···Polymer A (resin) When the photosensitive layer is a negative photosensitive layer, especially the resin contained in the photosensitive layer is called polymer A. Polymer A series alkali-soluble resin is preferred. From the standpoint of better resolution by suppressing the swelling of the negative photosensitive layer caused by the developer, the acid value of the polymer A is preferably 220 mgKOH/g or less, more preferably less than 200 mgKOH/g, and less than 190 mgKOH /g is more preferable. The lower limit of the acid value of the polymer A is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of better developability, it is preferably 60 mgKOH/g or more, more preferably 120 mgKOH/g or more, still more preferably 150 mgKOH/g or more, and 170 mgKOH/g or more. G or above is especially good.

另外,酸值(mgKOH/g)係中和試樣1g所需要之氫氧化鉀的質量[mg]。酸值例如能夠按照JIS K0070:1992中記載之方法來求出。 關於聚合物A的酸值,只要依據構成聚合物A之構成單元的種類及包含酸基之構成單元的含量來調整即可。 In addition, the acid value (mgKOH/g) is the mass [mg] of potassium hydroxide required to neutralize 1 g of the sample. An acid value can be calculated|required according to the method of JISK0070:1992, for example. What is necessary is just to adjust the acid value of polymer A according to the kind of the structural unit which comprises polymer A, and content of the structural unit containing an acid group.

聚合物A的重量平均分子量為5,000~500,000為較佳。在重量平均分子量為500,000以下的情況下,從提高解析性及顯影性之觀點考慮為較佳。重量平均分子量為100,000以下為更佳,60,000以下為進一步較佳。另一方面,在重量平均分子量為5,000以上的情況下,從控制顯影凝聚物的性狀、以及作為負型感光性樹脂積層體時的邊緣熔融性及切割切屑性等未曝光膜的性狀之觀點考慮為較佳。重量平均分子量為10,000以上為更佳,20,000以上為進一步較佳,30,000以上為特佳。邊緣熔融性係指作為負型感光性樹脂積層體而捲取為卷狀時,負型感光性層容易從輥的端面溢出之程度。切割切屑性係指在用切割器切割未曝光膜之情況下,切屑的易飛起程度。若該切屑附著於負型感光性樹脂積層體的上表面等,則在隨後的曝光步驟等中轉印到遮罩而成為次品的原因。聚合物A的分散度係1.0~6.0為較佳,1.0~5.0為更佳,1.0~4.0為進一步較佳,1.0~3.0為特佳。在本發明中,分散度係重量平均分子量相對於數量平均分子量之比(重量平均分子量/數量平均分子量)。在本發明中,重量平均分子量及數量平均分子量係使用凝膠滲透層析法而測量之值。The weight average molecular weight of the polymer A is preferably 5,000 to 500,000. When the weight average molecular weight is 500,000 or less, it is preferable from the viewpoint of improving resolution and developability. The weight average molecular weight is more preferably at most 100,000, further preferably at most 60,000. On the other hand, when the weight-average molecular weight is 5,000 or more, it is considered from the viewpoint of controlling the properties of the developed aggregate and the properties of the unexposed film such as edge melting and dicing chip properties when it is a negative photosensitive resin laminate. is better. The weight average molecular weight is more preferably at least 10,000, further preferably at least 20,000, and particularly preferably at least 30,000. The edge melting property refers to the extent to which the negative photosensitive layer tends to protrude from the end surface of the roll when the negative photosensitive resin laminate is wound up in a roll shape. Cutting chipping property refers to the degree of easy flying of chips in the case of cutting an unexposed film with a cutter. When this swarf adheres to the upper surface and the like of the negative photosensitive resin laminate, it will be transferred to the mask in the subsequent exposure step and the like to cause a defective product. The degree of dispersion of the polymer A is preferably 1.0-6.0, more preferably 1.0-5.0, still more preferably 1.0-4.0, and particularly preferably 1.0-3.0. In the present invention, the degree of dispersion is the ratio of the weight average molecular weight to the number average molecular weight (weight average molecular weight/number average molecular weight). In the present invention, the weight average molecular weight and the number average molecular weight are values measured using gel permeation chromatography.

負型感光性層中,從抑制曝光時的焦點位置偏移時線寬變粗、解析度的劣化之觀點考慮,聚合物A包含基於具有芳香族烴基之單體之構成單元為較佳。另外,作為這種芳香族烴基,例如,可以舉出經取代或未經取代之苯基及經取代或未經取代之芳烷基。相對於聚合物A的總質量,聚合物A中的基於具有芳香族烴基之單體之構成單元的含量為20質量%以上為較佳,30質量%以上為更佳。作為上限,並無特別限定,但是95質量%以下為較佳,85質量%以下為更佳。另外,在包含複數種聚合物A之情況下,基於具有芳香族烴基之單體之構成單元的含量的平均值在上述範圍內為較佳。In the negative photosensitive layer, it is preferable that the polymer A contains a structural unit based on a monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group from the viewpoint of suppressing a thickening of the line width and deterioration of resolution when the focal position shifts during exposure. Moreover, as such an aromatic hydrocarbon group, a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group and a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group are mentioned, for example. The content of the structural unit based on the monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group in the polymer A is preferably 20% by mass or more, more preferably 30% by mass or more, based on the total mass of the polymer A. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably at most 95% by mass, more preferably at most 85% by mass. Moreover, when including several types of polymer A, it is preferable that the average value based on the content of the structural unit of the monomer which has an aromatic hydrocarbon group exists in the said range.

作為具有芳香族烴基之單體,例如,可以舉出具有芳烷基之單體、苯乙烯及能夠聚合之苯乙烯衍生物(例如,甲基苯乙烯、乙烯基甲苯、第三丁氧基苯乙烯、乙醯氧基苯乙烯、4-乙烯基苯甲酸、苯乙烯二聚物及苯乙烯三聚物等)。其中,具有芳烷基之單體或苯乙烯為較佳。在一態樣中,在聚合物A中的具有芳香族烴基之單體成分為苯乙烯的情況下,相對於聚合物A的總質量,基於苯乙烯之構成單元的含量係20~70質量%為較佳,25~65質量%為更佳,30~60質量%為進一步較佳,30~55質量%為特佳。另外,當感光性層包含複數種聚合物A時,作為重量平均值求出具有芳香族烴基之構成單元的含有率。As monomers having an aromatic hydrocarbon group, for example, monomers having an aralkyl group, styrene and polymerizable styrene derivatives (for example, methylstyrene, vinyltoluene, tertiary butoxybenzene Ethylene, acetyloxystyrene, 4-vinylbenzoic acid, styrene dimer and styrene trimer, etc.). Among them, monomers having aralkyl groups or styrene are preferred. In one aspect, when the monomer component having an aromatic hydrocarbon group in the polymer A is styrene, the content of the structural unit based on styrene is 20 to 70% by mass relative to the total mass of the polymer A. It is more preferable, 25-65 mass % is more preferable, 30-60 mass % is still more preferable, 30-55 mass % is especially preferable. Moreover, when the photosensitive layer contains several types of polymer A, the content rate of the structural unit which has an aromatic hydrocarbon group was calculated|required as a weight average.

作為芳烷基,可以舉出經取代或未經取代之苯基烷基(去除苄基)及經取代或未經取代之苄基等,經取代或未經取代之苄基為較佳。Examples of the aralkyl group include a substituted or unsubstituted phenylalkyl group (benzyl group is removed) and a substituted or unsubstituted benzyl group, among which a substituted or unsubstituted benzyl group is preferred.

作為具有苯基烷基之單體,可以舉出(甲基)丙烯酸苯乙酯等。Examples of the monomer having a phenylalkyl group include phenylethyl (meth)acrylate and the like.

作為具有苄基之單體,可以舉出具有苄基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯、例如(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯及(甲基)丙烯酸氯苄酯等;具有苄基之乙烯基單體、例如乙烯基氯化苄及苯甲醇等。其中,(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯為較佳。在一態樣中,聚合物A中的具有芳香族烴基之單體成分為(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯的情況下,相對於聚合物A的總質量,基於(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯之構成單元的含量係50~95質量%為較佳,60~90質量%為更佳,70~90質量%為進一步較佳,75~90質量%為特佳。As a monomer having a benzyl group, (meth)acrylates having a benzyl group, such as benzyl (meth)acrylate and chlorobenzyl (meth)acrylate, etc.; vinyl monomers having a benzyl group, Examples include vinyl benzyl chloride and benzyl alcohol. Among them, benzyl (meth)acrylate is preferred. In one aspect, when the monomer component having an aromatic hydrocarbon group in polymer A is benzyl (meth)acrylate, based on the composition of benzyl (meth)acrylate relative to the total mass of polymer A The content of the units is preferably from 50 to 95% by mass, more preferably from 60 to 90% by mass, still more preferably from 70 to 90% by mass, and particularly preferably from 75 to 90% by mass.

包含基於具有芳香族烴基之單體之構成單元之聚合物A藉由使具有芳香族烴基之單體與後述之第一單體中的至少一種和/或後述之第二單體中的至少一種聚合而獲得為較佳。Polymer A comprising a constituent unit based on a monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group is obtained by combining the monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group with at least one of the first monomers described below and/or at least one of the second monomers described below Polymerization is better.

不包含基於具有芳香族烴基之單體之構成單元之聚合物A藉由使後述之第一單體中的至少一種聚合而獲得為較佳,藉由使第一單體中的至少一種與後述之第二單體中的至少一種共聚而獲得為更佳。It is preferable that the polymer A not containing a constituent unit based on a monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group is obtained by polymerizing at least one of the first monomers described later, by combining at least one of the first monomers described later with It is more preferably obtained by copolymerizing at least one of the second monomers.

第一單體為在分子中具有羧基之單體。作為第一單體,例如,可以舉出(甲基)丙烯酸、反丁烯二酸、桂皮酸、巴豆酸、衣康酸、4-乙烯基苯甲酸、順丁烯二酸酐及順丁烯二酸半酯等。該等中,(甲基)丙烯酸為較佳。 相對於聚合物A的總質量,聚合物A中的基於第一單體之構成單元的含量係5~50質量%為較佳,10~40質量%為更佳,15~30質量%為進一步較佳。 從顯現良好的顯影性之觀點、控制邊緣熔融性等的觀點考慮,將上述含量設為5質量%以上為較佳。從光阻圖案的高解析性及邊緣形狀的觀點考慮、進而從光阻圖案的耐化學品性的觀點考慮,將上述含量設為50質量%以下為較佳。 The first monomer is a monomer having a carboxyl group in the molecule. Examples of the first monomer include (meth)acrylic acid, fumaric acid, cinnamic acid, crotonic acid, itaconic acid, 4-vinylbenzoic acid, maleic anhydride, and maleic acid. Acid half esters etc. Among these, (meth)acrylic acid is preferable. Relative to the total mass of the polymer A, the content of the constituent units based on the first monomer in the polymer A is preferably 5 to 50% by mass, more preferably 10 to 40% by mass, and further preferably 15 to 30% by mass. better. From the viewpoint of expressing favorable developability, control of edge melting property, etc., it is preferable to make the said content into 5 mass % or more. From the viewpoint of high resolution and edge shape of the photoresist pattern, and further from the viewpoint of chemical resistance of the photoresist pattern, the above content is preferably 50% by mass or less.

第二單體為非酸性並且為在分子中具有至少一個聚合性不飽和基之單體。作為第二單體,例如,可以舉出(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第三丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯及(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯等(甲基)丙烯酸酯類;乙酸乙烯酯等乙烯醇的酯類;以及(甲基)丙烯腈等。其中,(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯或(甲基)丙烯酸正丁酯為較佳,(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯為更佳。 相對於聚合物A的總質量,聚合物A中的基於第二單體之構成單元的含量為5~60質量%為較佳,15~50質量%為更佳,17~45質量%為進一步較佳。 The second monomer is non-acidic and has at least one polymerizable unsaturated group in the molecule. Examples of the second monomer include methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, n-propyl (meth)acrylate, isopropyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic acid n-butyl ester, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, tert-butyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic acid (Meth)acrylic acid esters such as cyclohexyl ester and 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate; esters of vinyl alcohol such as vinyl acetate; and (meth)acrylonitrile, etc. Among them, methyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, or n-butyl (meth)acrylate is preferable, and methyl (meth)acrylate is more preferable. Relative to the total mass of the polymer A, the content of the constituent units based on the second monomer in the polymer A is preferably 5 to 60% by mass, more preferably 15 to 50% by mass, and still more preferably 17 to 45% by mass. better.

在聚合物A包含基於具有芳烷基之單體之構成單元和/或基於苯乙烯之單體之構成單元之情況下,從抑制曝光時的焦點位置偏移時線寬變粗、解析度的劣化之觀點考慮為較佳。例如,包含基於甲基丙烯酸之構成單元、基於甲基丙烯酸苄酯之構成單元及基於苯乙烯之構成單元之共聚物、包含基於甲基丙烯酸之構成單元、基於甲基丙烯酸甲酯之構成單元、基於甲基丙烯酸苄酯之構成單元及基於苯乙烯之構成單元之共聚物等為較佳。 在一態樣中,聚合物A係包含25~55質量%的基於具有芳香族烴基之單體之構成單元、20~35質量%的基於第一單體之構成單元及15~45質量%的基於第二單體之構成單元之聚合物為較佳。又,在另一態樣中,包含70~90質量%的基於具有芳香族烴基之單體之構成單元及10~25質量%的基於第一單體之構成單元之聚合物為較佳。 In the case where the polymer A contains a structural unit based on an aralkyl-containing monomer and/or a structural unit based on a styrene monomer, the line width becomes thicker when shifting from the focus position at the time of exposure, and the resolution decreases. The viewpoint of deterioration is considered to be better. For example, a copolymer comprising a structural unit based on methacrylic acid, a structural unit based on benzyl methacrylate, and a structural unit based on styrene, a structural unit based on methacrylic acid, a structural unit based on methyl methacrylate, Copolymers of structural units based on benzyl methacrylate and structural units based on styrene are preferred. In one aspect, polymer A contains 25 to 55% by mass of structural units based on monomers having aromatic hydrocarbon groups, 20 to 35% by mass of structural units based on first monomers, and 15 to 45% by mass of A polymer based on a constituent unit of the second monomer is preferable. Also, in another aspect, a polymer containing 70 to 90 mass % of structural units based on a monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group and 10 to 25 mass % of structural units based on a first monomer is preferable.

聚合物A可以在側鏈中具有直鏈結構、支鏈結構及脂環結構中的任一種。藉由使用包含在側鏈具有支鏈結構之基團之單體或包含在側鏈具有脂環結構之基團之單體,能夠將支鏈結構、脂環結構導入到聚合物A的側鏈。具有脂環結構之基團可以為單環或多環。 作為包含在側鏈具有支鏈結構之基團之單體的具體例,可以舉出(甲基)丙烯酸異丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第二丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第三丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第三戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第二戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-辛酯及(甲基)丙烯酸第三辛酯等。該等中,(甲基)丙烯酸異丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯、甲基丙烯酸第三丁酯為較佳,甲基丙烯酸異丙酯或甲基丙烯酸第三丁酯為更佳。 作為包含在側鏈中具有脂環結構之基團之單體的具體例,可以舉出具有單環的脂肪族烴基之單體及具有多環的脂肪族烴基之單體。又,可以舉出具有碳原子數為5個~20個的脂環式烴基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯。作為更具體的例子,可以舉出(甲基)丙烯酸(雙環〔2.2.1]庚基-2)、(甲基)丙烯酸-1-金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-2-金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-3-甲基-1-金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-3,5-二甲基-1-金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-3-乙基金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-3-甲基-5-乙基-1-金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-3,5,8-三乙基-1-金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-3,5-二甲基-8-乙基-1-金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-甲基-2-金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基-2-金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-羥基-1-金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸八氫-4,7-亞薄荷醇(mentanoindene)-5-基、(甲基)丙烯酸八氫-4,7-亞薄荷醇-1-基甲基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-1-薄荷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸三環癸烷、(甲基)丙烯酸-3-羥基-2,6,6-三甲基-雙環〔3.1.1〕庚基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-3,7,7-三甲基-4-羥基-雙環〔4.1.0〕庚基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸(降)莰酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異莰酯、(甲基)丙烯酸葑基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-2,2,5-三甲基環己酯及(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯等。該等(甲基)丙烯酸酯中,(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸降莰酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異莰酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-1-金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-2-金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸葑基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸1-薄荷基酯或(甲基)丙烯酸三環癸烷為較佳,(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸降莰酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異莰酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-2-金剛烷基酯或(甲基)丙烯酸三環癸烷為更佳。 Polymer A may have any of a linear structure, a branched structure, and an alicyclic structure in a side chain. By using a monomer containing a group having a branched structure in the side chain or a monomer containing a group having an alicyclic structure in the side chain, a branched structure or an alicyclic structure can be introduced into the side chain of the polymer A . A group having an alicyclic structure may be monocyclic or polycyclic. Specific examples of monomers containing a group having a branched chain structure in the side chain include isopropyl (meth)acrylate, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, second-butyl (meth)acrylate, Tert-butyl (meth)acrylate, isopentyl (meth)acrylate, third-pentyl (meth)acrylate, second-pentyl (meth)acrylate, 2-octyl (meth)acrylate, ( 3-octyl methacrylate and tertiary octyl (meth)acrylate, etc. Among these, isopropyl (meth)acrylate, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, and tert-butyl methacrylate are preferred, and isopropyl methacrylate or tert-butyl methacrylate is more preferred. . Specific examples of the monomer containing a group having an alicyclic structure in the side chain include a monomer having a monocyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group and a monomer having a polycyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group. Moreover, (meth)acrylate which has an alicyclic hydrocarbon group with 5-20 carbon atoms is mentioned. As more specific examples, (meth)acrylic acid (bicyclo[2.2.1]heptyl-2), (meth)acrylate-1-adamantyl ester, (meth)acrylate-2-adamantyl base ester, (meth)acrylate-3-methyl-1-adamantyl ester, (meth)acrylate-3,5-dimethyl-1-adamantyl ester, (meth)acrylate-3- Ethyl adamantyl ester, 3-methyl-5-ethyl-1-adamantyl (meth)acrylate, 3,5,8-triethyl-1-adamantyl (meth)acrylate Base ester, 3,5-dimethyl-8-ethyl-1-adamantyl (meth)acrylate, 2-methyl-2-adamantyl (meth)acrylate, (methyl) 2-Ethyl-2-adamantyl acrylate, 3-hydroxy-1-adamantyl (meth)acrylate, octahydro-4,7-mentanoindene-5-(meth)acrylate base, octahydro-4,7-menthol-1-ylmethyl (meth)acrylate, 1-menthyl (meth)acrylate, tricyclodecane (meth)acrylate, (meth) ) Acrylic acid-3-hydroxy-2,6,6-trimethyl-bicyclo[3.1.1]heptyl ester, (meth)acrylic acid-3,7,7-trimethyl-4-hydroxy-bicyclo[4.1 .0] Heptyl ester, (nor)bornyl (meth)acrylate, isobornyl (meth)acrylate, fenzyl (meth)acrylate, 2,2,5-trimethyl (meth)acrylate Cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate and cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, etc. Among these (meth)acrylates, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, norbornyl (meth)acrylate, isobornyl (meth)acrylate, 1-adamantyl (meth)acrylate, 2-adamantyl (meth)acrylate, fenzyl (meth)acrylate, 1-menthyl (meth)acrylate or tricyclodecane (meth)acrylate are preferred, (meth) Cyclohexyl acrylate, norbornyl (meth)acrylate, isobornyl (meth)acrylate, 2-adamantyl (meth)acrylate, or tricyclodecane (meth)acrylate are more preferable.

聚合物A可以單獨使用1種,亦可以使用2種以上。 在使用2種以上之情況下,混合使用2種包含基於具有芳香族烴基之單體之構成單元之聚合物A、或者混合使用包含基於具有芳香族烴基之單體之構成單元之聚合物A和不包含基於具有芳香族烴基之單體之構成單元之聚合物A為較佳。在後者的情況下,相對於聚合物A的總質量,包含基於具有芳香族烴基之單體之構成單元之聚合物A的使用比例係50質量%以上為較佳,70質量%以上為更佳,80質量%以上為較佳,90質量%以上為更佳。 The polymer A may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When using two or more types, use a mixture of two polymers A containing constituent units based on monomers having an aromatic hydrocarbon group, or use a mixture of polymers A containing constituent units based on monomers having an aromatic hydrocarbon group and Polymer A which does not contain a structural unit derived from a monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferable. In the latter case, with respect to the total mass of the polymer A, the usage ratio of the polymer A comprising a constituent unit based on a monomer having an aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably 70% by mass or more , more than 80% by mass is better, and more than 90% by mass is more preferred.

關於聚合物A的合成,藉由在用丙酮、甲乙酮及異丙醇等溶劑稀釋上述單數或複數個單體而成之溶液中添加適量的過氧化苯甲醯及偶氮異丁腈等自由基聚合起始劑,並進行加熱攪拌來進行為較佳。有時還一邊將混合物的一部分滴加到反應液中一邊進行合成。有時還在反應結束之後,進一步加入溶劑,調整至所期望的濃度。作為合成方法,除了溶液聚合以外,還可以使用整體聚合(bulk polymerization)、懸濁聚合或乳化聚合。Regarding the synthesis of Polymer A, an appropriate amount of free radicals such as benzoyl peroxide and azoisobutyronitrile is added to a solution obtained by diluting the above singular or plural monomers with solvents such as acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, and isopropanol. It is preferable to carry out the polymerization initiator and heat and stir. In some cases, the synthesis is performed while a part of the mixture is added dropwise to the reaction liquid. In some cases, after completion of the reaction, a solvent is further added to adjust to a desired concentration. As a synthesis method, in addition to solution polymerization, bulk polymerization, suspension polymerization, or emulsion polymerization can be used.

聚合物A的玻璃轉移溫度Tg係30~135℃為較佳。藉由使用具有135℃以下的Tg之聚合物A,能夠抑制曝光時的焦點位置偏移時線寬變粗、解析度的劣化。從該觀點考慮,聚合物A的Tg係130℃以下為較佳,120℃以下為進一步較佳,110℃以下為特佳。又,從提高耐邊緣熔融性之觀點考慮,使用具有30℃以上的Tg之聚合物A為較佳。從該觀點考慮,聚合物A的Tg係40℃以上為更佳,50℃以上為進一步較佳,60℃以上為特佳,70℃以上為最佳。The glass transition temperature Tg of the polymer A is preferably 30-135°C. By using the polymer A which has Tg of 135 degreeC or less, it can suppress that a line width becomes thick and the deterioration of a resolution at the time of focus position shift at the time of exposure is suppressed. From this point of view, the Tg of the polymer A is preferably 130°C or lower, further preferably 120°C or lower, and particularly preferably 110°C or lower. Moreover, it is preferable to use the polymer A which has Tg of 30 degreeC or more from a viewpoint of edge melting resistance improvement. From this point of view, the Tg of the polymer A is more preferably 40°C or higher, still more preferably 50°C or higher, particularly preferably 60°C or higher, most preferably 70°C or higher.

負型感光性層作為聚合物A而包含除了上述以外的其他樹脂。 作為其他樹脂,可以舉出丙烯酸樹脂、苯乙烯-丙烯酸系共聚物、聚胺酯樹脂、聚乙烯醇、聚乙烯甲醛、聚醯胺樹脂、聚酯樹脂、聚醯胺樹脂、環氧樹脂、聚縮醛樹脂、聚羥基苯乙烯樹脂、聚醯亞胺樹脂、聚苯并㗁唑樹脂、聚矽氧烷樹脂、聚乙烯亞胺、聚烯丙基胺及聚伸烷基二醇。 The negative photosensitive layer contains other resins than the above as the polymer A. Examples of other resins include acrylic resins, styrene-acrylic copolymers, polyurethane resins, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl formaldehyde, polyamide resins, polyester resins, polyamide resins, epoxy resins, polyacetal resins, resin, polyhydroxystyrene resin, polyimide resin, polybenzoxazole resin, polysiloxane resin, polyethyleneimine, polyallylamine and polyalkylene glycol.

作為聚合物A,可以使用在後述之熱塑性樹脂層的說明中敘述之鹼可溶性樹脂。As the polymer A, an alkali-soluble resin described in the description of the thermoplastic resin layer described later can be used.

聚合物A的含量相對於負型感光性層的總質量係10~90質量%為較佳,20~80質量%為更佳,30~70質量%為進一步較佳,40~60質量%為特佳。從控制顯影時間之觀點考慮,將聚合物A的含量設為90質量%以下為較佳。另一方面,從提高耐邊緣熔融性之觀點考慮,將聚合物A的含量設為10質量%以上為較佳。The content of the polymer A is preferably 10 to 90% by mass, more preferably 20 to 80% by mass, still more preferably 30 to 70% by mass, and still more preferably 40 to 60% by mass, based on the total mass of the negative photosensitive layer. Excellent. From the viewpoint of controlling the developing time, it is preferable to make the content of the polymer A 90% by mass or less. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of improving edge melting resistance, the content of the polymer A is preferably 10% by mass or more.

···聚合性化合物 感光性層係負型感光性層之情況下,負型感光性層包含具有聚合性基之聚合性化合物為較佳。另外,在本說明書中,“聚合性化合物”係受到後述之聚合起始劑的作用而聚合之化合物,並且係指與上述聚合物A不同之化合物。 ···polymeric compound When the photosensitive layer is a negative photosensitive layer, it is preferable that the negative photosensitive layer contains a polymerizable compound having a polymerizable group. In addition, in this specification, a "polymerizable compound" is a compound which polymerizes by the action of the polymerization initiator mentioned later, and means a compound different from the said polymer A.

作為聚合性化合物所具有之聚合性基,只要係與聚合反應相關之基團,則並無特別限制,例如,可以舉出乙烯基、丙烯醯基、甲基丙烯醯基、苯乙烯基及順丁烯二醯亞胺基等具有乙烯性不飽和基之基團;以及環氧基及氧環丁烷基等具有陽離子性聚合性基之基團。 作為聚合性基,具有乙烯性不飽和基之基團為較佳,丙烯醯基或甲基丙烯醯基為更佳。 The polymerizable group possessed by the polymerizable compound is not particularly limited as long as it is a group related to the polymerization reaction, for example, vinyl group, acryl group, methacryl group, styryl group and cis A group having an ethylenically unsaturated group such as a butenedilimide group; and a group having a cationic polymerizable group such as an epoxy group and an oxetanyl group. As the polymerizable group, a group having an ethylenically unsaturated group is preferable, and an acryl group or a methacryl group is more preferable.

作為聚合性化合物,從負型感光性層的感光性更優異之觀點考慮,具有1個以上的乙烯性不飽和基之化合物(乙烯性不飽和化合物)為較佳,在一分子中具有2個以上的乙烯性不飽和基之化合物(多官能乙烯性不飽和化合物)為更佳。 又,從解析性及剝離性更優異之觀點考慮,乙烯性不飽和化合物在一分子中具有之乙烯性不飽和基的數量係6個以下為較佳,3個以下為更佳,2個以下為進一步較佳。 As the polymerizable compound, a compound having one or more ethylenically unsaturated groups (ethylenically unsaturated compounds) is preferred from the viewpoint of better photosensitivity of the negative photosensitive layer, and one molecule has two or more ethylenically unsaturated groups. The above ethylenically unsaturated compound (polyfunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound) is more preferable. Also, from the standpoint of better resolving properties and exfoliation properties, the number of ethylenically unsaturated groups in one molecule of the ethylenically unsaturated compound is preferably 6 or less, more preferably 3 or less, and 2 or less. for further improvement.

從負型感光性層的感光性與解析性及剝離性的平衡更優異之觀點考慮,包含在一分子中具有2個或3個乙烯性不飽和基之2官能或3官能乙烯性不飽和化合物為較佳,包含在一分子中具有2個乙烯性不飽和基之2官能乙烯性不飽和化合物為更佳。 從剝離性優異之觀點考慮,相對於組成物的總固體成分,相對於負型感光性層的總質量之2官能乙烯性不飽和化合物的含量為20質量%以上為較佳,超過40質量%為更佳,55質量%以上為進一步較佳。上限並無特別限制,可以為100質量%。亦即,聚合性化合物均可以為2官能乙烯性不飽和化合物。 又,作為乙烯性不飽和化合物,具有(甲基)丙烯醯基作為聚合性基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物為較佳。 From the viewpoint of a better balance between photosensitivity, resolution and release properties of the negative photosensitive layer, bifunctional or trifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compounds having 2 or 3 ethylenically unsaturated groups in one molecule More preferably, it contains a bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having two ethylenically unsaturated groups in one molecule. From the viewpoint of excellent releasability, the content of the bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound relative to the total mass of the negative photosensitive layer is preferably 20% by mass or more, and more than 40% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition. It is more preferable, and it is still more preferable that it is 55 mass % or more. The upper limit is not particularly limited, and may be 100% by mass. That is, all polymerizable compounds may be bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compounds. Also, as the ethylenically unsaturated compound, a (meth)acrylate compound having a (meth)acryl group as a polymerizable group is preferable.

····聚合性化合物B1 負型感光性層包含具有芳香環及2個乙烯性不飽和基之聚合性化合物B1亦較佳。聚合性化合物B1為上述聚合性化合物B中的在一分子中具有1個以上的芳香環之2官能乙烯性不飽和化合物。 ····polymerizable compound B1 It is also preferable that the negative photosensitive layer contains the polymerizable compound B1 which has an aromatic ring and 2 ethylenically unsaturated groups. The polymerizable compound B1 is a bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having one or more aromatic rings in one molecule of the above-mentioned polymerizable compound B.

從解析性更優異之觀點考慮,負型感光性層中,相對於聚合性化合物的總質量之聚合性化合物B1的含量的質量比係40%以上為較佳,50質量%以上為更佳,55質量%以上為進一步較佳,60質量%以上為特佳。上限並無特別限制,但是從剝離性的觀點考慮,例如為100質量%以下,99質量%以下為較佳,95質量%以下為更佳,90質量%以下為進一步較佳,85質量%以下為特佳。From the viewpoint of better resolution, the mass ratio of the content of the polymerizable compound B1 to the total mass of the polymerizable compound in the negative photosensitive layer is preferably 40% or more, more preferably 50% by mass or more, 55 mass % or more is more preferable, and 60 mass % or more is especially preferable. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of releasability, for example, it is 100% by mass or less, preferably 99% by mass or less, more preferably 95% by mass or less, more preferably 90% by mass or less, and 85% by mass or less. For the best.

作為聚合性化合物B1所具有之芳香環,例如,可以舉出苯環、萘環及蒽環等芳香族烴環、噻吩環、呋喃環、吡咯環、咪唑環、三唑環及吡啶環等芳香族雜環、以及該等的稠環,芳香族烴環為較佳,苯環為更佳。另外,上述芳香環可以具有取代基。 聚合性化合物B1可以僅具有1個芳香環,亦可以具有2個以上的芳香環。 Examples of the aromatic ring possessed by the polymerizable compound B1 include aromatic hydrocarbon rings such as benzene rings, naphthalene rings, and anthracene rings, aromatic rings such as thiophene rings, furan rings, pyrrole rings, imidazole rings, triazole rings, and pyridine rings. Aromatic heterocycles and their condensed rings, aromatic hydrocarbon rings are preferred, and benzene rings are more preferred. In addition, the above-mentioned aromatic ring may have a substituent. The polymerizable compound B1 may have only one aromatic ring, or may have two or more aromatic rings.

從藉由抑制由顯影液引起之感光性層的膨潤而解析性提高之觀點考慮,聚合性化合物B1具有雙酚結構為較佳。 作為雙酚結構,例如,可以舉出來自於雙酚A(2,2-雙(4-羥基苯基)丙烷)之雙酚A結構、來自於雙酚F(2,2-雙(4-羥基苯基)甲烷)之雙酚F結構及來自於雙酚B(2,2-雙(4-羥基苯基)丁烷)之雙酚B結構,雙酚A結構為較佳。 It is preferable that polymerizable compound B1 has a bisphenol structure from a viewpoint of improving resolution by suppressing the swelling of the photosensitive layer by a developing solution. As the bisphenol structure, for example, the bisphenol A structure derived from bisphenol A (2,2-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)propane), the structure derived from bisphenol F (2,2-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl) hydroxyphenyl) methane) and bisphenol B structure from bisphenol B (2,2-bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) butane), bisphenol A structure is better.

作為具有雙酚結構之聚合性化合物B1,例如,可以舉出具有雙酚結構和與該雙酚結構的兩端鍵結之2個聚合性基(較佳為(甲基)丙烯醯基)之化合物。 雙酚結構的兩端與2個聚合性基可以直接鍵結,亦可以經由1個以上的伸烷氧基鍵結。作為加成到雙酚結構的兩端之伸烷氧基,伸乙氧基或伸丙氧基為較佳,伸乙氧基為更佳。加成到雙酚結構之伸烷氧基的加成數量並無特別限制,但是每1個分子係4~16個為較佳,6~14個為更佳。 關於具有雙酚結構之聚合性化合物B1,記載於日本特開2016-224162號公報0072~0080段,且該公報中所記載之內容被編入到本說明書中。 Examples of the polymerizable compound B1 having a bisphenol structure include those having a bisphenol structure and two polymerizable groups (preferably (meth)acryl groups) bonded to both ends of the bisphenol structure. compound. Both ends of the bisphenol structure may be directly bonded to two polymerizable groups, or may be bonded via one or more alkyleneoxy groups. As the alkoxyl group added to both ends of the bisphenol structure, ethoxyl or propoxyl is preferred, and ethoxyl is more preferred. The number of alkyleneoxy groups added to the bisphenol structure is not particularly limited, but is preferably 4 to 16 per molecule, more preferably 6 to 14. The polymerizable compound B1 having a bisphenol structure is described in paragraphs 0072 to 0080 of JP-A-2016-224162, and the content described in the publication is incorporated into this specification.

作為聚合性化合物B1,具有雙酚A結構之2官能乙烯性不飽和化合物為較佳,2,2-雙(4-((甲基)丙烯醯氧基聚烷氧基)苯基)丙烷為更佳。 作為2,2-雙(4-((甲基)丙烯醯氧基聚烷氧基)苯基)丙烷,例如,可以舉出2,2-雙(4-(甲基丙烯醯氧基二乙氧基)苯基)丙烷(FA-324M,Hitachi Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、2,2-雙(4-(甲基丙烯醯氧基乙氧基丙氧基)苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙(4-(甲基丙烯醯氧基五乙氧基)苯基)丙烷(BPE-500,Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.製造)、2,2-雙(4-(甲基丙烯醯氧基十二乙氧基四丙氧基)苯基)丙烷(FA-3200MY,Hitachi Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、2,2-雙(4-(甲基丙烯醯氧基十五乙氧基)苯基)丙烷(BPE-1300,Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.製造)、2,2-雙(4-(甲基丙烯醯氧基二乙氧基)苯基)丙烷(BPE-200,Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.製造)及乙氧基化(10)雙酚A二丙烯酸酯(NK Ester A-BPE-10,Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.製造)。 As the polymerizable compound B1, a bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having a bisphenol A structure is preferable, and 2,2-bis(4-((meth)acryloxypolyalkoxy)phenyl)propane is better. Examples of 2,2-bis(4-((meth)acryloxypolyalkoxy)phenyl)propane include 2,2-bis(4-(methacryloxydiethyl) Oxy)phenyl)propane (FA-324M, manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.), 2,2-bis(4-(methacryloxyethoxypropoxy)phenyl)propane, 2 ,2-bis(4-(methacryloxypentaethoxy)phenyl)propane (BPE-500, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), 2,2-bis(4-(methyl 2,2-bis(4-(methacryloxydecamethacryloxytetrapropoxy)phenyl)propane (FA-3200MY, manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd. Pentaethoxy)phenyl)propane (BPE-1300, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), 2,2-bis(4-(methacryloxydiethoxy)phenyl)propane (BPE-200, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) and ethoxylated (10) bisphenol A diacrylate (NK Ester A-BPE-10, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) .

作為聚合性化合物B1,由下述通式(B1)表示之化合物亦較佳。As the polymerizable compound B1, a compound represented by the following general formula (B1) is also preferable.

[化學式1]

Figure 02_image001
[chemical formula 1]
Figure 02_image001

通式B1中,R 1及R 2分別獨立地表示氫原子或甲基。A表示C 2H 4。B表示C 3H 6。n1及n3各自獨立地為1~39的整數,並且n1+n3為2~40的整數。n2及n4各自獨立地為0~29的整數,並且n2+n4為0~30的整數。-(A-O)-及-(B-O)-的構成單元的序列可以為隨機的,亦可以為嵌段的。並且,在嵌段的情況下,-(A-O)-和-(B-O)-均可以在雙苯基側。 在一態樣中,n1+n2+n3+n4係2~20為較佳,2~16為更佳,4~12為進一步較佳。又,n2+n4係0~10為較佳,0~4為更佳,0~2為進一步較佳,0為特佳。 In the general formula B1, R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. A represents C 2 H 4 . B represents C 3 H 6 . n1 and n3 are each independently an integer of 1-39, and n1+n3 is an integer of 2-40. n2 and n4 are each independently an integer of 0-29, and n2+n4 is an integer of 0-30. The sequence of the constituent units of -(AO)- and -(BO)- may be random or block. And, in the case of a block, both -(AO)- and -(BO)- may be on the side of the bisphenyl group. In one aspect, n1+n2+n3+n4 is preferably 2-20, more preferably 2-16, and still more preferably 4-12. Also, n2+n4 is preferably 0-10, more preferably 0-4, still more preferably 0-2, and particularly preferably 0.

聚合性化合物B1可以單獨使用1種,亦可以使用2種以上。 從解析性更優異之觀點考慮,聚合性化合物B1的含量相對於負型感光性層的總質量,10質量%以上為較佳,20質量%以上為更佳。上限並無特別限制,但是從轉印性及邊緣熔融(感光性樹脂從轉印材料的端部滲出之現象)的觀點考慮,70質量%以下為較佳,60質量%以下為更佳。 The polymerizable compound B1 may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types. From the viewpoint of better resolution, the content of the polymerizable compound B1 is preferably at least 10% by mass, more preferably at least 20% by mass, based on the total mass of the negative photosensitive layer. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 70% by mass or less, more preferably 60% by mass or less, from the viewpoint of transferability and edge melting (a phenomenon in which the photosensitive resin bleeds from the edge of the transfer material).

負型感光性層可以包含除了上述聚合性化合物B1以外的聚合性化合物。 除了聚合性化合物B1以外的聚合性化合物並無特別限制,能夠從公知的化合物中適當地選擇。例如,可以舉出在一分子中具有1個乙烯性不飽和基之化合物(單官能乙烯性不飽和化合物)、不具有芳香環之2官能乙烯性不飽和化合物及3官能以上的乙烯性不飽和化合物。 The negative photosensitive layer may contain polymerizable compounds other than the above-mentioned polymerizable compound B1. The polymerizable compound other than the polymerizable compound B1 is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected from known compounds. Examples include compounds having one ethylenically unsaturated group in one molecule (monofunctional ethylenically unsaturated compounds), bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compounds not having an aromatic ring, and trifunctional or higher ethylenically unsaturated compounds. compound.

作為單官能乙烯性不飽和化合物,例如,可以舉出(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙基己酯、2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基琥珀酸鹽、聚乙二醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚丙二醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯及苯氧基(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯。Examples of monofunctional ethylenically unsaturated compounds include ethyl (meth)acrylate, ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, 2-(meth)acryloxyethylsuccinate, polyethylene glycol Glycol Mono(meth)acrylate, Polypropylene Glycol Mono(meth)acrylate and Phenoxyethyl(meth)acrylate.

作為不具有芳香環之2官能乙烯性不飽和化合物,例如,可以舉出伸烷基二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚伸烷基二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、胺酯二(甲基)丙烯酸酯及三羥甲基丙烷二丙烯酸酯。 作為伸烷基二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如,可以舉出三環癸烷二甲醇二丙烯酸酯(A-DCP,Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.製造)、三環癸烷二甲醇二甲基丙烯酸酯(DCP,Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.製造)、1,9-壬二醇二丙烯酸酯(A-NOD-N,Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.製造)、1,6-己二醇二丙烯酸酯(A-HD-N,Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.製造)、乙二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、1,10-癸二醇二丙烯酸酯及新戊二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯。 作為聚伸烷基二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如,可以舉出聚乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二丙二醇二丙烯酸酯、三丙二醇二丙烯酸酯及聚丙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯。 作為胺酯二(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如,可以舉出環氧丙烷改質胺酯二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、以及環氧乙烷及環氧丙烷改質胺酯二(甲基)丙烯酸酯。作為市售品,例如,可以舉出8UX-015A(TAISEI FINE CHEMICAL CO,.LTD.製造)、UA-32P(Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.製造)及UA-1100H(Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.製造)。 Examples of bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compounds not having an aromatic ring include alkylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, polyalkylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, urethane di( Meth)acrylate and trimethylolpropane diacrylate. Examples of alkylene glycol di(meth)acrylates include tricyclodecane dimethanol diacrylate (A-DCP, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), tricyclodecane dimethanol diacrylate (A-DCP, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), Methanol dimethacrylate (DCP, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), 1,9-nonanediol diacrylate (A-NOD-N, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), 1,6-Hexanediol diacrylate (A-HD-N, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), ethylene glycol dimethacrylate, 1,10-decanediol diacrylate and new Pentylene glycol di(meth)acrylate. Examples of the polyalkylene glycol di(meth)acrylate include polyethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, dipropylene glycol diacrylate, tripropylene glycol diacrylate, and polypropylene glycol di(meth)acrylate. )Acrylate. Examples of urethane di(meth)acrylate include propylene oxide modified urethane di(meth)acrylate, ethylene oxide and propylene oxide modified urethane di(meth)acrylate ester. As a commercial item, for example, 8UX-015A (manufactured by TAISEI FINE CHEMICAL CO,. LTD.), UA-32P (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) and UA-1100H (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co. ., Ltd.).

作為3官能以上的乙烯性不飽和化合物,例如,可以舉出二新戊四醇(三/四/五/六)(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊四醇(三/四)(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二三羥甲基丙烷四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基乙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、異三聚氰酸三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、丙三醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯及該等的環氧烷改質物。 在此,“(三/四/五/六)(甲基)丙烯酸酯”為包含三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、五(甲基)丙烯酸酯及六(甲基)丙烯酸酯之概念,“(三/四)(甲基)丙烯酸酯”為包含三(甲基)丙烯酸酯及四(甲基)丙烯酸酯之概念。 在一態樣中,負型感光性層包含上述聚合性化合物B1及3官能以上的乙烯性不飽和化合物亦較佳,包含上述聚合性化合物B1及2種以上的3官能以上的乙烯性不飽和化合物為更佳。此時,聚合性化合物B1與3官能以上的乙烯性不飽和化合物的質量比係(聚合性化合物B1的總質量):(3官能以上的乙烯性不飽和化合物的總質量)=1:1~5:1為較佳,1.2:1~4:1為更佳,1.5:1~3:1為進一步較佳。 又,在一態樣中,負型感光性層包含上述聚合性化合物B1及2種以上的3官能乙烯性不飽和化合物為較佳。 Examples of ethylenically unsaturated compounds having a trifunctional or higher function include diperythritol (tri/tetra/penta/hexa) (meth)acrylate, neopentylthritol (tri/tetra) (methyl) Acrylates, trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, ditrimethylolpropane tetra(meth)acrylate, trimethylolethane tri(meth)acrylate, isocyanuric acid tri(meth)acrylate (meth)acrylates, glycerol tri(meth)acrylates and their alkylene oxide modified substances. Here, "(three/four/five/hexa)(meth)acrylate" refers to tri(meth)acrylate, tetra(meth)acrylate, penta(meth)acrylate and hexa(meth)acrylate ) the concept of acrylate, "(three/four) (meth)acrylate" is a concept including three (meth)acrylate and tetra(meth)acrylate. In one aspect, it is also preferable that the negative photosensitive layer contains the above-mentioned polymerizable compound B1 and a trifunctional or higher ethylenically unsaturated compound, and contains the above-mentioned polymerizable compound B1 and two or more kinds of trifunctional or higher ethylenically unsaturated compounds. compound is more preferred. At this time, the mass ratio of the polymerizable compound B1 to the trifunctional or higher ethylenically unsaturated compound is (the total mass of the polymerizable compound B1): (the total mass of the trifunctional or higher ethylenically unsaturated compound)=1:1~ 5:1 is preferable, 1.2:1-4:1 is more preferable, and 1.5:1-3:1 is still more preferable. Moreover, in one aspect, it is preferable that the negative photosensitive layer contains the above-mentioned polymerizable compound B1 and two or more kinds of trifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compounds.

作為3官能以上的乙烯性不飽和化合物的環氧烷改質物,可以舉出己內酯改質(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物(Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造之KAYARAD(註冊商標)DPCA-20、Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.製造之A-9300-1CL等)、環氧烷改質(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物(Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造之KAYARAD RP-1040、Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.製造之ATM-35E及A-9300、DAI-CELL-ALLNEX LTD.製造之EBECRYL(註冊商標)135等)、乙氧基化丙三醇三丙烯酸酯(Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.製造之A-GLY-9E等)、ARONIX(註冊商標)TO-2349(TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.製造)、ARONIX M-520(TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.製造)及ARONIX M-510(TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.製造)。Examples of alkylene oxide modified products of trifunctional or higher ethylenically unsaturated compounds include caprolactone-modified (meth)acrylate compounds (KAYARAD (registered trademark) DPCA-20 manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. , A-9300-1CL manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd., etc.), alkylene oxide modified (meth)acrylate compound (KAYARAD RP-1040 manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., Shin-Nakamura ATM-35E and A-9300 manufactured by Chemical Co., Ltd., EBECRYL (registered trademark) 135 manufactured by DAI-CELL-ALLNEX LTD., etc.), ethoxylated glycerol triacrylate (Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co. ., Ltd., A-GLY-9E, etc.), ARONIX (registered trademark) TO-2349 (manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.), ARONIX M-520 (manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.) and ARONIX M-510 (manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.).

又,作為聚合性化合物,可以使用具有酸基(羧基等)之聚合性化合物。上述酸基可以形成酸酐基。作為具有酸基之聚合性化合物,可以舉出ARONIX(註冊商標)TO-2349(TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.製造)、ARONIX(註冊商標)M-520(TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.製造)及ARONIX(註冊商標)M-510(TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.製造)。 作為具有酸基之聚合性化合物,例如,可以使用日本特開2004-239942號公報的0025~0030段中記載之具有酸基之聚合性化合物。 Moreover, as a polymeric compound, the polymeric compound which has an acidic group (carboxyl group etc.) can be used. The above-mentioned acid groups may form acid anhydride groups. Examples of the polymerizable compound having an acid group include ARONIX (registered trademark) TO-2349 (manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.), ARONIX (registered trademark) M-520 (manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.) and ARONIX ( registered trademark) M-510 (manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.). As the polymerizable compound having an acid group, for example, the polymerizable compound having an acid group described in paragraphs 0025 to 0030 of JP-A-2004-239942 can be used.

聚合性化合物可以單獨使用1種,亦可以使用2種以上。 聚合性化合物的含量相對於負型感光性層的總質量為10~70質量%為較佳,15~70質量%為更佳,20~70質量%為進一步較佳。 A polymeric compound may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types. The content of the polymerizable compound is preferably from 10 to 70% by mass, more preferably from 15 to 70% by mass, and still more preferably from 20 to 70% by mass with respect to the total mass of the negative photosensitive layer.

作為聚合性化合物(包含聚合性化合物B1)的分子量(在具有分子量分布之情況下為重量平均分子量),200~3,000為較佳,280~2,200為更佳,300~2,200為進一步較佳。The molecular weight (weight average molecular weight when having a molecular weight distribution) of the polymerizable compound (including the polymerizable compound B1) is preferably 200 to 3,000, more preferably 280 to 2,200, and still more preferably 300 to 2,200.

···聚合起始劑 感光性層係負型感光性層之情況下,負型感光性層包含聚合起始劑亦較佳。 聚合起始劑可依據聚合反應的形式來選擇,例如,可以舉出熱聚合起始劑及光聚合起始劑。 聚合起始劑可以為自由基聚合起始劑,亦可以為陽離子聚合起始劑。 ···polymerization initiator When the photosensitive layer is a negative photosensitive layer, it is also preferable that the negative photosensitive layer contains a polymerization initiator. A polymerization initiator can be selected according to the form of a polymerization reaction, For example, a thermal polymerization initiator and a photopolymerization initiator are mentioned. The polymerization initiator may be a radical polymerization initiator or a cationic polymerization initiator.

負型感光性層包含光聚合起始劑為較佳。 光聚合起始劑為接收紫外線、可見光線及X射線等光化射線而開始聚合性化合物的聚合之化合物。作為光聚合起始劑,並無特別限制,能夠使用公知的光聚合起始劑。 作為光聚合起始劑,例如,可以舉出光自由基聚合起始劑及光陽離子聚合起始劑,光自由基聚合起始劑為較佳。 It is preferable that a negative photosensitive layer contains a photoinitiator. A photopolymerization initiator is a compound that starts polymerization of a polymerizable compound upon receiving actinic rays such as ultraviolet rays, visible rays, and X-rays. The photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited, and known photopolymerization initiators can be used. As a photopolymerization initiator, a photoradical polymerization initiator and a photocationic polymerization initiator are mentioned, for example, A photoradical polymerization initiator is preferable.

作為光自由基聚合起始劑,例如,可以舉出具有肟酯結構之光聚合起始劑、具有α-胺基烷基苯酮結構之光聚合起始劑、具有α-羥基烷基苯酮結構之光聚合起始劑、具有醯基氧化膦結構之光聚合起始劑及具有N-苯甘胺酸結構之光聚合起始劑。Examples of photoradical polymerization initiators include photopolymerization initiators having an oxime ester structure, photopolymerization initiators having an α-aminoalkylphenone structure, and photopolymerization initiators having an α-hydroxyalkylphenone structure. A photopolymerization initiator with a structure, a photopolymerization initiator with an acyl phosphine oxide structure, and a photopolymerization initiator with an N-phenylglycine structure.

又,從感光性、曝光部及非曝光部的可見性及解析性的觀點考慮,負型感光性層包含選自包括2,4,5-三芳基咪唑二聚體及其衍生物之群組中的至少一種作為光自由基聚合起始劑為較佳。另外,2,4,5-三芳基咪唑二聚體及其衍生物中的2個2,4,5-三芳基咪唑結構可以相同,亦可以不同。 作為2,4,5-三芳基咪唑二聚體的衍生物,例如,可以舉出2-(鄰氯苯基)-4,5-二苯基咪唑二聚體、2-(鄰氯苯基)-4,5-二(甲氧基苯基)咪唑二聚體、2-(鄰氟苯基)-4,5-二苯基咪唑二聚體、2-(鄰甲氧基苯基)-4,5-二苯基咪唑二聚體及2-(對甲氧基苯基)-4,5-二苯基咪唑二聚體。 In addition, from the viewpoint of photosensitivity, visibility and resolution of exposed and non-exposed parts, the negative photosensitive layer contains a compound selected from the group consisting of 2,4,5-triaryl imidazole dimers and derivatives thereof. At least one of them is preferred as a photoradical polymerization initiator. In addition, the structures of two 2,4,5-triarylimidazoles in the 2,4,5-triarylimidazole dimer and its derivatives may be the same or different. Examples of derivatives of 2,4,5-triaryl imidazole dimers include 2-(o-chlorophenyl)-4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer, 2-(o-chlorophenyl )-4,5-bis(methoxyphenyl)imidazole dimer, 2-(o-fluorophenyl)-4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer, 2-(o-methoxyphenyl) -4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer and 2-(p-methoxyphenyl)-4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer.

作為光自由基聚合起始劑,例如,可以使用日本特開2011-95716號公報的0031~0042段、日本特開2015-14783號公報的0064~0081段中所記載之聚合起始劑。As the photoradical polymerization initiator, for example, polymerization initiators described in paragraphs 0031 to 0042 of JP-A-2011-95716 and paragraphs 0064-0081 of JP-A-2015-14783 can be used.

作為光自由基聚合起始劑,例如,可以舉出二甲胺基苯甲酸乙酯(DBE、CAS No.10287-53-3)、安息香甲醚、甲氧苯基(p,p’-二甲氧基芐酯)、TAZ-110(產品名稱:Midori Kagaku Co., Ltd.製造)、二苯甲酮、4,4’-雙(二乙基胺基)二苯甲酮、TAZ-111(產品名稱:Midori Kagaku Co., Ltd.製造)、IrgacureOXE01、OXE02、OXE03、OXE04(BASF公司製造)、Omnirad651及369(產品名稱:IGM Resins B.V.製造)及2,2’-雙(2-氯苯基)-4,4’,5,5’-四苯基-1,2’-雙咪唑(Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.製造)。Examples of photoradical polymerization initiators include dimethylaminobenzoic acid ethyl ester (DBE, CAS No. 10287-53-3), benzoin methyl ether, methoxyphenyl (p,p'-di methoxybenzyl ester), TAZ-110 (product name: manufactured by Midori Kagaku Co., Ltd.), benzophenone, 4,4'-bis(diethylamino)benzophenone, TAZ-111 (product name: manufactured by Midori Kagaku Co., Ltd.), IrgacureOXE01, OXE02, OXE03, OXE04 (manufactured by BASF Corporation), Omnirad651 and 369 (product name: manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), and 2,2'-bis(2-chloro Phenyl)-4,4',5,5'-tetraphenyl-1,2'-biimidazole (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.).

作為光自由基聚合起始劑的市售品,例如,可以舉出1-[4-(苯硫基)]-1,2-辛二酮-2-(O-苯甲醯肟)(產品名稱:IRGACURE(註冊商標)OXE-01,BASF公司製造)、1-[9-乙基-6-(2-甲基苯甲醯基)-9H-咔唑-3-基]乙酮-1-(O-乙醯肟)(產品名稱:IRGACURE OXE-02,BASF公司製造)、IRGACURE OXE-03(BASF公司製造)、IRGACURE OXE-04(BASF公司製造)、2-(二甲基胺基)-2-[(4-甲基苯基)甲基]-1-[4-(4-嗎啉基)苯基]-1-丁酮(產品名稱:Omnirad 379EG,IGM Resins B.V.製造)、2-甲基-1-(4-甲硫基苯基)-2-嗎啉丙烷-1-酮(產品名稱:Omnirad 907,IGM Resins B.V.製造)、2-羥基-1-{4-[4-(2-羥基-2-甲基丙醯基)苄基]苯基}-2-甲基丙烷-1-酮(產品名稱:Omnirad 127,IGM Resins B.V.製造)、2-苄基-2-二甲基胺基-1-(4-嗎啉苯基)丁酮-1(產品名稱:Omnirad 369,IGM Resins B.V.製造)、2-羥基-2-甲基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮(產品名稱:Omnirad 1173,IGM Resins B.V.製造)、1-羥基環己基苯基酮(產品名稱:Omnirad 184,IGM Resins B.V.製造)、2,2-二甲氧基-1,2-二苯基乙-1-酮(產品名稱:Omnirad 651,IGM Resins B.V.製造)、2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基-二苯基氧化膦(產品名稱:Omnirad TPO H,IGM Resins B.V.製造)、雙(2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基)苯基氧化膦(產品名稱:Omnirad 819,IGM Resins B.V.製造)、肟酯系的光聚合起始劑(產品名稱:Lunar 6,DKSH Management Ltd.製造)、2-甲基-1-[4-(甲硫基)苯基]-2-嗎啉丙烷-1-酮(產品名稱:Omnirad 907FF、IGM Resins B.V.製造)、2-二甲胺基-2-(4-甲基芐基)-1-(4-嗎啉代苯基)-丁烷-1-酮(產品名稱:Omnirad 379、IGM Resins B.V.製造)、2,2’-雙(2-氯苯基)-4,4’,5,5’-四苯基雙咪唑(2-(2-氯苯基)-4,5-二苯基咪唑二聚體)(產品名稱:B-CIM,Hampford Research Inc.製造)及2-(鄰氯苯基)-4,5-二苯基咪唑二聚體(產品名稱:BCTB,Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.製造)、1-[4-(苯硫基)苯基]-3-環戊基丙烷-1,2-二酮-2-(O-苯甲醯肟)(產品名稱:TR-PBG-305,Changzhou Tronly New Electronic Materials CO.,LTD.製造)、1,2-丙烷二酮,3-環己基-1-[9-乙基-6-(2-呋喃基羰基)-9H-咔唑-3-基]-,2-(O-乙醯肟)(產品名稱:TR-PBG-326,Changzhou Tronly New Electronic Materials CO.,LTD.製造)及3-環己基-1-(6-(2-(苯甲醯氧基亞胺基)己醯基)-9-乙基-9H-咔唑-3-基)-丙烷-1,2-二酮-2-(O-苯甲醯肟)(產品名稱:TR-PBG-391,Changzhou Tronly New Electronic Materials CO.,LTD.製造)。Commercially available photoradical polymerization initiators include, for example, 1-[4-(phenylthio)]-1,2-octanedione-2-(O-benzoyl oxime) (product Name: IRGACURE (registered trademark) OXE-01, manufactured by BASF Corporation), 1-[9-ethyl-6-(2-methylbenzoyl)-9H-carbazol-3-yl]ethanone-1 -(O-acetyloxime) (product name: IRGACURE OXE-02, manufactured by BASF Corporation), IRGACURE OXE-03 (manufactured by BASF Corporation), IRGACURE OXE-04 (manufactured by BASF Corporation), 2-(dimethylamino )-2-[(4-methylphenyl)methyl]-1-[4-(4-morpholinyl)phenyl]-1-butanone (product name: Omnirad 379EG, manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), 2-Methyl-1-(4-methylthiophenyl)-2-morpholinepropan-1-one (product name: Omnirad 907, manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), 2-hydroxy-1-{4-[4 -(2-Hydroxy-2-methylpropionyl)benzyl]phenyl}-2-methylpropan-1-one (product name: Omnirad 127, manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), 2-benzyl-2- Dimethylamino-1-(4-morpholinephenyl)butanone-1 (product name: Omnirad 369, manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenylpropane-1- Ketone (product name: Omnirad 1173, manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), 1-hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone (product name: Omnirad 184, manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), 2,2-dimethoxy-1,2-diphenyl Ethan-1-one (product name: Omnirad 651, manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl-diphenylphosphine oxide (product name: Omnirad TPO H, manufactured by IGM Resins B.V. ), bis(2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl)phenylphosphine oxide (product name: Omnirad 819, manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), oxime ester photopolymerization initiator (product name: Lunar 6 , manufactured by DKSH Management Ltd.), 2-methyl-1-[4-(methylthio)phenyl]-2-morpholinopropan-1-one (product name: Omnirad 907FF, manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), 2 -Dimethylamino-2-(4-methylbenzyl)-1-(4-morpholinophenyl)-butan-1-one (product name: Omnirad 379, manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), 2, 2'-bis(2-chlorophenyl)-4,4',5, 5'-tetraphenylbisimidazole (2-(2-chlorophenyl)-4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer) (product name: B-CIM, manufactured by Hampford Research Inc.) and 2-(o- Chlorophenyl)-4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer (product name: BCTB, manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), 1-[4-(phenylthio)phenyl]-3-cyclo Amyl propane-1,2-dione-2-(O-benzoyl oxime) (product name: TR-PBG-305, manufactured by Changzhou Tronly New Electronic Materials CO.,LTD.), 1,2-propane di Ketone, 3-cyclohexyl-1-[9-ethyl-6-(2-furylcarbonyl)-9H-carbazol-3-yl]-, 2-(O-acetyloxime) (product name: TR -PBG-326, manufactured by Changzhou Tronly New Electronic Materials CO.,LTD.) and 3-cyclohexyl-1-(6-(2-(benzoyloxyimino)hexyl)-9-ethyl -9H-carbazol-3-yl)-propane-1,2-dione-2-(O-benzoyl oxime) (product name: TR-PBG-391, Changzhou Tronly New Electronic Materials CO.,LTD. manufacture).

光陽離子聚合起始劑(光酸產生劑)為接收光化射線而產生酸之化合物。作為光陽離子聚合起始劑,感應波長300nm以上、較佳為波長300~450nm的光化射線而產生酸之化合物為較佳,但是其化學結構並無特別限制。又,關於不直接感應波長300nm以上的光化射線之光陽離子聚合起始劑,若為藉由併用敏化劑來感應波長300nm以上的光化射線而產生酸之化合物,亦能夠與敏化劑組合而較佳地使用。 作為光陽離子聚合起始劑,產生pKa為4以下的酸之光陽離子聚合起始劑為較佳,產生pKa為3以下的酸之光陽離子聚合起始劑為更佳,產生pKa為2以下的酸之光陽離子聚合起始劑為特佳。pKa的下限值並無特別限定,但是例如-10.0以上為較佳。 Photocationic polymerization initiators (photoacid generators) are compounds that generate acid upon receiving actinic rays. As the photocationic polymerization initiator, a compound that responds to actinic rays with a wavelength of 300 nm or more, preferably 300-450 nm and generates acid is preferred, but its chemical structure is not particularly limited. Also, as for the photocationic polymerization initiator that does not directly respond to actinic rays with a wavelength of 300 nm or more, if it is a compound that generates an acid by using a sensitizer in combination with actinic rays with a wavelength of 300 nm or more, it can also be combined with the sensitizer. It is better to use in combination. As a photocationic polymerization initiator, a photocationic polymerization initiator that generates an acid with a pKa of 4 or less is preferred, a photocationic polymerization initiator that generates an acid with a pKa of 3 or less is more preferred, and a photocationic polymerization initiator that generates an acid with a pKa of 2 or less The photocatalytic polymerization initiator of acid is especially preferred. The lower limit of pKa is not particularly limited, but is preferably -10.0 or more, for example.

作為光陽離子聚合起始劑,可以舉出離子性光陽離子聚合起始劑及非離子性光陽離子聚合起始劑。 作為離子性光陽離子聚合起始劑,例如,可以舉出二芳基錪鹽類及三芳基鋶鹽類等鎓鹽化合物、以及四級銨鹽類。 作為離子性光陽離子聚合起始劑,可以使用日本特開2014-085643號公報的0114~0133段中所記載之離子性光陽離子聚合起始劑。 As a photocationic polymerization initiator, an ionic photocationic polymerization initiator and a nonionic photocationic polymerization initiator are mentioned. As an ionic photocationic polymerization initiator, for example, onium salt compounds such as diaryliodonium salts and triaryliumium salts, and quaternary ammonium salts are mentioned. As the ionic photocationic polymerization initiator, the ionic photocationic polymerization initiator described in paragraphs 0114 to 0133 of JP-A-2014-085643 can be used.

作為非離子性光陽離子聚合起始劑,例如,可以舉出三氯甲基-對稱三𠯤類、重氮甲烷化合物、醯亞胺磺酸鹽化合物及肟磺酸鹽化合物。作為三氯甲基-對稱三𠯤類、重氮甲烷化合物及醯亞胺磺酸鹽化合物,可以使用日本特開2011-221494號公報的0083~0088段中所記載之化合物。又,作為肟磺酸鹽化合物,可以使用國際公開第2018/179640號的0084~0088段中所記載之化合物。Examples of nonionic photocationic polymerization initiators include trichloromethyl-symmetrical trisulfones, diazomethane compounds, imide sulfonate compounds, and oxime sulfonate compounds. The compounds described in paragraphs 0083 to 0088 of JP-A-2011-221494 can be used as the trichloromethyl-symmetric trisulfones, the diazomethane compound, and the imidesulfonate compound. In addition, as the oxime sulfonate compound, compounds described in paragraphs 0084 to 0088 of International Publication No. 2018/179640 can be used.

負型感光性層包含光自由基聚合起始劑為較佳,包含選自包括2,4,5-三芳基咪唑二聚體及其衍生物之群組中的至少一種為更佳。The negative photosensitive layer preferably contains a photoradical polymerization initiator, more preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of 2,4,5-triarylimidazole dimers and derivatives thereof.

聚合起始劑可以單獨使用1種,亦可以使用2種以上。 聚合起始劑(較佳為光聚合起始劑)的含量並無特別限制,但是相對於負型感光性層的總質量,0.1質量%以上為較佳,0.5質量%以上為更佳,1.0質量%以上為進一步較佳。上限並無特別限制,但是相對於負型感光性層的總質量,20質量%以下為較佳,15質量%以下為進一步較佳,10質量%以下為更佳。 A polymerization initiator may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types. The content of the polymerization initiator (preferably a photopolymerization initiator) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.1% by mass or more, more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and 1.0% by mass relative to the total mass of the negative photosensitive layer. It is still more preferable that it is more than mass %. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 20% by mass or less, further preferably 15% by mass or less, and more preferably 10% by mass or less, based on the total mass of the negative photosensitive layer.

···色素 從曝光部及非曝光部的可見性、顯影後的圖案可見性及解析性的觀點考慮,感光性層包含顯色時的波長範圍400~780nm中的最大吸收波長為450nm以上並且因酸、鹼或自由基而最大吸收波長改變之色素(亦稱為“色素N”)亦較佳。若包含色素N,詳細機制尚不清楚,但是與相鄰之層(例如偽水溶性樹脂層)的密接性得到提高,解析性更優異。 ···pigment From the viewpoint of the visibility of the exposed part and the non-exposed part, the visibility of the pattern after development, and the resolution, the photosensitive layer has a maximum absorption wavelength of 450 nm or more in the wavelength range of 400 to 780 nm during color development and is affected by acid and alkali. A pigment whose maximum absorption wavelength is changed by free radicals (also referred to as "pigment N") is also preferable. When the pigment N is contained, the detailed mechanism is not clear, but the adhesion with the adjacent layer (such as the pseudo-water-soluble resin layer) is improved, and the resolution is more excellent.

在本說明書中,色素“因酸、鹼或自由基而極大吸收波長改變”可以係指處於顯色狀態下的色素藉由酸、鹼或自由基而消色之態樣、處於消色狀態下的色素藉由酸、鹼或自由基而顯色之態樣及顯色狀態下的色素改變為其他色相的顯色狀態之態樣中的任一個態樣。 具體而言,色素N可以為藉由曝光從消色狀態改變而顯色之化合物,亦可以為藉由曝光從顯色狀態改變而消色之化合物。此時,可以為藉由曝光而在感光性層內產生酸、鹼或自由基並發揮作用而使顯色或消色的狀態改變之色素,亦可以為藉由因酸、鹼或自由基而感光性層內的狀態(例如pH)改變而使顯色或消色的狀態改變之色素。又,還可以為不經由曝光而直接接受酸、鹼或自由基作為刺激而使顯色或消色的狀態改變之色素。 In this specification, the pigment "changes the maximum absorption wavelength due to acid, alkali or free radical" may refer to the state in which the pigment in the color-developing state is decolorized by acid, alkali or free radicals, or in the achromatic state. Any of the state in which the pigment in the pigment develops color by acid, alkali or free radicals and the state in which the pigment in the color state changes to another color state. Specifically, the dye N may be a compound that develops color by changing from a color-absorbing state to light exposure, or may be a compound that loses color by changing from a color-developing state to light exposure. In this case, it may be a dye that generates an acid, an alkali, or a radical in the photosensitive layer by exposure to act to change the state of color development or decolorization, or may be a pigment that is activated by an acid, an alkali, or a radical. A pigment that changes the state of color development or decolorization by changing the state (for example, pH) in the photosensitive layer. In addition, it may be a pigment that is directly stimulated by an acid, an alkali, or a free radical without exposure to light to change the state of color development or decolorization.

其中,從曝光部及非曝光部的可見性以及解析性的觀點考慮,色素N係藉由酸或自由基而最大吸收波長改變之色素為較佳,藉由自由基而最大吸收波長改變之色素為更佳。 感光性層係負型感光性層之情況下,從曝光部及非曝光部的可見性以及解析性的觀點考慮,負型感光性層作為色素N包含因自由基而最大吸收波長改變之色素及光自由基聚合起始劑這兩者為較佳。 又,從曝光部及非曝光部的可見性的觀點考慮,色素N係藉由酸、鹼或自由基而顯色之色素為較佳。 Among them, dye N is preferably a dye whose maximum absorption wavelength is changed by an acid or a radical, and a dye whose maximum absorption wavelength is changed by a radical from the viewpoint of visibility and resolution of the exposed portion and the non-exposed portion. for better. In the case where the photosensitive layer is a negative photosensitive layer, from the viewpoint of visibility and resolution of the exposed part and the non-exposed part, the negative photosensitive layer contains a dye whose maximum absorption wavelength changes due to radicals and Both are preferable as a photoradical polymerization initiator. Moreover, from the viewpoint of the visibility of an exposed part and a non-exposed part, it is preferable that the dye N is a dye that develops color with an acid, an alkali, or a radical.

作為色素N的顯色機構的例子,可以舉出如下態樣:在感光性層中添加光自由基聚合起始劑、光陽離子聚合起始劑(光酸產生劑)或光鹼產生劑,曝光之後因由光自由基聚合起始劑、光陽離子聚合起始劑或光鹼產生劑產生之自由基、酸或鹼而自由基反應性色素、酸反應性色素或鹼反應性色素(例如無色色素)顯色。As an example of the color development mechanism of the dye N, the following aspect can be mentioned: adding a photoradical polymerization initiator, a photocationic polymerization initiator (photoacid generator) or a photobase generator to the photosensitive layer, exposing Radical-reactive dyes, acid-reactive dyes or base-reactive dyes (such as leuco dyes) due to free radicals, acids or bases generated by photoradical polymerization initiators, photocationic polymerization initiators or photobase generators color.

關於色素N,從曝光部及非曝光部的可見性的觀點考慮,顯色時的波長範圍400~780nm中的極大吸收波長係550nm以上為較佳,550~700nm為更佳,550~650nm為進一步較佳。 又,色素N可以在顯色時的波長範圍400~780nm中僅具有1個極大吸收波長,亦可以具有2個以上。在色素N在顯色時的波長範圍400~780nm中具有2個以上的極大吸收波長之情況下,只要2個以上的極大吸收波長中吸光度最高的極大吸收波長為450nm以上即可。 Regarding the pigment N, from the viewpoint of the visibility of the exposed part and the non-exposed part, the maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 400 to 780 nm during color development is preferably 550 nm or more, more preferably 550 to 700 nm, and 550 to 650 nm. Further better. In addition, the dye N may have only one maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 400 to 780 nm at the time of color development, or may have two or more. When the dye N has two or more maximum absorption wavelengths in the color development wavelength range of 400 to 780 nm, the maximum absorption wavelength with the highest absorbance among the two or more maximum absorption wavelengths may be 450 nm or more.

關於色素N的極大吸收波長,藉由在大氣氣氛下,使用分光光度計:UV3100(SHIMADZU CORPORATION製造),在400~780nm的範圍內測量包含色素N之溶液(液溫為25℃)的透射光譜,並檢測光的強度達到極小之波長(極大吸收波長)而獲得。Regarding the maximum absorption wavelength of dye N, the transmission spectrum of a solution (liquid temperature: 25°C) containing dye N is measured in the range of 400 to 780 nm using a spectrophotometer: UV3100 (manufactured by SHIMADZU CORPORATION) in the atmospheric atmosphere , and obtained by detecting the wavelength at which the intensity of light reaches a minimum (maximum absorption wavelength).

作為藉由曝光而顯色或消色之色素,例如,可以舉出無色化合物。 作為藉由曝光而消色之色素,例如,可以舉出無色化合物、二芳基甲烷系色素、㗁𠯤系色素、口山口星系色素、亞胺基萘醌系色素、偶氮次甲基系色素及蒽醌系色素。 作為色素N,從曝光部及非曝光部的可見性的觀點考慮,無色化合物為較佳。 As a coloring matter which develops or loses color by exposure, a colorless compound is mentioned, for example. Examples of dyes that are decolorized by exposure include colorless compounds, diarylmethane-based dyes, 㗁𠯤-based dyes, Kuchi Yamaguchi-based dyes, iminonaphthoquinone-based dyes, and azomethine-based dyes. and anthraquinone pigments. As the dye N, a colorless compound is preferable from the viewpoint of the visibility of the exposed portion and the non-exposed portion.

作為無色化合物,例如,可以舉出具有三芳基甲烷骨架之無色化合物(三芳基甲烷系色素)、具有螺旋哌喃骨架之無色化合物(螺旋哌喃系色素)、具有螢光黃母體骨架之無色化合物(螢光黃母體系色素)、具有二芳基甲烷骨架之無色化合物(二芳基甲烷系色素)、具有羅丹明內醯胺骨架之無色化合物(羅丹明內醯胺系色素)、具有吲哚基酞內酯骨架之無色化合物(吲哚基酞內酯系色素)及具有白色黃金胺骨架之無色化合物(白色黃金胺系色素)。 其中,三芳基甲烷系色素或螢光黃母體系色素為較佳,具有三苯基甲烷骨架之無色化合物(三苯基甲烷系色素)或螢光黃母體系色素為更佳。 As the colorless compound, for example, a colorless compound having a triarylmethane skeleton (triarylmethane-based dye), a colorless compound having a helicopyran skeleton (helicopyran-based dye), and a colorless compound having a fluorescent yellow mother skeleton (fluorescent yellow matrix pigment), colorless compound with diarylmethane skeleton (diarylmethane pigment), colorless compound with rhodamine lactamide skeleton (rhodamine lactamide pigment), indole A colorless compound with an indolylphthalide skeleton (indolylphthalide pigment) and a colorless compound with a white gold amine skeleton (white gold amine pigment). Among them, triarylmethane-based pigments or fluorescent yellow parent system pigments are preferred, and colorless compounds (triphenylmethane-based pigments) with triphenylmethane skeletons or fluorescent yellow parent system pigments are more preferred.

作為無色化合物,從曝光部及非曝光部的可見性的觀點考慮,具有內酯環、sultine環或磺內酯環為較佳。藉此,能夠使無色化合物所具有之內酯環、sultine環或磺內酯環與由光自由基聚合起始劑產生之自由基或由光陽離子聚合起始劑產生之酸進行反應,使無色化合物改變為閉環狀態而消色或者使無色化合物改變為開環狀態而顯色。作為無色化合物,具有內酯環、sultine環或磺內酯環,並且因自由基或酸而內酯環、sultine環或磺內酯環開環而顯色之化合物為較佳,具有內酯環,並且因自由基或酸而內酯環開環而顯色之化合物為更佳。As a colorless compound, it is preferable to have a lactone ring, a sultine ring, or a sultone ring from the viewpoint of the visibility of an exposure part and a non-exposure part. Thereby, the lactone ring, sultine ring or sultone ring of the colorless compound can react with the free radical generated by the photoradical polymerization initiator or the acid generated by the photocationic polymerization initiator to make the colorless compound The compound is changed to a ring-closed state to lose color, or the colorless compound is changed to a ring-opened state to develop color. As a colorless compound, a compound having a lactone ring, a sultine ring or a sultone ring, and having a lactone ring, a sultine ring or a sultone ring that develops color due to free radicals or acids is preferred, and a compound having a lactone ring , and the compound that develops color due to the opening of the lactone ring by free radicals or acids is more preferable.

作為色素N,例如,可以舉出以下染料及無色化合物。 作為色素N中的染料的具體例,可以舉出亮綠、乙基紫、甲基綠、結晶紫、鹼性品紅、甲基紫2B、甲基喹啉紅、孟加拉玫紅、間胺黃、溴香酚藍、二甲苯酚藍、甲基橙、對甲基紅、剛果紅、苯紅紫4B、α-萘基紅、尼羅藍2B、尼羅藍A、甲基紫、孔雀綠、付品紅、維多利亞純藍-萘磺酸鹽、維多利亞純藍BOH(Hodogaya Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、油藍#603(Orient Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、油粉#312(Orient Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、油紅5B(Orient Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、油猩紅#308(Orient Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、油紅OG(Orient Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、油紅RR(Orient Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、油綠#502(Orient Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、SPIRON Red BEH SPECIAL(Hodogaya Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、間甲酚紫、甲酚紅、羅丹明B、羅丹明6G、磺醯羅丹明B、黃金胺、4-對二乙基胺基苯基亞胺基萘醌、2-羧基苯胺基-4-對二乙基胺基苯基亞胺基萘醌、2-羧基硬脂胺基-4-對N,N-雙(羥乙基)胺基-苯基亞胺基萘醌、1-苯基-3-甲基-4-對二乙基胺基苯基亞胺基-5-吡唑酮及1-β-萘-4-對二乙基胺基苯基亞胺基-5-吡唑酮。 Examples of the dye N include the following dyes and leuco compounds. Specific examples of dyes in the dye N include brilliant green, ethyl violet, methyl green, crystal violet, basic fuchsin, methyl violet 2B, methyl quinoline red, rose bengal, and metasamine yellow. , bromophenol blue, xylenol blue, methyl orange, p-methyl red, Congo red, benzene red violet 4B, α-naphthyl red, Nile blue 2B, Nile blue A, methyl violet, malachite green, Magenta, Victoria Pure Blue-Naphthalene Sulfonate, Victoria Pure Blue BOH (manufactured by Hodogaya Chemical Co., Ltd.), Oil Blue #603 (manufactured by Orient Chemical Co., Ltd.), Oil Powder #312 (manufactured by Orient Chemical Co., Ltd.), Oil Red 5B (Orient Chemical Co., Ltd.), Oil Scarlet #308 (Orient Chemical Co., Ltd.), Oil Red OG (Orient Chemical Co., Ltd.) , Oil Red RR (manufactured by Orient Chemical Co., Ltd.), Oil Green #502 (manufactured by Orient Chemical Co., Ltd.), SPIRON Red BEH SPECIAL (manufactured by Hodogaya Chemical Co., Ltd.), m-cresol violet, formazan Phenol Red, Rhodamine B, Rhodamine 6G, Sulphonyl Rhodamine B, Gold Ammonium, 4-p-Diethylaminophenyliminonaphthoquinone, 2-Carboxyanilino-4-p-Diethylamino Phenyliminonaphthoquinone, 2-carboxystearylamino-4-p-N,N-bis(hydroxyethyl)amino-phenyliminonaphthoquinone, 1-phenyl-3-methyl- 4-p-diethylaminophenylimino-5-pyrazolone and 1-β-naphthalene-4-p-diethylaminophenylimino-5-pyrazolone.

作為色素N中的無色化合物的具體例,可以舉出p,p’,p’’-六甲基三胺基三苯基甲烷(無色結晶紫)、Pergascript Blue SRB(Ciba Geigy公司製造)、結晶紫內酯、孔雀綠內酯、苯甲醯無色亞甲基藍、2-(N-苯基-N-甲基胺基)-6-(N-對甲苯基-N-乙基)胺基螢光黃母體、2-苯胺基-3-甲基-6-(N-乙基-對甲苯胺)螢光黃母體、3,6-二甲氧基螢光黃母體、3-(N,N-二乙基胺基)-5-甲基-7-(N,N-二苄基胺基)螢光黃母體、3-(N-環己基-N-甲基胺基)-6-甲基-7-苯胺基螢光黃母體、3-(N,N-二乙基胺基)-6-甲基-7-苯胺基螢光黃母體、3-(N,N-二乙基胺基)-6-甲基-7-茬胺基螢光黃母體、3-(N,N-二乙基胺基)-6-甲基-7-氯螢光黃母體、3-(N,N-二乙基胺基)-6-甲氧基-7-胺基螢光黃母體、3-(N,N-二乙基胺基)-7-(4-氯苯胺基)螢光黃母體、3-(N,N-二乙基胺基)-7-氯螢光黃母體、3-(N,N-二乙基胺基)-7-苄基胺基螢光黃母體、3-(N,N-二乙基胺基)-7,8-苯并螢光黃母體、3-(N,N-二丁基胺基)-6-甲基-7-苯胺基螢光黃母體、3-(N,N-二丁基胺基)-6-甲基-7-茬胺基螢光黃母體、3-哌啶基-6-甲基-7-苯胺基螢光黃母體、3-吡咯啶基-6-甲基-7-苯胺基螢光黃母體、3,3-雙(1-乙基-2-甲基吲哚-3-基)酞內酯、3,3-雙(1-正丁基-2-甲基吲哚-3-基)酞內酯、3,3-雙(對二甲胺基苯基)-6-二甲胺基酞內酯、3-(4-二乙基胺基-2-乙氧基苯基)-3-(1-乙基-2-甲基吲哚-3-基)-4-氮雜酞內酯、3-(4-二乙基胺基苯基)-3-(1-乙基-2-甲基吲哚-3-基)酞內酯及3’,6’-雙(二苯基胺基)螺旋異苯并呋喃-1(3H),9’-[9H]口山口星-3-酮。Specific examples of the colorless compound in Dye N include p,p',p''-hexamethyltriaminotriphenylmethane (colorless crystal violet), Pergascript Blue SRB (manufactured by Ciba Geigy), crystal Violet lactone, malachite green lactone, benzoyl leuco methylene blue, 2-(N-phenyl-N-methylamino)-6-(N-p-tolyl-N-ethyl)amino fluorescent yellow Parent, 2-anilino-3-methyl-6-(N-ethyl-p-toluidine) fluorescent yellow precursor, 3,6-dimethoxy fluorescent yellow precursor, 3-(N,N-di Ethylamino)-5-methyl-7-(N,N-dibenzylamino) fluorescent yellow precursor, 3-(N-cyclohexyl-N-methylamino)-6-methyl- 7-anilino fluorescent yellow precursor, 3-(N,N-diethylamino)-6-methyl-7-anilino fluorescent yellow precursor, 3-(N,N-diethylamino) -6-Methyl-7-amino-fluorescent yellow precursor, 3-(N,N-diethylamino)-6-methyl-7-chlorofluorescent yellow precursor, 3-(N,N- Diethylamino)-6-methoxy-7-amino fluorescent yellow precursor, 3-(N,N-diethylamino)-7-(4-chloroanilino) fluorescent yellow precursor, 3-(N,N-diethylamino)-7-chlorofluorescent yellow precursor, 3-(N,N-diethylamino)-7-benzylamino fluorescent yellow precursor, 3-( N,N-diethylamino)-7,8-benzofluorescent yellow precursor, 3-(N,N-dibutylamino)-6-methyl-7-anilinofluorescent yellow precursor, 3-(N,N-dibutylamino)-6-methyl-7-stibamido fluorescent yellow precursor, 3-piperidinyl-6-methyl-7-anilino fluorescent yellow precursor, 3 -Pyrrolidinyl-6-methyl-7-anilinofluorescent yellow precursor, 3,3-bis(1-ethyl-2-methylindol-3-yl)phthalide, 3,3-bis (1-n-butyl-2-methylindol-3-yl)phthalide, 3,3-bis(p-dimethylaminophenyl)-6-dimethylaminophthalide, 3-( 4-diethylamino-2-ethoxyphenyl)-3-(1-ethyl-2-methylindol-3-yl)-4-azaphthalide, 3-(4- Diethylaminophenyl)-3-(1-ethyl-2-methylindol-3-yl)phthalide and 3',6'-bis(diphenylamino)spiroisobenzo Furan-1(3H), 9'-[9H]koukousing-3-one.

從曝光部及非曝光部的可見性、顯影後的圖案可見性及解析性的觀點考慮,色素N係因自由基而最大吸收波長改變之色素為較佳,藉由自由基而顯色之色素為更佳。 作為色素N,無色結晶紫、結晶紫內酯、亮綠或維多利亞純藍-萘磺酸鹽為較佳。 From the viewpoint of the visibility of the exposed part and the non-exposed part, the visibility of the pattern after development, and the resolution, the dye N is preferably a dye whose maximum absorption wavelength changes due to free radicals, and a dye that develops color by free radicals for better. As the dye N, leuco crystal violet, crystal violet lactone, brilliant green or Victoria pure blue-naphthalenesulfonate are preferable.

色素N可以單獨使用1種,亦可以使用2種以上。 從曝光部及非曝光部的可見性、顯影後的圖案可見性及解析性的觀點考慮,相對於感光性層的總質量,色素N的含量係0.1質量%以上為較佳,0.1~10質量%為更佳,0.1~5質量%為進一步較佳,0.1~1質量%為特佳。 One type of dye N may be used alone, or two or more types may be used. From the viewpoint of the visibility of the exposed portion and the non-exposed portion, the visibility of the pattern after development, and the resolution, the content of the pigment N is preferably 0.1% by mass or more, and 0.1 to 10% by mass relative to the total mass of the photosensitive layer. % is more preferred, 0.1 to 5% by mass is still more preferred, and 0.1 to 1% by mass is particularly preferred.

色素N的含量係指使感光性層的總質量中所包含之色素N全部成為顯色狀態時的色素的含量。以下,以藉由自由基而顯色之色素為例,對色素N的含量的定量方法進行說明。 製備將色素0.001g及0.01g溶解於甲乙酮100mL中而得之溶液。在所獲得之各溶液中加入光自由基聚合起始劑Irgacure OXE01(產品名稱,BASF公司 Japan Ltd.),照射365nm的光,藉此產生自由基,將所有色素設為顯色狀態。然後,在大氣氣氛下,使用分光光度計(UV3100,SHIMADZU CORPORATION製造),測量液溫為25℃的各溶液的吸光度,製作校準曲線。 接著,代替色素而將感光性層3g溶解於甲乙酮中,除此以外,藉由與上述相同的方法測量使色素全部顯色之溶液的吸光度。基於所獲得之包含感光性層之溶液的吸光度,依據校準曲線計算出感光性層中所包含之色素的含量。 另外,感光性層3g與感光性組成物中的總固體成分3g相同。 The content of the dye N means the content of the dye when all the dye N contained in the total mass of the photosensitive layer is in a colored state. Hereinafter, a method for quantifying the content of the dye N will be described by taking a dye that develops color by radicals as an example. A solution in which 0.001 g and 0.01 g of a dye were dissolved in 100 mL of methyl ethyl ketone was prepared. A photoradical polymerization initiator Irgacure OXE01 (product name, BASF Japan Ltd.) was added to each of the obtained solutions, and 365nm light was irradiated to generate free radicals to bring all the pigments into a color-developed state. Then, under the air atmosphere, using a spectrophotometer (UV3100, manufactured by SHIMADZU CORPORATION), the absorbance of each solution at a liquid temperature of 25° C. was measured to prepare a calibration curve. Next, except having dissolved the photosensitive layer 3g in methyl ethyl ketone instead of a dye, the absorbance of the solution which color-developed all the dyes was measured by the method similar to the above. Based on the obtained absorbance of the solution containing the photosensitive layer, the content of the pigment contained in the photosensitive layer is calculated according to the calibration curve. In addition, 3 g of photosensitive layers are the same as 3 g of total solids in a photosensitive composition.

···熱交聯性化合物 感光性層為負型感光性層之情況下,從所獲得之硬化膜的強度及所獲得之未硬化膜的黏著性的觀點考慮,包含熱交聯性化合物為較佳。另外,在本說明書中,具有後述之乙烯性不飽和基之熱交聯性化合物不被視為聚合性化合物,而被視為熱交聯性化合物。 作為熱交聯性化合物,可以舉出羥甲基化合物及嵌段異氰酸酯化合物。其中,從所獲得之硬化膜的強度及所獲得之未硬化膜的黏著性的觀點考慮,嵌段異氰酸酯化合物為較佳。 嵌段異氰酸酯化合物與羥基及羧基進行反應,因此例如,在樹脂和/或聚合性化合物等具有羥基及羧基中的至少一者之情況下,有所形成之膜的親水性下降,增強將負型感光性層硬化而成之膜用作保護膜時的功能之傾向。 另外,嵌段異氰酸酯化合物係指“具有用封端劑保護(所謂的遮罩)異氰酸酯的異氰酸酯基之結構之化合物”。 ···Heat-crosslinkable compounds When the photosensitive layer is a negative photosensitive layer, it is preferable to include a thermally crosslinkable compound from the viewpoint of the strength of the obtained cured film and the adhesiveness of the obtained uncured film. In addition, in this specification, the heat-crosslinkable compound which has the ethylenically unsaturated group mentioned later is not regarded as a polymeric compound, but is regarded as a heat-crosslinkable compound. Examples of the heat-crosslinkable compound include methylol compounds and blocked isocyanate compounds. Among these, blocked isocyanate compounds are preferred from the viewpoint of the strength of the obtained cured film and the adhesiveness of the obtained uncured film. The blocked isocyanate compound reacts with a hydroxyl group and a carboxyl group. Therefore, for example, in the case of a resin and/or a polymerizable compound having at least one of a hydroxyl group and a carboxyl group, the hydrophilicity of the formed film decreases, and the negative type is strengthened. The tendency of the function of the film formed by hardening the photosensitive layer to be used as a protective film. In addition, the blocked isocyanate compound means "a compound having a structure in which an isocyanate group of an isocyanate is protected (so called masking) with a blocking agent".

嵌段異氰酸酯化合物的解離溫度並無特別限制,但是100~160℃為較佳,130~150℃為更佳。 嵌段異氰酸酯的解離溫度係指“使用示差掃描熱量儀,藉由DSC(Differential scanning calorimetry:示差掃描量熱法)分析測量時的、伴隨嵌段異氰酸酯的脫保護反應之吸熱峰的溫度”。 作為示差掃描熱量儀,例如,能夠較佳地使用Seiko Instruments Inc.製造之示差掃描熱量儀(型號:DSC6200)。但是,示差掃描熱量儀並不限定於此。 The dissociation temperature of the blocked isocyanate compound is not particularly limited, but is preferably 100 to 160°C, more preferably 130 to 150°C. The dissociation temperature of blocked isocyanate means "the temperature of the endothermic peak accompanying the deprotection reaction of blocked isocyanate when measured by DSC (Differential scanning calorimetry) analysis using a differential scanning calorimeter". As the differential scanning calorimeter, for example, a differential scanning calorimeter (model: DSC6200) manufactured by Seiko Instruments Inc. can be preferably used. However, the differential scanning calorimeter is not limited to this.

作為解離溫度為100~160℃的封端劑,可以舉出活性亞甲基化合物〔丙二酸二酯(丙二酸二甲基、丙二酸二乙基、丙二酸二正丁基、丙二酸二2-乙基己基等)〕、肟化合物(甲醛肟、乙醛肟、乙醯肟、甲乙酮肟及環己酮肟等在分子內具有由-C(=N-OH)-表示之結構之化合物)。 該等中,作為解離溫度為100~160℃的封端劑,例如,從保存穩定性的觀點考慮,選自肟化合物中的至少一種為較佳。 As an end-capping agent with a dissociation temperature of 100 to 160°C, active methylene compounds [malonate diesters (dimethyl malonate, diethyl malonate, di-n-butyl malonate, Malonate (2-ethylhexyl, etc.)], oxime compounds (formaldoxime, acetaldehyde oxime, acetyloxime, methyl ethyl ketone oxime and cyclohexanone oxime, etc. have -C (=N-OH)- in the molecule compounds of the structure). Among them, as a blocking agent having a dissociation temperature of 100 to 160° C., for example, at least one selected from oxime compounds is preferable from the viewpoint of storage stability.

例如,從改善膜的脆性、提高與被轉印體的密接力等的觀點考慮,嵌段異氰酸酯化合物具有異氰脲酸酯結構為較佳。 具有異氰脲酸酯結構之嵌段異氰酸酯化合物例如藉由將六亞甲基二異氰酸酯進行異氰脲酸酯化來保護而獲得。 具有異氰脲酸酯結構之嵌段異氰酸酯化合物中,含有具有肟化合物作為封端劑之肟結構之化合物從相較於不具有肟結構之化合物容易將解離溫度設在較佳的範圍內,並且容易減少顯影殘渣之觀點考慮為較佳。 For example, it is preferable that the blocked isocyanate compound has an isocyanurate structure from the viewpoints of improving the brittleness of the film, improving the adhesive force with the transfer target, and the like. A blocked isocyanate compound having an isocyanurate structure is obtained, for example, by isocyanurating and protecting hexamethylene diisocyanate. Among the blocked isocyanate compounds having an isocyanurate structure, the compound containing the oxime structure having an oxime compound as a blocking agent can easily set the dissociation temperature within a preferable range compared with the compound not having the oxime structure, and It is preferable from the viewpoint of being easy to reduce image development residue.

嵌段異氰酸酯化合物可以具有聚合性基。 作為聚合性基,並無特別限制,能夠使用公知的聚合性基,自由基聚合性基為較佳。 作為聚合性基,可以舉出(甲基)丙烯醯氧基、(甲基)丙烯醯胺基及苯乙烯基等乙烯性不飽和基以及環氧丙基等具有環氧基之基團。 其中,作為聚合性基,乙烯性不飽和基為較佳,(甲基)丙烯醯氧基為更佳,丙烯醯氧基為進一步較佳。 The blocked isocyanate compound may have a polymerizable group. The polymerizable group is not particularly limited, and known polymerizable groups can be used, and radically polymerizable groups are preferred. Examples of the polymerizable group include ethylenically unsaturated groups such as a (meth)acryloxy group, a (meth)acrylamide group, and a styryl group, and groups having an epoxy group such as a glycidyl group. Among them, as the polymerizable group, an ethylenically unsaturated group is preferable, a (meth)acryloxy group is more preferable, and an acryloxy group is still more preferable.

作為封端異氰酸酯化合物,能夠使用市售品。 作為嵌段異氰酸酯化合物的市售品的例子,可以舉出Karenz(註冊商標)AOI-BM、Karenz(註冊商標)MOI-BM、Karenz(註冊商標)MOI-BP等(以上為SHOWA DENKO K.K.製造)、嵌段型DURANATE系列(例如,DURANATE(註冊商標)TPA-B80E、DURANATE(註冊商標)WT32-B75P等,Asahi Kasei Chemicals Corporation.製造)。 又,作為嵌段異氰酸酯化合物,還能夠使用下述結構的化合物。 As a blocked isocyanate compound, a commercial item can be used. Examples of commercially available blocked isocyanate compounds include Karenz (registered trademark) AOI-BM, Karenz (registered trademark) MOI-BM, Karenz (registered trademark) MOI-BP, etc. (the above are manufactured by SHOWA DENKO K.K.) . Block-type DURANATE series (for example, DURANATE (registered trademark) TPA-B80E, DURANATE (registered trademark) WT32-B75P, etc., manufactured by Asahi Kasei Chemicals Corporation.). Moreover, the compound of the following structure can also be used as a block isocyanate compound.

[化學式2]

Figure 02_image003
[chemical formula 2]
Figure 02_image003

熱交聯性化合物可以單獨使用1種,亦可以使用2種以上。 當感光性層包含熱交聯性化合物時,熱交聯性化合物的含量相對於感光性層的總質量,1~50質量%為較佳,5~30質量%為更佳。 A heat-crosslinkable compound may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types. When the photosensitive layer contains a thermally crosslinkable compound, the content of the thermally crosslinkable compound is preferably from 1 to 50% by mass, more preferably from 5 to 30% by mass, relative to the total mass of the photosensitive layer.

···其他添加劑 感光性層除了上述成分以外,還可以依需要包含公知的添加劑。 作為添加劑,例如,可以舉出自由基聚合抑制劑、敏化劑、塑化劑、雜環狀化合物(三唑等)、苯并三唑類、羧基苯并三唑類、吡啶類(異菸鹼醯胺等)、嘌呤鹼(腺嘌呤等)及界面活性劑。 各添加劑可以單獨使用1種,亦可以使用2種以上。 ···Other additives The photosensitive layer may contain well-known additives other than the said component as needed. Examples of additives include radical polymerization inhibitors, sensitizers, plasticizers, heterocyclic compounds (triazoles, etc.), benzotriazoles, carboxybenzotriazoles, pyridines (isonia Alkaline amide, etc.), purine bases (adenine, etc.) and surfactants. Each additive may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types.

感光性層可以包含自由基聚合抑制劑。 作為自由基聚合抑制劑,例如,可以舉出日本專利第4502784號公報0018段中所記載之熱聚合抑制劑。其中,啡噻𠯤、啡㗁𠯤或4-甲氧苯酚為較佳。作為其他自由基聚合抑制劑,可以舉出萘胺、氯化亞銅、亞硝基苯基羥基胺鋁鹽及二苯基亞硝基胺等。為了不損害感光性層的靈敏度,將亞硝基苯基羥基胺鋁鹽用作自由基聚合抑制劑為較佳。 自由基聚合抑制劑的較佳含量與第2實施形態的轉印薄膜X2的感光性層中的相同成分的含量相同。 The photosensitive layer may contain a radical polymerization inhibitor. Examples of radical polymerization inhibitors include thermal polymerization inhibitors described in paragraph 0018 of Japanese Patent No. 4502784. Among them, phenothiazine, phenothiazine or 4-methoxyphenol are preferred. Examples of other radical polymerization inhibitors include naphthylamine, cuprous chloride, nitrosophenylhydroxylamine aluminum salt, diphenylnitrosoamine, and the like. In order not to impair the sensitivity of the photosensitive layer, it is preferable to use nitrosophenylhydroxylamine aluminum salt as a radical polymerization inhibitor. The preferred content of the radical polymerization inhibitor is the same as the content of the same components in the photosensitive layer of the transfer film X2 of the second embodiment.

作為苯并三唑類,例如,可以舉出1,2,3-苯并三唑、1-氯-1,2,3-苯并三唑、雙(N-2-乙基己基)胺基亞甲基-1,2,3-苯并三唑、雙(N-2-乙基己基)胺基亞甲基-1,2,3-甲苯基三唑及雙(N-2-羥乙基)胺基亞甲基-1,2,3-苯并三唑等。Examples of benzotriazoles include 1,2,3-benzotriazole, 1-chloro-1,2,3-benzotriazole, bis(N-2-ethylhexyl)amino Methylene-1,2,3-benzotriazole, bis(N-2-ethylhexyl)aminomethylene-1,2,3-tolyltriazole and bis(N-2-hydroxyethyl base) aminomethylene-1,2,3-benzotriazole, etc.

作為羧基苯并三唑類,例如,可以舉出4-羧基-1,2,3-苯并三唑、5-羧基-1,2,3-苯并三唑、N-(N,N-二-2-乙基己基)胺基亞甲基羧基苯并三唑、N-(N,N-二-2-羥乙基)胺基亞甲基羧基苯并三唑及N-(N,N-二-2-乙基己基)胺基伸乙基羧基苯并三唑等。作為羧基苯并三唑類,例如,能夠使用CBT-1(JOHOKU CHEMICAL CO.,LTD,產品名稱)等市售品。As carboxybenzotriazoles, for example, 4-carboxy-1,2,3-benzotriazole, 5-carboxy-1,2,3-benzotriazole, N-(N,N- Di-2-ethylhexyl)aminomethylenecarboxybenzotriazole, N-(N,N-di-2-hydroxyethyl)aminomethylenecarboxybenzotriazole and N-(N, N-di-2-ethylhexyl)aminoethylenylcarboxybenzotriazole, etc. As carboxybenzotriazoles, for example, commercial items such as CBT-1 (JOHOKU CHEMICAL CO., LTD, product name) can be used.

苯并三唑類及羧基苯并三唑類的總含量相對於感光性層的總質量為0.01~3質量%為較佳,0.05~1質量%為更佳。當含量為0.01質量%以上時,感光性層的保存穩定性更優異。另一方面,含量為3質量%以下之情況下,靈敏度的維持及染料的脫色的抑制更加優異。The total content of benzotriazoles and carboxybenzotriazoles is preferably from 0.01 to 3% by mass, more preferably from 0.05 to 1% by mass, relative to the total mass of the photosensitive layer. When the content is 0.01% by mass or more, the storage stability of the photosensitive layer is more excellent. On the other hand, when the content is 3% by mass or less, the maintenance of sensitivity and the suppression of decolorization of the dye are more excellent.

又,作為自由基聚合抑制劑,例如,受阻酚化合物亦較佳。作為受阻酚化合物,例如,可以舉出雙[3-(3-第三丁基-4-羥基-5-甲基苯基)丙酸][乙烯雙(氧乙烯)]2,4-雙〔(硬脂基硫基)甲基〕-鄰甲酚、1,3,5-三(3,5-二-第三丁基-4-羥基芐基)、1,3,5-三(4-第三丁基-3-羥基-2,6-二甲基芐基)、2,4-雙-(正辛硫基)-6-(4-羥基-3,5-二-第三丁基苯胺基)-1,3,5-三𠯤及新戊四醇四3-(3,5-二-第三丁基-4-羥基苯基)丙酸酯等。Moreover, as a radical polymerization inhibitor, for example, a hindered phenol compound is also preferable. As the hindered phenol compound, for example, bis[3-(3-tert-butyl-4-hydroxy-5-methylphenyl)propanoic acid][ethylenebis(oxyethylene)]2,4-bis[ (Stearylthio)methyl]-o-cresol, 1,3,5-tris(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl), 1,3,5-tris(4 -tert-butyl-3-hydroxy-2,6-dimethylbenzyl), 2,4-bis-(n-octylthio)-6-(4-hydroxy-3,5-di-tert-butyl Anilino)-1,3,5-tri-3-(3-(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate and so on.

感光性層可以包含敏化劑。 關於敏化劑,並無特別限制,能夠使用公知的敏化劑、染料及顏料。作為敏化劑,例如,可以舉出二烷基胺基二苯甲酮化合物、吡唑啉化合物、蒽化合物、香豆素化合物、氧雜蒽酮化合物、噻口星酮化合物、吖啶酮化合物、㗁唑化合物、苯并㗁唑化合物、噻唑化合物、苯并噻唑化合物、三唑化合物(例如,1,2,4-三唑)、茋化合物、三𠯤化合物、噻吩化合物、萘二甲醯亞胺化合物、三芳胺化合物及胺基吖啶化合物。 作為敏化劑的市售品,例如,可以舉出SANYO TRADING CO., LTD.製造之“SB-PI 701”(4,4′-雙(二乙基胺基)二苯甲酮)等。 The photosensitive layer may contain a sensitizer. The sensitizer is not particularly limited, and known sensitizers, dyes, and pigments can be used. Examples of sensitizers include dialkylaminobenzophenone compounds, pyrazoline compounds, anthracene compounds, coumarin compounds, xanthone compounds, tiostatone compounds, and acridone compounds. , azole compounds, benzoxazole compounds, thiazole compounds, benzothiazole compounds, triazole compounds (for example, 1,2,4-triazole), stilbene compounds, trioxazole compounds, thiophene compounds, naphthalene dicarboxamides Amine compounds, triarylamine compounds and aminoacridine compounds. As a commercial item of a sensitizer, "SB-PI 701" (4,4'-bis (diethylamino) benzophenone) etc. by Sanyo Trading Co., Ltd. are mentioned, for example.

敏化劑可以單獨使用1種,亦可以使用2種以上。 在感光性層包含敏化劑之情況下,敏化劑的含量能夠依據目的而適當地選擇,但是從提高對光源的靈敏度及提高基於聚合速度與鏈轉移的平衡之硬化速度之觀點考慮,相對於感光性層的總質量,0.01~5質量%為較佳,0.05~1質量%為更佳。 A sensitizer may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types. When the photosensitive layer contains a sensitizer, the content of the sensitizer can be appropriately selected according to the purpose, but from the viewpoint of improving the sensitivity to the light source and improving the hardening speed based on the balance between the polymerization speed and chain transfer, relatively In the total mass of the photosensitive layer, 0.01-5 mass % is preferable, and 0.05-1 mass % is more preferable.

感光性層可以包含選自包括塑化劑及雜環狀化合物之群組中的至少一種。 作為塑化劑及雜環狀化合物,可以舉出國際公開第2018/179640號的0097~0103段及0111~0118段中所記載之化合物。 The photosensitive layer may contain at least one selected from the group consisting of plasticizers and heterocyclic compounds. Examples of the plasticizer and the heterocyclic compound include compounds described in paragraphs 0097 to 0103 and paragraphs 0111 to 0118 of International Publication No. 2018/179640.

感光性層包含界面活性劑為較佳。作為界面活性劑,可以舉出與後述之第2實施形態轉印薄膜X2的感光性層可以包含之界面活性劑相同者,較佳態樣亦相同。It is preferable that the photosensitive layer contains a surfactant. Examples of the surfactant include the same ones as those that may be contained in the photosensitive layer of the transfer film X2 according to the second embodiment described later, and preferred aspects are also the same.

又,感光性層還可以包含金屬氧化物粒子、抗氧化劑、防鏽劑、分散劑、酸增殖劑、顯影促進劑、導電性纖維、紫外線吸收劑、增稠劑、交聯劑及有機或無機的沉澱防止劑等公知的添加劑。 又,作為鏈轉移劑,包含N-苯基胺甲醯基甲基-N-羥甲基苯胺和/或N,N-四乙基-4,4-二胺基二苯甲酮亦較佳。 關於感光性層中所包含之添加劑,記載於日本特開2014-085643號公報的0165~0184段,且該公報的內容被編入到本說明書。 In addition, the photosensitive layer may contain metal oxide particles, antioxidants, rust inhibitors, dispersants, acid multiplying agents, development accelerators, conductive fibers, ultraviolet absorbers, thickeners, crosslinking agents, and organic or inorganic Known additives such as anti-precipitation agents. Also, as a chain transfer agent, it is also preferable to include N-phenylaminoformylmethyl-N-methylolaniline and/or N,N-tetraethyl-4,4-diaminobenzophenone . About the additive contained in a photosensitive layer, it describes in paragraphs 0165-0184 of Unexamined-Japanese-Patent No. 2014-085643, and the content of this publication is incorporated in this specification.

從提高可靠性及層合性之觀點考慮,感光性層中的水的含量係0.01~1.0質量%為較佳,0.05~0.5質量%為更佳。The content of water in the photosensitive layer is preferably from 0.01 to 1.0% by mass, more preferably from 0.05 to 0.5% by mass, from the viewpoint of improving reliability and lamination.

又,從密接性更優異之觀點考慮,感光性層的波長為365nm的光的透射率係10%以上為較佳,30%以上為更佳,50%以上為進一步較佳。上限並無特別限制,但是99.9%以下為較佳。In addition, from the viewpoint of better adhesion, the transmittance of light having a wavelength of 365 nm of the photosensitive layer is preferably 10% or more, more preferably 30% or more, and still more preferably 50% or more. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 99.9% or less.

···雜質等 感光性層可以包含既定量的雜質。 作為雜質的具體例,可以舉出鈉、鉀、鎂、鈣、鐵、錳、銅、鋁、鈦、鉻、鈷、鎳、鋅、錫、鹵素及該等的離子。其中,鹵化物離子、鈉離子及鉀離子容易作為雜質混入,因此設為下述含量為較佳。 ···Impurities etc. The photosensitive layer may contain a predetermined amount of impurities. Specific examples of impurities include sodium, potassium, magnesium, calcium, iron, manganese, copper, aluminum, titanium, chromium, cobalt, nickel, zinc, tin, halogens, and ions thereof. Among them, since halide ions, sodium ions, and potassium ions are likely to be mixed as impurities, it is preferable to set them to the following content.

感光性層中的雜質的含量以質量基準計係80ppm以下為較佳,10ppm以下為更佳,2ppm以下為進一步較佳。關於雜質的含量,以質量基準計,能夠設為1ppb以上,亦可以設為0.1ppm以上。The content of impurities in the photosensitive layer is preferably at most 80 ppm on a mass basis, more preferably at most 10 ppm, and still more preferably at most 2 ppm. The content of impurities may be 1 ppb or more on a mass basis, or may be 0.1 ppm or more.

作為將雜質設在上述範圍內之方法,可以舉出:作為組成物的原料而選擇雜質的含量少者;防止在製作感光性層時雜質混入;及進行清洗而去除。藉由這種方法,能夠將雜質量設在上述範圍內。As a method of keeping the impurities within the above-mentioned ranges, there may be mentioned: selecting a raw material of the composition with a low content of impurities; preventing contamination of impurities during production of the photosensitive layer; and removing them by washing. By this method, the amount of impurities can be set within the above-mentioned range.

關於雜質,例如,能夠藉由ICP(Inductively Coupled Plasma:感應耦合電漿)發射光譜分析法、原子吸收光譜法及離子層析法等公知的方法進行定量。Impurities can be quantified, for example, by known methods such as ICP (Inductively Coupled Plasma) emission spectrometry, atomic absorption spectrometry, and ion chromatography.

感光性層中的苯、甲醛、三氯乙烯、1,3-丁二烯、四氯化碳、氯仿、N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺及己烷等化合物的含量少為較佳。作為該等化合物相對於感光性層的總質量之含量,以質量基準計係100ppm以下為較佳,20ppm以下為更佳,4ppm以下為進一步較佳。 以質量基準計,相對於感光性層的總質量,下限能夠設為10ppb以上,能夠設為100ppb以上。關於該等化合物,能夠藉由與上述金屬的雜質相同的方法抑制含量。又,能夠藉由公知的測量法進行定量。 Benzene, formaldehyde, trichlorethylene, 1,3-butadiene, carbon tetrachloride, chloroform, N,N-dimethylformamide, N,N-dimethylacetamide and It is preferable that the content of compounds such as hexane is small. The content of these compounds with respect to the total mass of the photosensitive layer is preferably at most 100 ppm, more preferably at most 20 ppm, and still more preferably at most 4 ppm, on a mass basis. On a mass basis, the lower limit can be 10 ppb or more, and can be 100 ppb or more with respect to the total mass of the photosensitive layer. Regarding these compounds, the content can be suppressed by the same method as the impurities of the above-mentioned metals. In addition, it can be quantified by a known measurement method.

從提高可靠性及層合性之觀點考慮,感光性層中的水的含量係0.01~1.0質量%為較佳,0.05~0.5質量%為更佳。The content of water in the photosensitive layer is preferably from 0.01 to 1.0% by mass, more preferably from 0.05 to 0.5% by mass, from the viewpoint of improving reliability and lamination.

···顏料 感光性層可以為包含顏料之著色樹脂層。 近年來,有時會在電子設備所具有之液晶顯示窗安裝有在透明的玻璃基板等的背面周緣部形成有黑色的框狀遮光層之蓋玻璃,以保護液晶顯示窗。為了形成該種遮光層,能夠使用著色樹脂層。 作為顏料,只要依據所期望的色相來適當地選擇即可,能夠從黑色顏料、白色顏料、除了黑色及白色以外的彩色顏料中選擇。其中,在形成黑色系圖案之情況下,可較佳地選擇黑色顏料作為顏料。 ···pigment The photosensitive layer may be a colored resin layer containing a pigment. In recent years, a cover glass in which a black frame-shaped light-shielding layer is formed on the back peripheral portion of a transparent glass substrate or the like may be attached to a liquid crystal display window of an electronic device to protect the liquid crystal display window. In order to form such a light-shielding layer, a colored resin layer can be used. As a pigment, what is necessary is just to select suitably according to desired hue, and can select from black pigment, white pigment, and color pigments other than black and white. Among them, in the case of forming a black-based pattern, a black pigment can be preferably selected as the pigment.

作為黑色顏料,只要在不損害本發明的效果之範圍內,則能夠適當地選擇公知的黑色顏料(有機顏料或無機顏料等)。其中,從光學濃度的觀點考慮,作為黑色顏料,例如,可較佳地舉出碳黑、氧化鈦、碳化鈦、氧化鐵、氧化鈦及黑鉛等,碳黑為特佳。作為碳黑,從表面電阻的觀點考慮,表面的至少一部分被樹脂包覆之碳黑為較佳。Known black pigments (organic pigments, inorganic pigments, etc.) can be appropriately selected as the black pigment within the range that does not impair the effects of the present invention. Among them, from the viewpoint of optical density, examples of the black pigment preferably include carbon black, titanium oxide, titanium carbide, iron oxide, titanium oxide, black lead, and the like, and carbon black is particularly preferred. Carbon black having at least a part of the surface covered with a resin is preferable from the viewpoint of surface resistance.

關於黑色顏料的粒徑,從分散穩定性的觀點考慮,以數均粒徑計係0.001~0.1μm為較佳,0.01~0.08μm為更佳。 在此,粒徑係指依據用電子顯微鏡拍攝之顏料粒子的照片像求出顏料粒子的面積並考慮與顏料粒子的面積相同面積的圓時的圓的直徑,數均粒徑為對任意100個粒子求出上述粒徑並將所求出之100個粒徑進行平均而獲得之平均值。 The particle size of the black pigment is preferably from 0.001 to 0.1 μm, more preferably from 0.01 to 0.08 μm, in terms of the number average particle size from the viewpoint of dispersion stability. Here, the particle diameter refers to the diameter of a circle when the area of the pigment particle is calculated from the photo image of the pigment particle taken with an electron microscope and a circle having the same area as the area of the pigment particle is considered, and the number average particle diameter is calculated for any 100 particles. Particles The average value obtained by calculating the above-mentioned particle size and averaging the calculated particle sizes of 100 particles.

作為黑色顏料以外的顏料,關於白色顏料,能夠使用日本特開2005-007765號公報的0015段及0114段中所記載之白色顏料。具體而言,白色顏料中作為無機顏料,氧化鈦、氧化鋅、鋅鋇白、輕質碳酸鈣、白碳、氧化鋁、氫氧化鋁或硫酸鋇為較佳,氧化鈦或氧化鋅為更佳,氧化鈦為進一步較佳。作為無機顏料,金紅石型或銳鈦礦型氧化鈦為進一步較佳,金紅石型氧化鈦為特佳。 又,可以對氧化鈦的表面實施二氧化矽處理、氧化鋁處理、二氧化鈦處理、二氧化鋯處理或有機物處理,亦可以實施2種以上的處理。藉此,氧化鈦的觸媒活性得到抑制,耐熱性及褪光性等得到改善。 從減小加熱後的感光性層的厚度之觀點考慮,作為對氧化鈦的表面的表面處理,氧化鋁處理及二氧化鋯處理中的至少一者為較佳,氧化鋁處理及二氧化鋯處理這兩者為特佳。 As pigments other than black pigments, white pigments described in paragraphs 0015 and 0114 of JP-A-2005-007765 can be used as white pigments. Specifically, among white pigments, as inorganic pigments, titanium oxide, zinc oxide, lithopone, light calcium carbonate, white carbon, aluminum oxide, aluminum hydroxide or barium sulfate are preferred, and titanium oxide or zinc oxide is more preferred. , titanium oxide is further preferred. As the inorganic pigment, rutile-type or anatase-type titanium oxide is more preferable, and rutile-type titanium oxide is particularly preferable. In addition, silica treatment, alumina treatment, titania treatment, zirconia treatment, or organic substance treatment may be performed on the surface of titanium oxide, or two or more treatments may be performed. Thereby, the catalytic activity of titanium oxide is suppressed, and heat resistance, delustering properties, and the like are improved. From the viewpoint of reducing the thickness of the photosensitive layer after heating, as the surface treatment on the surface of titanium oxide, at least one of alumina treatment and zirconia treatment is preferable, alumina treatment and zirconia treatment Both are excellent.

又,當感光性層為著色樹脂層時,從轉印性的觀點考慮,感光性層進一步包含黑色顏料及白色顏料以外的彩色顏料亦較佳。當包含彩色顏料時,作為彩色顏料的粒徑,從分散性更優異之觀點考慮,0.1μm以下為較佳,0.08μm以下為更佳。 作為彩色顏料,例如,可以舉出維多利亞純藍BO(Color Index:色指數(以下為C.I.)42595)、黃金胺(C.I.41000)、脂黑HB(C.I.26150)、莫諾賴特黃GT(C.I.顏料黃12)、永久黃GR(C.I.顏料黃17)、永久黃HR(C.I.顏料黃83)、永久洋紅FBB(C.I.顏料紅146)、主酵母紅ESB(C.I.顏料紫19)、永久寶石FBH(C.I.顏料紅11)、法斯特爾粉B蘇普拉(C.I.顏料紅81)、莫納斯特拉爾牢藍(C.I.顏料藍15)、莫諾賴特牢黑B(C.I.顏料黑1)及碳、C.I.顏料紅97、C.I.顏料紅122、C.I.顏料紅149、C.I.顏料紅168、C.I.顏料紅177、C.I.顏料紅180、C.I.顏料紅192、C.I.顏料紅215、C.I.顏料綠7、C.I.顏料藍15:1、C.I.顏料藍15:4、C.I.顏料藍22、C.I.顏料藍60、C.I.顏料藍64及C.I.顏料紫23等。其中,C.I.顏料紅177為較佳。 Moreover, when a photosensitive layer is a colored resin layer, it is preferable that a photosensitive layer further contains color pigments other than a black pigment and a white pigment from a transferable viewpoint. When a color pigment is included, the particle diameter of the color pigment is preferably 0.1 μm or less, more preferably 0.08 μm or less, from the viewpoint of better dispersibility. Examples of color pigments include Victoria Pure Blue BO (Color Index: Color Index (C.I.) 42595), Goldamine (C.I. 41000), Fat Black HB (C.I. 26150), Monoright Yellow GT (C.I. Pigment Yellow 12), Permanent Yellow GR (C.I. Pigment Yellow 17), Permanent Yellow HR (C.I. Pigment Yellow 83), Permanent Magenta FBB (C.I. Pigment Red 146), Master Yeast Red ESB (C.I. C.I. Pigment Red 11), Fastel Powder B Supra (C.I. Pigment Red 81), Monastral Fast Blue (C.I. Pigment Blue 15), Monoright Black B (C.I. Pigment Black 1) Pigment Red 97, C.I. Pigment Red 122, C.I. Pigment Red 149, C.I. Pigment Red 168, C.I. Pigment Red 177, C.I. Pigment Red 180, C.I. Pigment Red 192, C.I. Pigment Red 215, C.I. Pigment Green 7, C.I. Pigment Blue 15:1, C.I. Pigment Blue 15:4, C.I. Pigment Blue 22, C.I. Pigment Blue 60, C.I. Pigment Blue 64, C.I. Pigment Violet 23, etc. Among them, C.I. Pigment Red 177 is preferred.

感光性層包含顏料之情況下,作為顏料的含量,相對於感光性層的總質量,超過3質量%且40質量%以下為較佳,超過3質量%且35質量%以下為更佳,超過5質量%且35質量%以下為進一步較佳,10質量%以上且35質量%以下為特佳。When the photosensitive layer contains a pigment, the pigment content is preferably more than 3% by mass and not more than 40% by mass, more preferably more than 3% by mass and not more than 35% by mass, based on the total mass of the photosensitive layer, and more than 3% by mass and not more than 35% by mass. 5 mass % to 35 mass % is more preferable, and 10 mass % or more and 35 mass % or less are especially preferable.

當感光性層包含黑色顏料以外的顏料(白色顏料及彩色顏料)時,黑色顏料以外的顏料的含量相對於黑色顏料,係30質量%以下為較佳,1~20質量%為更佳,3~15質量%為進一步較佳。When the photosensitive layer contains pigments (white pigments and colored pigments) other than black pigments, the content of pigments other than black pigments is preferably 30% by mass or less, more preferably 1 to 20% by mass, based on the black pigment, 3 -15% by mass is still more preferable.

另外,當感光性層包含黑色顏料且感光性層由感光性組成物形成時,黑色顏料(較佳為碳黑)以顏料分散液的形態導入到感光性組成物中為較佳。 分散液可以為藉由在有機溶劑(或媒介物)中加入預先混合黑色顏料和顏料分散劑而獲得之混合物並使用分散機進行分散來製備者。關於顏料分散劑,只要依據顏料及溶劑來選擇即可,例如能夠使用市售的分散劑。另外,媒介物係指在設為顏料分散液之情況下分散有顏料之介質的部分,且為液狀,並且包含以分散狀態保持黑色顏料之黏合劑成分和溶解及稀釋黏合劑成分之溶劑成分(有機溶劑)。 In addition, when the photosensitive layer contains a black pigment and the photosensitive layer is formed of a photosensitive composition, it is preferable to introduce the black pigment (preferably carbon black) into the photosensitive composition in the form of a pigment dispersion. The dispersion liquid may be one prepared by adding a mixture obtained by mixing a black pigment and a pigment dispersant in advance to an organic solvent (or vehicle), and dispersing using a disperser. What is necessary is just to select a pigment dispersant according to a pigment and a solvent, For example, a commercially available dispersant can be used. In addition, the vehicle refers to the part of the medium in which the pigment is dispersed in the case of a pigment dispersion liquid, and is liquid, and contains a binder component that maintains the black pigment in a dispersed state and a solvent component that dissolves and dilutes the binder component. (Organic solvents).

作為分散機,並無特別限制,例如,可以舉出捏合機、輥磨機、磨碎機、超級碾磨機、溶解器、均質混合器及混砂機等公知的分散機。進而,可以藉由機械磨碎利用摩擦力進行微粉碎。關於分散機及微粉碎,能夠參閱“顏料的百科全書”(朝倉邦造著,第一版,Asakura Publishing Co., Ltd.,2000年,438頁、310頁)的記載。The dispersing machine is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include known dispersing machines such as a kneader, roll mill, attritor, supermill, dissolver, homomixer, and sand mixer. Furthermore, fine pulverization can be performed by mechanical grinding using frictional force. For the disperser and fine pulverization, refer to the records in "Encyclopedia of Pigments" (by Kunizo Asakura, first edition, Asakura Publishing Co., Ltd., 2000, pages 438 and 310).

另外,感光性層的厚度並無特別限制,多數情況為30μm以下,從本發明之效果更優異之觀點考慮,20μm以下為較佳,15μm以下為更佳,10μm以下為進一步較佳,5.0μm以下為特佳。作為下限,從硬化感光性層而獲得之膜的強度優異之觀點考慮,0.60μm以上為較佳,1.5μm以上為更佳,2.0μm以上為進一步較佳。 感光性層的厚度係藉由基於SEM(掃描式電子顯微鏡:Scanning Electron Microscope)的剖面觀察而測量之任意5點的平均值來計算。 In addition, the thickness of the photosensitive layer is not particularly limited, but in most cases, it is 30 μm or less. From the viewpoint of more excellent effects of the present invention, it is preferably 20 μm or less, more preferably 15 μm or less, more preferably 10 μm or less, and 5.0 μm The following are excellent. The lower limit is preferably at least 0.60 μm, more preferably at least 1.5 μm, and still more preferably at least 2.0 μm, from the viewpoint of excellent strength of a film obtained by curing the photosensitive layer. The thickness of the photosensitive layer is calculated by the average value of arbitrary 5 points measured by the cross-sectional observation of SEM (Scanning Electron Microscope: Scanning Electron Microscope).

··保護膜 轉印薄膜X1可以具有保護膜。 作為保護膜,能夠使用具有耐熱性及耐溶劑性之樹脂薄膜,例如,可以舉出聚丙烯薄膜及聚乙烯薄膜等聚烯烴薄膜、聚對酞酸乙二酯薄膜等聚酯薄膜、聚碳酸酯薄膜以及聚苯乙烯薄膜。 又,作為保護膜,還可以使用由與上述偽支撐體相同之材料構成之樹脂薄膜。 其中,作為保護膜,聚烯烴薄膜為較佳,聚丙烯薄膜或聚乙烯薄膜為更佳,聚乙烯薄膜為進一步較佳。 ··Protective film The transfer film X1 may have a protective film. As the protective film, a heat-resistant and solvent-resistant resin film can be used, for example, polyolefin films such as polypropylene film and polyethylene film, polyester film such as polyethylene terephthalate film, polycarbonate film, etc. film and polystyrene film. Moreover, as a protective film, the resin film which consists of the same material as the above-mentioned dummy support body can also be used. Among these, as a protective film, a polyolefin film is preferable, a polypropylene film or a polyethylene film is more preferable, and a polyethylene film is still more preferable.

保護膜的厚度為1~100μm為較佳,5~50μm為更佳,5~40μm為進一步較佳,15~30μm為特佳。 從機械強度優異之觀點考慮,保護膜的厚度為1μm以上為較佳,從相對廉價之觀點考慮,100μm以下為較佳。 The thickness of the protective film is preferably from 1 to 100 μm, more preferably from 5 to 50 μm, still more preferably from 5 to 40 μm, and particularly preferably from 15 to 30 μm. From the viewpoint of excellent mechanical strength, the thickness of the protective film is preferably 1 μm or more, and from the viewpoint of relatively low cost, it is preferably 100 μm or less.

又,在保護膜中,保護膜中所包含之直徑80μm以上的魚眼數為5個/m 2以下為較佳。 另外,“魚眼”係指,藉由對材料進行熱熔融、混煉、擠壓、雙軸拉伸及澆鑄法等方法來製造薄膜時,材料的異物、未溶解物質和氧化劣化物等被摻入到薄膜中而成者。 In addition, in the protective film, it is preferable that the number of fish eyes with a diameter of 80 μm or more included in the protective film is 5 or less/m 2 . In addition, "fish eye" refers to the foreign matter, undissolved matter, and oxidative deterioration of the material when the film is produced by thermal melting, kneading, extrusion, biaxial stretching, and casting methods. Incorporated into the thin film.

保護膜中所包含之直徑3μm以上的粒子的數為30個/mm 2以下為較佳,10個/mm 2以下為更佳,5個/mm 2以下為進一步較佳。 藉此,能夠抑制由保護膜中所包含之粒子引起之凹凸轉印至感光性層或導電層而產生之缺陷。 The number of particles with a diameter of 3 μm or more contained in the protective film is preferably 30 particles/mm 2 or less, more preferably 10 particles/mm 2 or less, still more preferably 5 particles/mm 2 or less. Thereby, it is possible to suppress the defects caused by the transfer of the unevenness caused by the particles contained in the protective film to the photosensitive layer or the conductive layer.

從賦予捲取性之觀點考慮,與保護膜的組成物層接觸之面的相反一側的表面的算術平均粗糙度Ra為0.01μm以上為較佳,0.02μm以上為更佳,0.03μm以上為進一步較佳。另一方面,小於0.50μm為較佳,0.40μm以下為更佳,0.30μm以下為進一步較佳。 從抑制轉印時的缺陷之觀點考慮,保護膜與組成物層接觸之面的表面粗糙度Ra為0.01μm以上為較佳,0.02μm以上為更佳,0.03μm以上為進一步較佳。另一方面,小於0.50μm為較佳,0.40μm以下為更佳,0.30μm以下為進一步較佳。 保護膜的各面的算術平均粗糙度Ra以與已敘述之“偽支撐體的中間層側的算術平均粗糙度Ra”的測量方法相同的方式實施。 From the viewpoint of imparting windability, the arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the surface opposite to the surface in contact with the composition layer of the protective film is preferably 0.01 μm or more, more preferably 0.02 μm or more, and 0.03 μm or more. Further better. On the other hand, it is preferably less than 0.50 μm, more preferably 0.40 μm or less, and still more preferably 0.30 μm or less. From the viewpoint of suppressing defects during transfer, the surface roughness Ra of the surface of the protective film in contact with the composition layer is preferably at least 0.01 μm, more preferably at least 0.02 μm, and still more preferably at least 0.03 μm. On the other hand, it is preferably less than 0.50 μm, more preferably 0.40 μm or less, and still more preferably 0.30 μm or less. The arithmetic mean roughness Ra of each surface of the protective film is implemented in the same manner as the measurement method of the already described "arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the intermediate layer side of the pseudo-support".

··偽支撐體、感光性層及保護膜的各物性的較佳關係性 以下,關於轉印薄膜X1,偽支撐體、感光性層及保護膜的各物性顯示以下態樣為較佳。 轉印薄膜X1滿足較佳態樣1、較佳態樣2、較佳態樣3、較佳態樣4及較佳態樣5中的1個以上為較佳,滿足全部為更佳。 ··Pseudo-support body, photosensitive layer and protective film of the best relationship between the physical properties Hereinafter, regarding the transfer film X1, it is preferable that the respective physical properties of the dummy support, the photosensitive layer, and the protective film show the following aspects. It is preferable that the transfer film X1 satisfies one or more of the preferred aspect 1, the preferred aspect 2, the preferred aspect 3, the preferred aspect 4, and the preferred aspect 5, and it is more preferable to satisfy all of them.

“硬化了感光性層之硬化膜的斷裂伸長率”係對硬化膜利用拉伸試驗來測量,該硬化膜係用超高壓水銀燈在120mJ/cm 2下對厚度20μm的感光性層進行曝光而硬化之後,用高壓汞燈在400mJ/cm 2下進一步追加曝光,並且在145℃下加熱30分鐘之後的硬化膜。 關於“偽支撐體的中間層側的算術平均粗糙度Ra”的測量方法,如上所述。 “保護膜的感光性層側的表面的算術平均粗糙度Ra”的測量方法以與已敘述之“偽支撐體的中間層側的算術平均粗糙度Ra”的測量方法相同的方式實施。 "The elongation at break of the cured film with the photosensitive layer hardened" is measured by tensile test on the cured film, which is cured by exposing the photosensitive layer with a thickness of 20 μm with an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp at 120 mJ/cm 2 Thereafter, the cured film was additionally exposed at 400 mJ/cm 2 using a high-pressure mercury lamp, and heated at 145° C. for 30 minutes. About the measurement method of "the arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the intermediate|middle layer side of a pseudo-support body", it is as above-mentioned. The measurement method of "the arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the surface of the photosensitive layer side of a protective film" is carried out in the same manner as the measurement method of the already described "arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the intermediate layer side of the dummy support body".

···較佳態樣1 在轉印薄膜X1中,偽支撐體、感光性層及保護膜的各物性均滿足下述(P1)~(P3)的各條件為較佳。 (P1)將感光性層硬化而成之硬化膜在120℃下的斷裂伸長率為15%以上。 (P2)偽支撐體的中間層側的表面的算術平均粗糙度Ra為50nm以下。 (P3)保護膜的感光性層側的表面的算術平均粗糙度Ra為150nm以下。 ···Better Form 1 In the transfer film X1, it is preferable that each physical property of the dummy support, the photosensitive layer, and the protective film satisfy each of the following conditions (P1) to (P3). (P1) The elongation at break at 120°C of the cured film obtained by curing the photosensitive layer is 15% or more. (P2) The arithmetic average roughness Ra of the surface of the intermediate layer side of the pseudo support is 50 nm or less. (P3) The arithmetic average roughness Ra of the surface of the photosensitive layer side of a protective film is 150 nm or less.

···較佳態樣2 轉印薄膜X1的偽支撐體及感光性層的各物性滿足下述式(1)為較佳。 X×Y<1500   式(1) 其中,式(1)中,X表示將感光性層硬化而成之硬化膜在120℃下之斷裂伸長率的值(%),Y表示偽支撐體的中間層側的表面的算術平均粗糙度Ra的值(nm)。 在上述式(1)中,X×Y所表示之值為750以下為較佳。 ···The best form 2 It is preferable that each physical property of the pseudo-support of the transfer film X1 and the photosensitive layer satisfy the following formula (1). X×Y<1500 Formula (1) Among them, in the formula (1), X represents the value (%) of the elongation at break of the cured film formed by curing the photosensitive layer at 120°C, and Y represents the arithmetic mean roughness of the surface on the side of the intermediate layer of the pseudo-support Ra value (nm). In the above formula (1), the value represented by X×Y is preferably 750 or less.

···較佳態樣3 轉印薄膜X1的感光性層的物性滿足下述條件(P4)為較佳。 (P4)相對於將感光性層硬化而成之硬化膜在23℃下的斷裂伸長率,在120℃下的斷裂伸長率大2倍以上。 ···The best form 3 It is preferable that the physical properties of the photosensitive layer of the transfer film X1 satisfy the following condition (P4). (P4) The elongation at break at 120° C. is twice or more larger than the elongation at break at 23° C. of the cured film obtained by curing the photosensitive layer.

···較佳態樣4 轉印薄膜X1的偽支撐體及感光性層的各物性滿足下述式(2)為較佳。 Y≤Z   式(2) 其中,式(2)中,Y表示偽支撐體的中間層側的表面的算術平均粗糙度Ra的值(nm),Z表示保護膜的感光性層側的表面的算術平均粗糙度Ra的值(nm)。 ···Better Form 4 It is preferable that each physical property of the pseudo-support of transfer film X1 and a photosensitive layer satisfy|fills following formula (2). Y≤Z formula (2) Wherein, in the formula (2), Y represents the value (nm) of the arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the surface of the intermediate layer side of the pseudo-support body, and Z represents the value of the arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the surface of the photosensitive layer side of the protective film (nm).

·第1實施形態的轉印薄膜X1之製造方法 第1實施形態的轉印薄膜X1之製造方法並無特別限制,能夠使用公知的方法。 作為上述轉印薄膜10之製造方法,例如,可以舉出包括如下步驟之方法:在偽支撐體1的表面塗佈中間層形成用組成物而形成塗膜,並進一步乾燥該塗膜而形成中間層3之步驟;及在中間層3的表面塗佈感光性組成物而形成塗膜,並進一步乾燥該塗膜而形成感光性層5之步驟。 另外,本說明書中,“乾燥”係指,去除組成物中所包含之溶劑中的至少一部分。作為乾燥方法,可以舉出例如自然乾燥、加熱乾燥及減壓乾燥。上述方法能夠單獨適用或組合複數種來適用。 ・Manufacturing method of the transfer film X1 of the first embodiment The manufacturing method of the transfer film X1 of 1st Embodiment is not specifically limited, A well-known method can be used. As a method for producing the above-mentioned transfer film 10, for example, a method including the steps of applying a composition for forming an intermediate layer on the surface of the dummy support 1 to form a coating film, and further drying the coating film to form an intermediate layer The step of layer 3; and the step of coating the photosensitive composition on the surface of the intermediate layer 3 to form a coating film, and further drying the coating film to form the photosensitive layer 5. In addition, in this specification, "drying" means removing at least a part of the solvent contained in the composition. As a drying method, natural drying, heat drying, and reduced-pressure drying are mentioned, for example. The above-mentioned methods can be applied individually or in combination of plural kinds.

藉由將保護膜9壓接在藉由上述製造方法製造之積層體的感光性層5上來製造轉印薄膜10。 作為第1實施形態的轉印薄膜之製造方法,藉由包括設置保護膜9以與感光性層5的具有偽支撐體1之側的相反一側的面接觸之步驟而製造具備偽支撐體1、中間層3、感光性層5及保護膜9之轉印薄膜10為較佳。 藉由上述製造方法製造轉印薄膜10之後,捲取轉印薄膜10,藉此可以製作及保管輥形態的轉印薄膜。輥形態的轉印薄膜能夠以原樣的形態提供給後述之輥對輥方式下的與基板的貼合步驟。 The transfer film 10 is manufactured by crimping the protective film 9 on the photosensitive layer 5 of the laminate manufactured by the above-mentioned manufacturing method. As the method of manufacturing the transfer film according to the first embodiment, the film provided with the dummy support 1 is manufactured by including the step of providing the protective film 9 so as to be in contact with the surface of the photosensitive layer 5 opposite to the side having the dummy support 1 . , the intermediate layer 3, the photosensitive layer 5 and the transfer film 10 of the protective film 9 are preferred. After the transfer film 10 is produced by the above-mentioned production method, the transfer film 10 is wound up, whereby the transfer film in the form of a roll can be produced and stored. The transfer film in the form of a roll can be provided as it is in a step of bonding to a substrate in the roll-to-roll system described later.

··中間層形成用組成物及中間層的形成方法 作為中間層形成用組成物,包含形成上述中間層之各種成分及溶劑為較佳。另外,在中間層形成用組成物中,相對於組成物的總固體成分的各成分的含量的較佳範圍與相對於上述中間層的總質量的各成分的含量的較佳範圍相同。 作為溶劑,只要能夠溶解或分散水溶性樹脂,則並無特別限制,選自包括水及水混合性有機溶劑之群組中的至少一種為較佳,水或水與水混合性有機溶劑的混合溶劑為更佳。 作為水混合性有機溶劑,例如,可以舉出碳數1~3的醇、丙酮、乙二醇及丙三醇,碳數1~3的醇為較佳,甲醇或乙醇為更佳。 可以單獨使用1種溶劑,亦可以使用2種以上的溶劑。 相對於組成物的總固體成分100質量份,溶劑的含量係50~2,500質量份為較佳,50~1,900質量份為更佳,100~900質量份為進一步較佳。 ··Composition for forming an intermediate layer and method for forming an intermediate layer It is preferable that the composition for forming an intermediate layer contains various components and a solvent for forming the above-mentioned intermediate layer. In addition, in the composition for forming an intermediate layer, the preferable range of the content of each component relative to the total solid content of the composition is the same as the preferable range of the content of each component relative to the total mass of the above-mentioned intermediate layer. The solvent is not particularly limited as long as it can dissolve or disperse the water-soluble resin. At least one selected from the group consisting of water and water-miscible organic solvents is preferred. Water or a mixture of water and water-miscible organic solvents A solvent is more preferred. Examples of the water-miscible organic solvent include alcohols having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, acetone, ethylene glycol, and glycerin, among which alcohols having 1 to 3 carbon atoms are preferred, and methanol or ethanol is more preferred. One type of solvent may be used alone, or two or more types of solvents may be used. The content of the solvent is preferably from 50 to 2,500 parts by mass, more preferably from 50 to 1,900 parts by mass, and still more preferably from 100 to 900 parts by mass, based on 100 parts by mass of the total solid content of the composition.

中間層的形成方法只要為能夠形成包含上述成分之層之方法,則並無特別限制,例如,可以舉出公知的塗佈方法(狹縫塗佈、旋塗、簾式塗佈及噴墨塗佈等)。The formation method of the intermediate layer is not particularly limited as long as it is a method capable of forming a layer comprising the above-mentioned components, for example, known coating methods (slit coating, spin coating, curtain coating and ink-jet coating) cloth, etc.).

作為中間層形成用組成物的塗膜的乾燥方法,加熱乾燥及減壓乾燥為較佳。 作為乾燥溫度,80℃以上為較佳,90℃以上為更佳。又,作為其上限值,130℃以下為較佳,120℃以下為更佳。還能夠藉由連續地改變溫度來進行乾燥。 又,作為乾燥時間,20秒鐘以上為較佳,40秒鐘以上為更佳,60秒鐘以上為進一步較佳。又,作為其上限值並無特別限制,600秒鐘以下為較佳,300秒鐘以下為更佳。 As a drying method of the coating film of the intermediate layer forming composition, heat drying and reduced-pressure drying are preferable. The drying temperature is preferably 80°C or higher, more preferably 90°C or higher. Moreover, as its upper limit, it is preferable that it is 130 degreeC or less, and it is more preferable that it is 120 degreeC or less. Drying can also be performed by continuously changing the temperature. Moreover, as a drying time, 20 seconds or more are preferable, 40 seconds or more are more preferable, and 60 seconds or more are still more preferable. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 600 seconds or less, and more preferably 300 seconds or less.

··感光性組成物及感光性層的形成方法 從生產性優異之觀點考慮,期望使用包含構成上述感光性層之成分(例如,黏合劑聚合物、聚合性化合物及聚合起始劑等)及溶劑之感光性組成物並利用塗佈法來形成。 ··Photosensitive composition and method for forming photosensitive layer From the viewpoint of excellent productivity, it is desirable to use a photosensitive composition containing components (for example, binder polymer, polymerizable compound, and polymerization initiator, etc.) and a solvent that constitute the above-mentioned photosensitive layer and form it by a coating method .

作為感光性組成物,包含形成上述感光性層之各種成分及溶劑為較佳。另外,在感光性組成物中,相對於組成物的總固體成分的各成分的含量的較佳範圍與相對於上述感光性層的總質量的各成分的含量的較佳範圍相同。 作為溶劑,只要能夠溶解或分散除了溶劑以外的各成分,則並無特別限制,能夠使用公知的溶劑。具體而言,例如,可以舉出伸烷基二醇醚溶劑、伸烷基二醇醚乙酸酯溶劑、醇溶劑(甲醇及乙醇等)、酮溶劑(丙酮及甲乙酮等)、芳香族烴溶劑(甲苯等)、非質子性極性溶劑(N,N-二甲基甲醯胺等)、環狀醚溶劑(四氫呋喃等)、酯溶劑(乙酸正丙酯等)、醯胺溶劑、內酯溶劑以及包含該等中的2種以上之混合溶劑。 As a photosensitive composition, it is preferable to contain various components and a solvent which form the said photosensitive layer. In addition, in the photosensitive composition, the preferable range of content of each component with respect to the total solid content of a composition is the same as the preferable range of content of each component with respect to the total mass of the said photosensitive layer. The solvent is not particularly limited as long as it can dissolve or disperse components other than the solvent, and known solvents can be used. Specifically, for example, alkylene glycol ether solvents, alkylene glycol ether acetate solvents, alcohol solvents (methanol, ethanol, etc.), ketone solvents (acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, etc.), aromatic hydrocarbon solvents (toluene, etc.), aprotic polar solvents (N,N-dimethylformamide, etc.), cyclic ether solvents (tetrahydrofuran, etc.), ester solvents (n-propyl acetate, etc.), amide solvents, lactone solvents And a mixed solvent containing two or more of them.

作為溶劑,包含選自包括伸烷基二醇醚溶劑及伸烷基二醇醚乙酸酯溶劑之群組中的至少一種為較佳。其中,包含選自包括伸烷基二醇醚溶劑及伸烷基二醇醚乙酸酯溶劑之群組中的至少一種和選自包括酮溶劑及環狀醚溶劑之群組中的至少一種之混合溶劑為更佳,至少包含選自包括伸烷基二醇醚溶劑及伸烷基二醇醚乙酸酯溶劑之群組中的至少一種、酮溶劑以及環狀醚溶劑這3種之混合溶劑為進一步較佳。As the solvent, it is preferable to contain at least one selected from the group consisting of alkylene glycol ether solvents and alkylene glycol ether acetate solvents. Among them, at least one selected from the group consisting of alkylene glycol ether solvents and alkylene glycol ether acetate solvents and at least one selected from the group consisting of ketone solvents and cyclic ether solvents The mixed solvent is more preferably a mixed solvent comprising at least one selected from the group consisting of alkylene glycol ether solvents and alkylene glycol ether acetate solvents, ketone solvents, and cyclic ether solvents. for further improvement.

作為伸烷基二醇醚溶劑,例如,可以舉出乙二醇單烷基醚、乙二醇二烷基醚、丙二醇單烷基醚(丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯等)、丙二醇二烷基醚、二乙二醇二烷基醚、二丙二醇單烷基醚及二丙二醇二烷基醚。 作為伸烷基二醇醚乙酸酯溶劑,例如,可以舉出乙二醇單烷基醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單烷基醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇單烷基醚乙酸酯及二丙二醇單烷基醚乙酸酯。 作為溶劑,可以使用國際公開第2018/179640號的0092~0094段中所記載之溶劑及日本特開2018-177889公報的0014段中所記載之溶劑,且該等內容被編入到本說明書中。 可以單獨使用1種溶劑,亦可以使用2種以上的溶劑。 相對於組成物的總固體成分100質量份,溶劑的含量係50~1,900質量份為較佳,100~1200質量份為進一步較佳,100~900質量份為進一步較佳。 Examples of alkylene glycol ether solvents include ethylene glycol monoalkyl ether, ethylene glycol dialkyl ether, propylene glycol monoalkyl ether (propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, etc.), propylene glycol dialkyl ether, diethylene glycol dialkyl ether, dipropylene glycol monoalkyl ether and dipropylene glycol dialkyl ether. Examples of alkylene glycol ether acetate solvents include ethylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate, and diethylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate. Propylene Glycol Monoalkyl Ether Acetate. As the solvent, the solvents described in paragraphs 0092 to 0094 of International Publication No. 2018/179640 and the solvents described in paragraph 0014 of JP-A-2018-177889 can be used, and these contents are incorporated in this specification. One type of solvent may be used alone, or two or more types of solvents may be used. The content of the solvent is preferably from 50 to 1,900 parts by mass, more preferably from 100 to 1200 parts by mass, and still more preferably from 100 to 900 parts by mass, based on 100 parts by mass of the total solid content of the composition.

作為感光性組成物的塗佈方法,例如,可以舉出印刷法、噴塗法、輥塗法、棒塗法、簾塗法、旋塗法及模塗法(亦即,狹縫塗佈法)。As the coating method of the photosensitive composition, for example, a printing method, a spray coating method, a roll coating method, a bar coating method, a curtain coating method, a spin coating method, and a die coating method (that is, a slit coating method) can be mentioned. .

作為感光性組成物的塗膜的乾燥方法,加熱乾燥及減壓乾燥為較佳。 作為乾燥溫度,80℃以上為較佳,90℃以上為更佳。又,作為其上限值,130℃以下為較佳,120℃以下為更佳。還能夠藉由連續地改變溫度來進行乾燥。 又,作為乾燥時間,20秒鐘以上為較佳,40秒鐘以上為更佳,60秒鐘以上為進一步較佳。又,作為其上限值並無特別限制,600秒鐘以下為較佳,300秒鐘以下為更佳。 As a method of drying the coating film of the photosensitive composition, heat drying and reduced-pressure drying are preferable. The drying temperature is preferably 80°C or higher, more preferably 90°C or higher. Moreover, as its upper limit, it is preferable that it is 130 degreeC or less, and it is more preferable that it is 120 degreeC or less. Drying can also be performed by continuously changing the temperature. Moreover, as a drying time, 20 seconds or more are preferable, 40 seconds or more are more preferable, and 60 seconds or more are still more preferable. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 600 seconds or less, and more preferably 300 seconds or less.

進而,藉由將保護膜貼合到感光性層,能夠製造第1實施形態的轉印薄膜X1。 將保護膜貼合到感光性層之方法並無特別限制,可以舉出公知的方法。 作為將保護膜貼合到感光性層之裝置,可以舉出真空層壓機及自動切割層壓機等公知的層壓機。 層壓機係具備橡膠輥等任意的能夠加熱之輥且能夠加壓及加熱者為較佳。 Furthermore, the transfer film X1 of 1st Embodiment can be manufactured by bonding a protective film to a photosensitive layer. The method of bonding a protective film to a photosensitive layer is not specifically limited, A well-known method is mentioned. Well-known laminators, such as a vacuum laminator and an automatic cutting laminator, are mentioned as an apparatus which bonds a protective film to a photosensitive layer. It is preferable that the laminator is equipped with any heatable roll such as a rubber roll, and can be pressurized and heated.

第1實施形態的轉印薄膜X1例如使用於半導體封裝、印刷基板、中介層的再配線層的製造工藝膜中的配置於片材、金屬基板、陶瓷基板及玻璃等支撐基板上之電路配線的形成為較佳。The transfer film X1 of the first embodiment is used, for example, in the production process film of a semiconductor package, a printed circuit board, and a rewiring layer of an interposer, for circuit wiring arranged on a support substrate such as a sheet, a metal substrate, a ceramic substrate, and a glass. form better.

·第2實施形態的轉印薄膜X2 以下,對第2實施形態的轉印薄膜X2的實施形態的一例進行說明。 圖2中示出之轉印薄膜20依序具有偽支撐體11、包含中間層13、感光性層15及折射率調整層17之組成物層19、保護膜21。 另外,圖2中示出之轉印薄膜20係配置了保護膜21之形態,但可以不配置保護膜21。 又,圖2中示出之轉印薄膜20係配置了折射率調整層17之形態,但可以不配置折射率調整層17。 另外,在圖2中,除了能夠配置於偽支撐體11上之保護膜21以外之各層稱為組成物層17。 以下,對構成轉印薄膜X2之各要素進行說明。另外,構成轉印薄膜X2之中間層及偽支撐體的各結構為如上所述。又,關於保護膜的結構,與轉印薄膜X1相同。 ・Transfer film X2 of the second embodiment Hereinafter, an example of an embodiment of the transfer film X2 according to the second embodiment will be described. The transfer film 20 shown in FIG. 2 has a dummy support 11 , a composition layer 19 including an intermediate layer 13 , a photosensitive layer 15 , and a refractive index adjustment layer 17 , and a protective film 21 in this order. In addition, although the transfer film 20 shown in FIG. 2 is the form in which the protective film 21 was arrange|positioned, the protective film 21 may not be arrange|positioned. In addition, although the transfer film 20 shown in FIG. 2 is the form which arrange|positioned the refractive index adjustment layer 17, the refractive index adjustment layer 17 may not be arrange|positioned. In addition, in FIG. 2 , each layer other than the protective film 21 that can be disposed on the dummy support 11 is referred to as a composition layer 17 . Hereinafter, each element which comprises the transfer film X2 is demonstrated. In addition, the respective structures of the intermediate layer and the dummy support constituting the transfer film X2 are as described above. Moreover, about the structure of a protective film, it is the same as that of the transfer film X1.

··感光性層 第2實施形態的轉印薄膜X2具有感光性層。 藉由將感光性層轉印到被轉印體上之後進行曝光及顯影,能夠在被轉印體上形成圖案。 作為感光性層,負型感光性層為較佳。另外,負型感光性層係藉由曝光而曝光部對顯影液的溶解性降低之感光性層。感光性層為負型感光性層之情況下,所形成之圖案相當於硬化層。 ··Photosensitive layer The transfer film X2 of the second embodiment has a photosensitive layer. A pattern can be formed on a to-be-transferred body by exposing and developing after transferring a photosensitive layer to a to-be-transferred body. As the photosensitive layer, a negative photosensitive layer is preferable. In addition, the negative photosensitive layer is a photosensitive layer in which the solubility of an exposed portion to a developing solution decreases by exposure. When the photosensitive layer is a negative photosensitive layer, the formed pattern corresponds to a cured layer.

以下,對感光性層中能夠包含之成分進行詳細敘述。Hereinafter, components that can be contained in the photosensitive layer will be described in detail.

···黏合劑聚合物 感光性層可以包含黏合劑聚合物。 作為黏合劑聚合物,例如,可以舉出(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂、苯乙烯樹脂、環氧樹脂、醯胺樹脂、醯胺環氧樹脂、醇酸樹脂、酚醛樹脂、酯樹脂、胺酯樹脂、藉由環氧樹脂與(甲基)丙烯酸的反應而獲得之環氧丙烯酸酯樹脂及藉由環氧丙烯酸酯樹脂與酸酐的反應而獲得之酸改質環氧丙烯酸酯樹脂。 ···Binder Polymers The photosensitive layer may contain a binder polymer. Examples of the binder polymer include (meth)acrylic resins, styrene resins, epoxy resins, amide resins, amide epoxy resins, alkyd resins, phenolic resins, ester resins, urethane resins, Epoxy acrylate resin obtained by reaction of epoxy resin and (meth)acrylic acid and acid-modified epoxy acrylate resin obtained by reaction of epoxy acrylate resin with acid anhydride.

作為黏合劑聚合物的較佳態樣之一,從鹼顯影性及薄膜形成性優異之觀點考慮,可以舉出(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂。 另外,在本說明書中,(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂係指具有來自於(甲基)丙烯酸化合物之構成單元之樹脂。來自於(甲基)丙烯酸化合物之構成單元的含量相對於(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂的所有構成單元,係50質量%以上為較佳,70質量%以上為更佳,90質量%以上為進一步較佳。 (甲基)丙烯酸樹脂可以僅由來自於(甲基)丙烯酸化合物之構成單元構成,亦可以具有來自於(甲基)丙烯酸化合物以外的聚合性單體之構成單元。亦即,來自於(甲基)丙烯酸化合物之構成單元的含量的上限相對於(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂的所有構成單元為100質量%以下。 As one of the preferable aspects of the binder polymer, a (meth)acrylic resin is mentioned from the viewpoint of being excellent in alkali developability and film formability. In addition, in this specification, a (meth)acrylic resin means resin which has a structural unit derived from a (meth)acrylic compound. The content of the structural unit derived from the (meth)acrylic compound is preferably at least 50% by mass, more preferably at least 70% by mass, and still more preferably at least 90% by mass, based on all the structural units of the (meth)acrylic resin. good. A (meth)acrylic resin may consist only of the structural unit derived from a (meth)acrylic compound, and may have the structural unit derived from a polymerizable monomer other than a (meth)acrylic compound. That is, the upper limit of the content of the structural unit derived from the (meth)acrylic compound is 100% by mass or less with respect to all the structural units of the (meth)acrylic resin.

作為(甲基)丙烯酸化合物,例如,可以舉出(甲基)丙烯酸、(甲基)丙烯酸酯、(甲基)丙烯醯胺及(甲基)丙烯腈。 作為(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如,可以舉出(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸四氫糠基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二甲基胺基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二乙基胺基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2,2,2-三氟乙酯及(甲基)丙烯酸2,2,3,3-四氟丙酯,(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯為較佳。 作為(甲基)丙烯醯胺,例如,可以舉出二丙酮丙烯醯胺等丙烯醯胺。 Examples of (meth)acrylic compounds include (meth)acrylic acid, (meth)acrylates, (meth)acrylamide, and (meth)acrylonitrile. Examples of (meth)acrylates include alkyl (meth)acrylates, tetrahydrofurfuryl (meth)acrylates, dimethylaminoethyl (meth)acrylates, (meth) Diethylaminoethyl acrylate, glycidyl (meth)acrylate, benzyl (meth)acrylate, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl (meth)acrylate and 2,2 (meth)acrylate , 3,3-tetrafluoropropyl ester and alkyl (meth)acrylate are preferred. Examples of (meth)acrylamide include acrylamide such as diacetone acrylamide.

作為(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯的烷基,可以係直鏈狀,亦可以具有支鏈。作為具體例,例如,可以舉出(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸庚酯、(甲基)丙烯酸辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸癸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十一烷基酯及(甲基)丙烯酸十二烷基酯等具有碳數為1~12的烷基之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯。 作為(甲基)丙烯酸酯,具有碳數1~4的烷基之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯為較佳,(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯或(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯為更佳。 The alkyl group of the alkyl (meth)acrylate may be linear or branched. As specific examples, for example, methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, propyl (meth)acrylate, butyl (meth)acrylate, pentyl (meth)acrylate, ( Hexyl (meth)acrylate, Heptyl (meth)acrylate, Octyl (meth)acrylate, 2-Ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, Nonyl (meth)acrylate, Decyl (meth)acrylate Alkyl (meth)acrylates having an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbons, such as undecyl (meth)acrylate and dodecyl (meth)acrylate. As the (meth)acrylate, an alkyl (meth)acrylate having an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is preferable, and methyl (meth)acrylate or ethyl (meth)acrylate is more preferable.

(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂可以具有來自於(甲基)丙烯酸化合物之構成單元以外的構成單元。 作為形成上述構成單元之聚合性單體,只要係能夠與(甲基)丙烯酸化合物共聚合之除了(甲基)丙烯酸化合物以外的化合物,則並無特別限制,例如,可以在苯乙烯、乙烯基甲苯及α-甲基苯乙烯等的α位或芳香族環上具有取代基。 可以舉出苯乙烯化合物、丙烯腈及乙烯基-正丁基醚等乙烯基醇酯、順丁烯二酸、順丁烯二酸酐、順丁烯二酸單甲酯、順丁烯二酸單乙酯及順丁烯二酸單異丙酯等順丁烯二酸單酯、反丁烯二酸、桂皮酸、α-氰基桂皮酸、衣康酸以及巴豆酸。 該等聚合性單體可以使用一種或者組合使用2種以上。 A (meth)acrylic resin may have a structural unit other than the structural unit derived from a (meth)acrylic compound. The polymerizable monomer forming the above-mentioned constituent units is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound other than a (meth)acrylic compound that can be copolymerized with a (meth)acrylic compound. For example, styrene, vinyl Toluene and α-methylstyrene have substituents at the α-position or on the aromatic ring. Examples include styrene compounds, vinyl alcohol esters such as acrylonitrile and vinyl-n-butyl ether, maleic acid, maleic anhydride, maleic acid monomethyl ester, maleic acid monomethyl Maleic acid monoesters such as ethyl ester and monoisopropyl maleate, fumaric acid, cinnamic acid, α-cyanocincinnamic acid, itaconic acid, and crotonic acid. These polymerizable monomers can be used alone or in combination of two or more.

又,從使鹼顯影性變得更良好之觀點考慮,(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂含有具有酸基之構成單元為較佳。作為酸基,例如,可以舉出羧基、磺酸基、磷酸基及膦酸基。 其中,(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂含有具有羧基之構成單元為更佳,具有來自於上述(甲基)丙烯酸之構成單元為進一步較佳。 Moreover, it is preferable that a (meth)acrylic resin contains the structural unit which has an acid group from a viewpoint of making alkali developability more favorable. As an acidic group, a carboxyl group, a sulfonic acid group, a phosphoric acid group, and a phosphonic acid group are mentioned, for example. Among them, it is more preferable that the (meth)acrylic resin has a structural unit having a carboxyl group, and it is still more preferable that it has a structural unit derived from the above-mentioned (meth)acrylic acid.

從顯影性更優異之觀點考慮,(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂中的具有酸基之構成單元(較佳為來自於(甲基)丙烯酸之構成單元)的含量相對於(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂的總質量,10質量%以上為較佳。又,上限值並無特別限制,但從耐鹼性優異之觀點考慮,50質量%以下為較佳,40質量%以下為更佳。From the viewpoint of better developability, the content of structural units having acid groups (preferably those derived from (meth)acrylic acid) in the (meth)acrylic resin is higher than the total amount of the (meth)acrylic resin. Quality, more than 10% by mass is better. Also, the upper limit is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of excellent alkali resistance, it is preferably 50% by mass or less, and more preferably 40% by mass or less.

又,(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂具有來自於上述(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯之構成單元為更佳。 (甲基)丙烯酸樹脂中的來自於(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯之構成單元的含量相對於(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂的所有構成單元,係50~90質量%為較佳,60~90質量%為更佳,65~90質量%為進一步較佳。 Moreover, it is more preferable that a (meth)acrylic resin has the structural unit derived from the said alkyl (meth)acrylate. The content of the constituent units derived from the alkyl (meth)acrylate in the (meth)acrylic resin is preferably 50 to 90% by mass, and 60 to 90% by mass relative to all the constituent units of the (meth)acrylic resin. % is more preferable, and 65 to 90% by mass is still more preferable.

作為(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂,具有來自於(甲基)丙烯酸之構成單元及來自於(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯之構成單元這兩者之樹脂為較佳,僅由來自於(甲基)丙烯酸之構成單元及來自於(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯之構成單元構成之樹脂為更佳。 又,作為(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂,具有來自於甲基丙烯酸之構成單元、來自於甲基丙烯酸甲酯之構成單元及來自於丙烯酸乙酯之構成單元之丙烯酸樹脂亦較佳。 As the (meth)acrylic resin, a resin having both a structural unit derived from (meth)acrylic acid and a structural unit derived from an alkyl (meth)acrylate is preferable. A resin composed of structural units derived from acrylic acid and alkyl (meth)acrylate is more preferable. Also, as the (meth)acrylic resin, an acrylic resin having a structural unit derived from methacrylic acid, a structural unit derived from methyl methacrylate, and a structural unit derived from ethyl acrylate is also preferable.

又,從本發明之效果更優異之觀點考慮,(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂具有選自包括來自於甲基丙烯酸之構成單元及來自於甲基丙烯酸烷基酯之構成單元之群組中的至少一種為較佳,具有來自於甲基丙烯酸之構成單元及來自於甲基丙烯酸烷基酯之構成單元兩者為較佳。 從本發明之效果更優異之觀點考慮,(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂中的來自於甲基丙烯酸之構成單元及來自於甲基丙烯酸烷基酯之構成單元的合計含量相對於(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂的所有構成單元為40質量%以上為較佳,60質量%以上為更佳。上限並無特別限制,可以為100質量%以下,80質量%以下為較佳。 In addition, from the viewpoint that the effects of the present invention are more excellent, the (meth)acrylic resin has at least one selected from the group consisting of structural units derived from methacrylic acid and structural units derived from alkyl methacrylates. It is preferable to have both a structural unit derived from methacrylic acid and a structural unit derived from an alkyl methacrylate. From the point of view that the effect of the present invention is more excellent, the total content of the structural unit derived from methacrylic acid and the structural unit derived from alkyl methacrylate in the (meth)acrylic resin relative to the (meth)acrylic resin The content of all the constituent units of the compound is preferably 40% by mass or more, and more preferably 60% by mass or more. The upper limit is not particularly limited, and may be 100% by mass or less, preferably 80% by mass or less.

又,從本發明之效果更優異之觀點考慮,(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂具有選自包括來自於甲基丙烯酸之構成單元及來自於甲基丙烯酸烷基酯之構成單元之群組中的至少一種和選自包括來自於丙烯酸之構成單元及來自於丙烯酸烷基酯之構成單元之群組中的至少一種亦較佳。 從本發明之效果更優異之觀點考慮,來自於甲基丙烯酸之構成單元及來自於甲基丙烯酸烷基酯之構成單元的合計含量相對於來自於丙烯酸之構成單元及來自於丙烯酸烷基酯之構成單元的合計含量,以質量比計係60/40~80/20為較佳。 In addition, from the viewpoint that the effects of the present invention are more excellent, the (meth)acrylic resin has at least one selected from the group consisting of structural units derived from methacrylic acid and structural units derived from alkyl methacrylates. And at least one selected from the group consisting of a structural unit derived from acrylic acid and a structural unit derived from an alkyl acrylate is also preferable. From the viewpoint that the effect of the present invention is more excellent, the total content of the structural unit derived from methacrylic acid and the structural unit derived from alkyl methacrylate is higher than the content of the structural unit derived from acrylic acid and alkyl acrylate. The total content of the constituent units is preferably 60/40 to 80/20 in mass ratio.

在轉印後的感光性層的顯影性優異之觀點考慮,(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂在末端具有酯基為較佳。 另外,(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂的末端部由來自於合成中所使用之聚合起始劑之部位構成。在末端具有酯基之(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂能夠藉由使用具有酯基之產生自由基之聚合起始劑來合成。 From the viewpoint of being excellent in the developability of the photosensitive layer after transfer, it is preferable that the (meth)acrylic resin has an ester group at the terminal. In addition, the terminal portion of the (meth)acrylic resin is constituted by a portion derived from a polymerization initiator used for synthesis. A (meth)acrylic resin having an ester group at the terminal can be synthesized by using a radical-generating polymerization initiator having an ester group.

又,作為黏合劑聚合物的其他較佳態樣,可以舉出鹼可溶性樹脂。 例如,從顯影性的觀點考慮,黏合劑聚合物為酸值60mgKOH/g以上的黏合劑聚合物為較佳。 又,例如,從藉由加熱而與交聯成分熱交聯,從而容易形成牢固的膜之觀點考慮,黏合劑聚合物係酸值60mgKOH/g以上的具有羧基之樹脂(所謂的含有羧基之樹脂)為更佳,酸值60mgKOH/g以上的具有羧基之(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂(所謂的含有羧基之(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂)為進一步較佳。 若黏合劑聚合物為具有羧基之樹脂,則例如藉由添加封端異氰酸酯化合物等熱交聯性化合物來進行熱交聯,能夠提高三維交聯密度。又,若具有羧基之樹脂的羧基被無水化並被疏水化,則耐濕熱性能夠得到改善。 Moreover, alkali-soluble resin is mentioned as another preferable aspect of a binder polymer. For example, it is preferable that the binder polymer is a binder polymer having an acid value of 60 mgKOH/g or more from the viewpoint of developability. Also, for example, from the viewpoint of thermally crosslinking with a crosslinking component by heating to easily form a firm film, the binder polymer is a resin having a carboxyl group with an acid value of 60 mgKOH/g or more (so-called carboxyl group-containing resin) ) is more preferable, and a (meth)acrylic resin having a carboxyl group (so-called carboxyl group-containing (meth)acrylic resin) having an acid value of 60 mgKOH/g or more is still more preferable. If the binder polymer is a resin having a carboxyl group, for example, by adding a thermally crosslinkable compound such as a blocked isocyanate compound to perform thermal crosslinking, the three-dimensional crosslinking density can be increased. Moreover, when the carboxyl group of the resin which has a carboxyl group is dehydrated and hydrophobized, heat-and-moisture resistance can be improved.

作為酸值60mgKOH/g以上的含有羧基之(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂,只要滿足上述酸值的條件,則並無特別限制,能夠從公知的(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂中適當選擇。 例如,能夠較佳地使用日本特開2011-095716號公報的[0025]段中所記載之聚合物中酸值60mgKOH/g以上的含有羧基之丙烯酸樹脂、日本特開2010-237589號公報的[0033]~[0052]段中所記載之聚合物中酸值60mgKOH/g以上的含有羧基之丙烯酸樹脂等。 The carboxyl group-containing (meth)acrylic resin having an acid value of 60 mgKOH/g or more is not particularly limited as long as it satisfies the above acid value conditions, and can be appropriately selected from known (meth)acrylic resins. [ 0033] to [0052] paragraphs of polymers described in the acid value of 60mgKOH/g or more carboxyl group-containing acrylic resin, etc.

作為黏合劑聚合物的其他較佳態樣,可以舉出苯乙烯-丙烯酸共聚物。 另外,在本說明書中,苯乙烯-丙烯酸共聚物係指,具有來自於苯乙烯化合物之構成單元和來自於(甲基)丙烯酸化合物之構成單元之樹脂,來自於上述苯乙烯化合物之構成單元及來自於上述(甲基)丙烯酸化合物之構成單元的合計含量相對於上述共聚物的所有構成單元,係30質量%以上為較佳,50質量%以上為更佳。 又,來自於苯乙烯化合物之構成單元的含量相對於上述共聚物的所有構成單元,係1質量%以上為較佳,5質量%以上為更佳,5~80質量%為進一步較佳。 又,來自於上述(甲基)丙烯酸化合物之構成單元的含量相對於上述共聚物的所有構成單元,係5質量%以上為較佳,10質量%以上為更佳,20~95質量%為進一步較佳。 A styrene-acrylic acid copolymer is mentioned as another preferable aspect of a binder polymer. In addition, in this specification, a styrene-acrylic acid copolymer refers to the resin which has the structural unit derived from a styrene compound and the structural unit derived from a (meth)acrylic compound, and the structural unit derived from the said styrene compound and The total content of the structural units derived from the above-mentioned (meth)acrylic compound is preferably 30% by mass or more, more preferably 50% by mass or more, relative to all the structural units of the above-mentioned copolymer. Moreover, the content of the structural unit derived from a styrene compound is preferably 1 mass % or more, more preferably 5 mass % or more, and still more preferably 5-80 mass % with respect to all the structural units of the said copolymer. Furthermore, the content of the structural units derived from the above-mentioned (meth)acrylic compound is preferably at least 5% by mass, more preferably at least 10% by mass, and further preferably 20 to 95% by mass, based on all the structural units of the above-mentioned copolymer. better.

從本發明之效果更優異之觀點考慮,黏合劑聚合物具有芳香環結構為較佳,含有具有芳香環結構之構成單元為更佳。 作為形成具有芳香環結構之構成單元之單體,可以舉出具有芳烷基之單體、苯乙烯及能夠聚合之苯乙烯衍生物(例如,甲基苯乙烯、乙烯基甲苯、第三丁氧基苯乙烯、乙醯氧基苯乙烯、4-乙烯基苯甲酸、苯乙烯二聚物及苯乙烯三聚物等)。其中,具有芳烷基之單體或苯乙烯為較佳。 作為芳烷基,可以舉出經取代或未經取代之苯基烷基(去除苄基)及經取代或未經取代之苄基等,經取代或未經取代之苄基為較佳。 From the viewpoint that the effects of the present invention are more excellent, it is preferable that the binder polymer has an aromatic ring structure, and it is more preferable that it contains a structural unit having an aromatic ring structure. As a monomer forming a constituent unit having an aromatic ring structure, monomers having an aralkyl group, styrene, and polymerizable styrene derivatives (for example, methylstyrene, vinyltoluene, tert-butoxy styrene, acetyloxystyrene, 4-vinylbenzoic acid, styrene dimer and styrene trimer, etc.). Among them, monomers having aralkyl groups or styrene are preferred. Examples of the aralkyl group include a substituted or unsubstituted phenylalkyl group (benzyl group is removed) and a substituted or unsubstituted benzyl group, among which a substituted or unsubstituted benzyl group is preferred.

作為具有苯基烷基之單體,可以舉出(甲基)丙烯酸苯乙酯等。Examples of the monomer having a phenylalkyl group include phenylethyl (meth)acrylate and the like.

作為具有苄基之單體,可以舉出具有苄基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯、例如(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯及(甲基)丙烯酸氯苄酯等;具有苄基之乙烯基單體、例如乙烯基氯化苄及苯甲醇等。其中,(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯為較佳。As a monomer having a benzyl group, (meth)acrylates having a benzyl group, such as benzyl (meth)acrylate and chlorobenzyl (meth)acrylate, etc.; vinyl monomers having a benzyl group, Examples include vinyl benzyl chloride and benzyl alcohol. Among them, benzyl (meth)acrylate is preferred.

又,從本發明之效果更優異之觀點考慮,黏合劑聚合物具有下述式(S)所表示之構成單元(來自於苯乙烯之構成單元)為更佳。Moreover, it is more preferable that the binder polymer has a structural unit (structural unit derived from styrene) represented by the following formula (S) from the viewpoint that the effects of the present invention are more excellent.

[化學式3]

Figure 02_image005
[chemical formula 3]
Figure 02_image005

黏合劑聚合物含有具有芳香環結構之構成單元之情況下,從本發明之效果更優異之觀點考慮,具有芳香環結構之構成單元的含量相對於黏合劑聚合物的所有構成單元,係5~90質量%為較佳,10~70質量%為更佳,20~60質量%為進一步較佳。 又,從本發明之效果更優異之觀點考慮,黏合劑聚合物中的具有芳香環結構之構成單元的含量相對於黏合劑聚合物的所有構成單元,係5~70莫耳%為較佳,10~60莫耳%為更佳,20~60莫耳%為進一步較佳。 進而,從本發明之效果更優異之觀點考慮,黏合劑聚合物中的上述式(S)所表示之構成單元的含量相對於黏合劑聚合物的所有構成單元,係5~70莫耳%為較佳,10~60莫耳%為更佳,20~60莫耳%為進一步較佳,20~50莫耳%為特佳。 另外,在本說明書中,當以莫耳比規定“構成單元”的含量時,上述“構成單元”與“單體單元”同義。又,在本說明書中,上述“單體單元”可以藉由高分子反應等而聚合之後被修飾。以下亦相同。 In the case where the binder polymer contains a structural unit having an aromatic ring structure, the content of the structural unit having an aromatic ring structure relative to all the structural units of the binder polymer is 5 to 90 mass % is preferable, 10-70 mass % is more preferable, and 20-60 mass % is still more preferable. Also, from the standpoint of more excellent effects of the present invention, the content of the structural units having an aromatic ring structure in the binder polymer is preferably 5 to 70 mol% with respect to all the structural units of the binder polymer. 10-60 mol% is more preferable, and 20-60 mol% is still more preferable. Furthermore, from the point of view that the effects of the present invention are more excellent, the content of the structural unit represented by the above formula (S) in the binder polymer is 5 to 70 mol % with respect to all the structural units of the binder polymer. Preferably, 10-60 mol% is more preferred, 20-60 mol% is still more preferred, and 20-50 mol% is particularly preferred. In addition, in this specification, when content of a "constituent unit" is prescribed|regulated by molar ratio, the said "constitutive unit" is synonymous with a "monomeric unit". In addition, in this specification, the above-mentioned "monomer unit" may be modified after being polymerized by a polymer reaction or the like. The same applies below.

從本發明之效果更優異之觀點考慮,黏合劑聚合物具有脂肪族烴環結構為較佳。亦即,黏合劑聚合物含有具有脂肪族烴環結構之構成單元為較佳。作為脂肪族烴環結構,可以係單環,亦可以係多環。其中,黏合劑聚合物具有2環以上的脂肪族烴環縮環而成之環結構為更佳。From the viewpoint that the effect of the present invention is more excellent, it is preferable that the binder polymer has an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure. That is, it is preferable that the binder polymer contains a structural unit having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure. The aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure may be monocyclic or polycyclic. Among them, the binder polymer preferably has a ring structure in which two or more aliphatic hydrocarbon rings are condensed.

作為構成具有脂肪族烴環結構之構成單元中之脂肪族烴環結構之環,可以舉出三環癸烷環、環己烷環、環戊烷環、降莰烷環及異硼烷環。 其中,從本發明之效果更優異之觀點考慮,2環以上的脂肪族烴環縮環之環為較佳,四氫二環戊二烯環(三環[5.2.1.0 2,6]癸烷環)為更佳。 作為形成具有脂肪族烴環結構之構成單元之單體,可以舉出(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯及(甲基)丙烯酸異莰基酯。 又,從本發明之效果更優異之觀點考慮,黏合劑聚合物具有下述式(Cy)所表示之構成單元為更佳,具有上述式(S)所表示之構成單元及下述式(Cy)所表示之構成單元為更佳。 Examples of the ring constituting the aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure in the constituent unit having the aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure include a tricyclodecane ring, a cyclohexane ring, a cyclopentane ring, a norbornane ring, and an isoborane ring. Among them, from the point of view that the effect of the present invention is more excellent, aliphatic hydrocarbon rings having two or more rings are preferable, and tetrahydrodicyclopentadiene rings (tricyclo[5.2.1.0 2,6 ]decane Ring) is better. As a monomer which forms the structural unit which has an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure, dicyclopentyl (meth)acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, and isobornyl (meth)acrylate are mentioned. Also, from the viewpoint of more excellent effects of the present invention, it is more preferable that the binder polymer has a structural unit represented by the following formula (Cy), and has a structural unit represented by the above formula (S) and the following formula (Cy ) The constituent unit represented by ) is more preferable.

[化學式4]

Figure 02_image007
[chemical formula 4]
Figure 02_image007

式(Cy)中,R M表示氫原子或甲基,R Cy表示具有脂肪族烴環結構之一價的基團。 In the formula (Cy), R M represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and R Cy represents a group having a valency of an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure.

式(Cy)中的R M係甲基為較佳。 從本發明之效果更優異之觀點考慮,式(Cy)中的R Cy係具有碳數5~20的脂肪族烴環結構之一價的基團為較佳,具有碳數6~16的脂肪族烴環結構之一價的基團為更佳,具有碳數8~14的脂肪族烴環結構之一價的基團為進一步較佳。 又,從本發明之效果更優異之觀點考慮,式(Cy)的R Cy中之脂肪族烴環結構係環戊烷環結構、環己烷環結構、四氫二環戊二烯環結構、降莰烷環結構或異硼烷環結構為較佳,環己烷環結構或四氫二環戊二烯環結構為更佳,四氫二環戊二烯環結構為進一步較佳。 從本發明之效果更優異之觀點考慮,式(Cy)的R Cy中之脂肪族烴環結構係由2環以上的脂肪族烴環縮環而成之環結構為較佳,由2~4環的脂肪族烴環縮環而成之環為更佳。 進而,從本發明之效果更優異之觀點考慮,式(Cy)中的R Cy係式(Cy)中的-C(=O)O-的氧原子與脂肪族烴環結構直接鍵結之基團亦即脂肪族烴環基為較佳,環己基或二環戊基為更佳,二環戊基為進一步較佳。 R M in formula (Cy) is preferably methyl. From the point of view that the effects of the present invention are more excellent, R Cy in the formula (Cy) is preferably a valent group having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure with 5 to 20 carbons, and an aliphatic hydrocarbon with 6 to 16 carbons A valent group having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure is more preferable, and a valent group having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure having 8 to 14 carbon atoms is still more preferable. Also, from the viewpoint that the effect of the present invention is more excellent, the aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure in R Cy of the formula (Cy) is a cyclopentane ring structure, a cyclohexane ring structure, a tetrahydrodicyclopentadiene ring structure, The norbornane ring structure or the isoborane ring structure is preferable, the cyclohexane ring structure or the tetrahydrodicyclopentadiene ring structure is more preferable, and the tetrahydrodicyclopentadiene ring structure is still more preferable. From the point of view that the effect of the present invention is more excellent, the aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure in the R Cy of formula (Cy) is preferably a ring structure formed by condensation of two or more aliphatic hydrocarbon rings, from 2 to 4 The ring formed by condensing the aliphatic hydrocarbon ring of the ring is more preferable. Furthermore, from the viewpoint that the effects of the present invention are more excellent, the R Cy in the formula (Cy) is a group in which the oxygen atom of -C(=O)O- in the formula (Cy) is directly bonded to the aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure Group, that is, an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring group is preferred, cyclohexyl or dicyclopentyl is more preferred, and dicyclopentyl is still more preferred.

黏合劑聚合物可以單獨具有一種具有脂肪族烴環結構之構成單元,亦可以具有2種以上。 黏合劑聚合物含有具有脂肪族烴環結構之構成單元之情況下,從本發明之效果更優異之觀點考慮,具有脂肪族烴環結構之構成單元的含量相對於黏合劑聚合物的所有構成單元,係5~90質量%為較佳,10~80質量%為更佳,20~70質量%為進一步較佳。 又,從本發明之效果更優異之觀點考慮,黏合劑聚合物中的具有脂肪族烴環結構之構成單元的含量相對於黏合劑聚合物的所有構成單元,係5~70莫耳%為較佳,10~60莫耳%為更佳,20~50莫耳%為進一步較佳。 進而,從本發明之效果更優異之觀點考慮,黏合劑聚合物中的上述式(Cy)所表示之構成單元的含量相對於黏合劑聚合物的所有構成單元,係5~70莫耳%為較佳,10~60莫耳%為更佳,20~50莫耳%為進一步較佳。 The binder polymer may have one kind of structural unit having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure alone, or may have two or more kinds. When the binder polymer contains a structural unit having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure, the content of the structural unit having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure relative to all the structural units of the binder polymer is considered to be more excellent in the effect of the present invention. , 5-90 mass % is more preferable, 10-80 mass % is more preferable, 20-70 mass % is still more preferable. Also, from the viewpoint of more excellent effect of the present invention, the content of the structural unit having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure in the binder polymer is 5 to 70 mol% relative to all the structural units of the binder polymer. Preferably, 10-60 mol % is more preferable, 20-50 mol % is still more preferable. Furthermore, from the point of view that the effects of the present invention are more excellent, the content of the structural unit represented by the above formula (Cy) in the binder polymer is 5 to 70 mol % with respect to all the structural units of the binder polymer. Preferably, 10-60 mol % is more preferable, and 20-50 mol % is still more preferable.

黏合劑聚合物含有具有芳香環結構之構成單元及具有脂肪族烴環結構之構成單元之情況下,從本發明之效果更優異之觀點考慮,具有芳香環結構之構成單元及具有脂肪族烴環結構之構成單元的總含量相對於黏合劑聚合物的所有構成單元,係10~90質量%為較佳,20~80質量%為更佳,40~75質量%為進一步較佳。 又,從本發明之效果更優異之觀點考慮,黏合劑聚合物中的具有芳香環結構之構成單元及具有脂肪族烴環結構之構成單元的總含量相對於黏合劑聚合物的所有構成單元,係10~80莫耳%為較佳,20~70莫耳%為更佳,40~60莫耳%為進一步較佳。 進而,從本發明之效果更優異之觀點考慮,黏合劑聚合物中的上述式(S)所表示之構成單元及上述式(Cy)所表示之構成單元的總含量相對於黏合劑聚合物的所有構成單元,係10~80莫耳%為較佳,20~70莫耳%為更佳,40~60莫耳%為進一步較佳。 又,從本發明之效果更優異之觀點考慮,黏合劑聚合物中的上述式(S)所表示之構成單元的莫耳量nS和上述式(Cy)所表示之構成單元的莫耳量nCy滿足下述式(SCy)中示出之關係為較佳,滿足下述式(SCy-1)為更佳,滿足下述式(SCy-2)為進一步較佳。 0.2≤nS/(nS+nCy)≤0.8   式(SCy) 0.30≤nS/(nS+nCy)≤0.75   式(SCy-1) 0.40≤nS/(nS+nCy)≤0.70   式(SCy-2) In the case where the binder polymer contains a constituent unit having an aromatic ring structure and a constituent unit having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure, the constituent units having an aromatic ring structure and a constituent unit having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring The total content of the constituent units of the structure is preferably 10 to 90% by mass, more preferably 20 to 80% by mass, and still more preferably 40 to 75% by mass, relative to all the constituent units of the binder polymer. Also, from the viewpoint of more excellent effects of the present invention, the total content of the structural units having an aromatic ring structure and the structural units having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure in the binder polymer relative to all the structural units of the binder polymer, 10-80 mol% is preferable, 20-70 mol% is more preferable, and 40-60 mol% is still more preferable. Furthermore, from the point of view that the effect of the present invention is more excellent, the total content of the structural unit represented by the above formula (S) and the structural unit represented by the above formula (Cy) in the binder polymer relative to the content of the binder polymer 10-80 mol% is preferable for all constituent units, 20-70 mol% is more preferable, and 40-60 mol% is still more preferable. Also, from the viewpoint of more excellent effects of the present invention, the molar amount nS of the structural unit represented by the above formula (S) and the molar amount nCy of the structural unit represented by the above formula (Cy) in the binder polymer It is preferable to satisfy the relationship shown in the following formula (SCy), it is more preferable to satisfy the following formula (SCy-1), and it is still more preferable to satisfy the following formula (SCy-2). 0.2≤nS/(nS+nCy)≤0.8 Formula (SCy) 0.30≤nS/(nS+nCy)≤0.75 Formula (SCy-1) 0.40≤nS/(nS+nCy)≤0.70 Formula (SCy-2)

從本發明之效果更優異之觀點考慮,黏合劑聚合物含有具有酸基之構成單元為較佳。 作為上述酸基,可以舉出羧基、磺酸基、膦酸基及磷酸基,羧基為較佳。 作為具有上述酸基之構成單元,下述所示之來自於(甲基)丙烯酸之構成單元為較佳,來自於甲基丙烯酸之構成單元為更佳。 From the viewpoint that the effect of the present invention is more excellent, it is preferable that the binder polymer contains a structural unit having an acid group. Examples of the above-mentioned acid groups include carboxyl groups, sulfonic acid groups, phosphonic acid groups, and phosphoric acid groups, and carboxyl groups are preferred. As a structural unit which has the said acidic group, the structural unit derived from (meth)acrylic acid shown below is preferable, and the structural unit derived from methacrylic acid is more preferable.

[化學式5]

Figure 02_image009
[chemical formula 5]
Figure 02_image009

黏合劑聚合物可以單獨具有1種具有酸基之構成單元,亦可以具有2種以上。 黏合劑聚合物含有具有酸基之構成單元之情況下,從本發明之效果更優異之觀點考慮,具有酸基之構成單元的含量相對於黏合劑聚合物的所有構成單元,係5~50質量%為較佳,5~40質量%為更佳,10~30質量%為進一步較佳。 又,從本發明之效果更優異之觀點考慮,黏合劑聚合物中的具有酸基之構成單元的含量相對於黏合劑聚合物的所有構成單元,係5~70莫耳%為較佳,10~50莫耳%為更佳,20~40莫耳%為進一步較佳。 進而,從本發明之效果更優異之觀點考慮,黏合劑聚合物中的來自於(甲基)丙烯酸之構成單元的含量相對於黏合劑聚合物的所有構成單元,係5~70莫耳%為較佳,10~50莫耳%為更佳,20~40莫耳%為進一步較佳。 The binder polymer may have one type of structural unit having an acid group alone, or may have two or more types. In the case where the binder polymer contains a structural unit having an acid group, the content of the structural unit having an acid group is 5 to 50% by mass relative to all the structural units of the binder polymer, from the viewpoint that the effects of the present invention are more excellent. % is more preferable, 5-40 mass % is more preferable, and 10-30 mass % is still more preferable. Also, from the viewpoint of more excellent effects of the present invention, the content of the structural units having acid groups in the binder polymer is preferably 5 to 70 mol% with respect to all the structural units of the binder polymer, and 10 -50 mol% is more preferable, and 20-40 mol% is still more preferable. Furthermore, from the point of view that the effect of the present invention is more excellent, the content of the structural unit derived from (meth)acrylic acid in the binder polymer is 5 to 70 mol % with respect to all the structural units of the binder polymer. Preferably, 10-50 mol % is more preferable, 20-40 mol % is still more preferable.

從本發明之效果更優異之觀點考慮,黏合劑聚合物具有反應性基為較佳,含有具有反應性基之構成單元為更佳。 作為反應性基,自由基聚合性基團為較佳,乙烯性不飽和基為更佳。又,當黏合劑聚合物具有乙烯性不飽和基時,黏合劑聚合物含有在側鏈中具有乙烯性不飽和基之構成單元為較佳。 在本說明書中,“主鏈”表示構成樹脂之高分子化合物的分子中相對最長的鍵結鏈,“側鏈”表示從主鏈分支之原子團。 作為乙烯性不飽和基,烯丙基或(甲基)丙烯醯氧基為更佳。 作為具有反應性基之構成單元的一例,可以舉出下述所示者,但並不限定於該等。 From the viewpoint that the effect of the present invention is more excellent, it is preferable that the binder polymer has a reactive group, and it is more preferable that it contains a structural unit having a reactive group. As the reactive group, a radical polymerizable group is preferable, and an ethylenically unsaturated group is more preferable. Moreover, when a binder polymer has an ethylenically unsaturated group, it is preferable that a binder polymer contains the structural unit which has an ethylenically unsaturated group in a side chain. In this specification, "main chain" means the relatively longest bonding chain in the molecule of the polymer compound constituting the resin, and "side chain" means an atomic group branched from the main chain. As the ethylenically unsaturated group, an allyl group or a (meth)acryloxy group is more preferable. As an example of the structural unit which has a reactive group, what is shown below is mentioned, However, It is not limited to these.

[化學式6]

Figure 02_image011
[chemical formula 6]
Figure 02_image011

黏合劑聚合物可以單獨含有具有反應性基之構成單元,亦可以具有2種以上。 黏合劑聚合物含有具有反應性基之構成單元之情況下,從本發明之效果更優異之觀點考慮,具有反應性基之構成單元的含量相對於黏合劑聚合物的所有構成單元,係5~70質量%為較佳,10~50質量%為更佳,20~40質量%為進一步較佳。 又,從本發明之效果更優異之觀點考慮,黏合劑聚合物中的具有反應性基之構成單元的含量相對於黏合劑聚合物的所有構成單元,係5~70莫耳%為較佳,10~60莫耳%為更佳,20~50莫耳%為進一步較佳。 A binder polymer may contain the structural unit which has a reactive group individually, and may have 2 or more types. In the case where the binder polymer contains a structural unit having a reactive group, the content of the structural unit having a reactive group relative to all the structural units of the binder polymer is from 5 to 70 mass % is preferable, 10-50 mass % is more preferable, and 20-40 mass % is still more preferable. Also, from the viewpoint of more excellent effects of the present invention, the content of the structural unit having a reactive group in the binder polymer is preferably 5 to 70 mol% with respect to all the structural units of the binder polymer. 10-60 mol% is more preferable, and 20-50 mol% is still more preferable.

作為將反應性基導入到黏合劑聚合物中之方法,可以舉出使環氧化合物、封端異氰酸酯化合物、異氰酸酯化合物、乙烯基碸化合物、醛化合物、羥甲基化合物及羧酸酐等化合物與羥基、羧基、一級胺基、二級胺基、乙醯乙醯基(acetoacetyl group)及磺酸基等官能基進行反應之方法。 作為將反應性基導入到黏合劑聚合物中之方法的較佳例,可以舉出藉由聚合反應而合成具有羧基之聚合物之後,藉由高分子反應而使(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯與所獲得之聚合物的羧基的一部分進行反應而將(甲基)丙烯醯氧基導入到聚合物中之方法。藉由該方法,能夠獲得在側鏈具有(甲基)丙烯醯氧基之黏合劑聚合物。 上述聚合反應在70~100℃的溫度條件下進行為較佳,在80~90℃的溫度條件下進行為更佳。作為上述聚合反應中所使用之聚合起始劑,偶氮系起始劑為較佳,例如FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation製造之V-601(產品名稱)或V-65(產品名稱)為更佳。上述高分子反應在80~110℃的溫度條件下進行為較佳。在上述高分子反應中,使用銨鹽等觸媒為較佳。 As a method for introducing reactive groups into the binder polymer, there may be mentioned compounds such as epoxy compounds, blocked isocyanate compounds, isocyanate compounds, vinylidene compounds, aldehyde compounds, methylol compounds, and carboxylic anhydrides with hydroxyl groups. , carboxyl group, primary amino group, secondary amino group, acetoacetyl group (acetoacetyl group) and sulfonic acid group and other functional groups to react. As a preferable example of the method of introducing a reactive group into the binder polymer, it is possible to synthesize glycidyl (meth)acrylate by polymer reaction after synthesizing a polymer having a carboxyl group by a polymerization reaction. A method of introducing a (meth)acryloxy group into a polymer by reacting with a part of the carboxyl group of the obtained polymer. By this method, a binder polymer having a (meth)acryloxy group in a side chain can be obtained. The above polymerization reaction is preferably carried out at a temperature of 70-100°C, more preferably at a temperature of 80-90°C. As the polymerization initiator used in the above-mentioned polymerization reaction, an azo-based initiator is preferable, for example, V-601 (product name) or V-65 (product name) manufactured by FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation is more preferable. The above polymer reaction is preferably carried out at a temperature of 80-110°C. In the above polymer reaction, it is better to use catalysts such as ammonium salts.

作為黏合劑聚合物,從本發明之效果更優異之觀點考慮,以下示出之聚合物X1~X4為較佳。另外,以下所示之各構成單元的含有比率(a~d)及重量平均分子量Mw等能夠根據目的適當變更,但從本發明之效果更優異之觀點考慮,其中,以下結構為較佳。 (聚合物X1) a:20~60質量%、b:10~50質量%、c:5.0~25質量%、d:10~50質量%。 (聚合物X2) a:20~60質量%、b:10~50質量%、c:5.0~25質量%、d:10~50質量%。 (聚合物X3) a:30~65質量%、b:1.0~20質量%、c:5.0~25質量%、d:10~50質量%。 (聚合物X4) a:1.0~20質量%、b:20~60質量%、c:5.0~25質量%、d:10~50質量%。 As the binder polymer, polymers X1 to X4 shown below are preferable from the viewpoint that the effect of the present invention is more excellent. In addition, the content ratio (a-d) and weight average molecular weight Mw etc. of each structural unit shown below can be changed suitably according to the objective, but the following structure is preferable from a viewpoint of the effect of this invention being more excellent among them. (Polymer X1) a: 20-60 mass %, b: 10-50 mass %, c: 5.0-25 mass %, d: 10-50 mass %. (Polymer X2) a: 20-60 mass %, b: 10-50 mass %, c: 5.0-25 mass %, d: 10-50 mass %. (Polymer X3) a: 30-65 mass %, b: 1.0-20 mass %, c: 5.0-25 mass %, d: 10-50 mass %. (Polymer X4) a: 1.0-20 mass %, b: 20-60 mass %, c: 5.0-25 mass %, d: 10-50 mass %.

[化學式7]

Figure 02_image013
Figure 02_image015
Figure 02_image017
Figure 02_image019
[chemical formula 7]
Figure 02_image013
Figure 02_image015
Figure 02_image017
Figure 02_image019

又,黏合劑聚合物可以包含含有具有羧酸酐結構之構成單元之聚合物(以下,亦稱為“聚合物X”。)。 羧酸酐結構可以為鏈狀羧酸酐結構及環狀羧酸酐結構中的任一種,但環狀羧酸酐結構為較佳。 作為環狀羧酸酐結構的環,5~7員環為較佳,5員環或6員環為更佳,5員環為進一步較佳。 In addition, the binder polymer may contain a polymer (hereinafter also referred to as "polymer X") containing a structural unit having a carboxylic anhydride structure. The carboxylic acid anhydride structure may be either a chain carboxylic anhydride structure or a cyclic carboxylic anhydride structure, but a cyclic carboxylic anhydride structure is preferable. As the ring of the cyclic carboxylic acid anhydride structure, a 5- to 7-membered ring is preferable, a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring is more preferable, and a 5-membered ring is still more preferable.

具有羧酸酐結構之構成單元係在主鏈中包含從下述式P-1所表示之化合物中去除2個氫原子而得之2價的基團之構成單元或從下述式P-1所表示之化合物中去除1個氫原子而得之1價的基團直接或經由2價的連接基而鍵結於主鏈之構成單元為較佳。The constituent unit having a carboxylic acid anhydride structure is a constituent unit comprising a divalent group obtained by removing 2 hydrogen atoms from a compound represented by the following formula P-1 in the main chain or a constituent unit derived from the compound represented by the following formula P-1. In the compounds shown, a monovalent group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom is preferably a structural unit bonded to the main chain directly or via a divalent linking group.

[化學式8]

Figure 02_image021
[chemical formula 8]
Figure 02_image021

式P-1中,R A1a表示取代基,n 1a個R A1a可以相同,亦可以不同,Z 1a表示形成包含-C(=O)-O-C(=O)-之環之2價的基團,n 1a表示0以上的整數。 In formula P-1, R A1a represents a substituent, n 1a R A1a may be the same or different, and Z 1a represents a divalent group that forms a ring containing -C(=O)-OC(=O)- , n 1a represents an integer of 0 or more.

作為R A1a所表示之取代基,例如,可以舉出烷基。 作為Z 1a,碳數2~4的伸烷基為較佳,碳數2或3的伸烷基為更佳,碳數2的伸烷基為進一步較佳。 n 1a表示0以上的整數。Z 1a表示碳數2~4的伸烷基之情況下,n 1a為0~4的整數為較佳,0~2的整數為更佳,0為進一步較佳。 n 1a表示2以上的整數之情況下,存在複數個之R A1a可以相同亦可以不同。又,存在複數個之R A1a可以相互鍵結而形成環,但是,相互鍵結而不形成環為較佳。 As a substituent represented by R A1a , an alkyl group is mentioned, for example. As Z 1a , an alkylene group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms is preferable, an alkylene group having 2 or 3 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an alkylene group having 2 carbon atoms is still more preferable. n 1a represents an integer of 0 or more. When Z 1a represents an alkylene group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms, n 1a is preferably an integer of 0 to 4, more preferably an integer of 0 to 2, and more preferably 0. When n 1a represents an integer of 2 or more, R A1a that exists in plural may be the same or different. In addition, a plurality of R A1a may be bonded to each other to form a ring, but it is preferable to bond to each other without forming a ring.

作為具有羧酸酐結構之構成單元,來自於不飽和羧酸酐之構成單元為較佳,來自於不飽和環式羧酸酐之構成單元為更佳,來自於不飽和脂肪族環式羧酸酐之構成單元為進一步較佳,來自於順丁烯二酸酐或衣康酸酐之構成單元為特佳,來自於順丁烯二酸酐之構成單元為最佳。As a constituent unit having a carboxylic anhydride structure, a constituent unit derived from an unsaturated carboxylic anhydride is preferable, a constituent unit derived from an unsaturated cyclic carboxylic anhydride is more preferable, and a constituent unit derived from an unsaturated aliphatic cyclic carboxylic anhydride More preferably, the structural unit derived from maleic anhydride or itaconic anhydride is particularly preferable, and the structural unit derived from maleic anhydride is most preferable.

以下,舉出具有羧酸酐結構之構成單元的具體例,但具有羧酸酐結構之構成單元並不限定於該等具體例。在下述構成單元中,Rx表示氫原子、甲基、CH 2OH基或CF 3基,Me表示甲基。 Hereinafter, although the specific example of the structural unit which has a carboxylic anhydride structure is mentioned, the structural unit which has a carboxylic anhydride structure is not limited to these specific examples. In the following structural units, Rx represents a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a CH 2 OH group or a CF 3 group, and Me represents a methyl group.

[化學式9]

Figure 02_image023
[chemical formula 9]
Figure 02_image023

[化學式10]

Figure 02_image025
[chemical formula 10]
Figure 02_image025

聚合物X中的具有羧酸酐結構之構成單元可以為單獨1種,亦可以為2種以上。The structural unit having a carboxylic anhydride structure in the polymer X may be a single type, or may be two or more types.

具有羧酸酐結構之構成單元的總含量相對於聚合物X的所有構成單元為0~60莫耳%為較佳,5~40莫耳%為更佳,10~35莫耳%為進一步較佳。The total content of the structural units having a carboxylic anhydride structure is preferably 0 to 60 mol%, more preferably 5 to 40 mol%, and still more preferably 10 to 35 mol%, based on all the structural units of the polymer X. .

感光性層可以僅包含1種聚合物X,亦可以包含2種以上。 感光性層包含聚合物X之情況下,從本發明之效果更優異之觀點考慮,聚合物X的含量相對於感光性層的總質量為0.1~30質量%為較佳,0.2~20質量%為更佳,0.5~20質量%為進一步較佳,1~20質量%為進一步較佳。 The photosensitive layer may contain only 1 type of polymer X, and may contain 2 or more types. When the photosensitive layer contains polymer X, the content of polymer X is preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass, 0.2 to 20% by mass relative to the total mass of the photosensitive layer, from the viewpoint of more excellent effects of the present invention. It is more preferable, 0.5-20 mass % is still more preferable, and 1-20 mass % is still more preferable.

從本發明之效果更優異之觀點考慮,黏合劑聚合物的重量平均分子量(Mw)係5,000以上為較佳,10,000以上為更佳,10,000~50,000為進一步較佳,20,000~30,000為特佳。From the viewpoint of more excellent effects of the present invention, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the binder polymer is preferably 5,000 or more, more preferably 10,000 or more, still more preferably 10,000 to 50,000, and most preferably 20,000 to 30,000.

黏合劑聚合物的酸值為10~200mgKOH/g為較佳,60mg~200mgKOH/g為更佳,60~150mgKOH/g為進一步較佳,70~125mgKOH/g為特佳。 另外,黏合劑聚合物的酸值例如能夠依據JIS K0070:1992中記載之方法來測量。 從顯影性的觀點考慮,黏合劑聚合物的分散度為1.0~6.0為較佳,1.0~5.0為更佳,1.0~4.0為進一步較佳,1.0~3.0為特佳。 The acid value of the binder polymer is preferably 10-200 mgKOH/g, more preferably 60-200 mgKOH/g, still more preferably 60-150 mgKOH/g, and particularly preferably 70-125 mgKOH/g. In addition, the acid value of a binder polymer can be measured according to the method of JISK0070:1992, for example. From the viewpoint of developability, the degree of dispersion of the binder polymer is preferably from 1.0 to 6.0, more preferably from 1.0 to 5.0, still more preferably from 1.0 to 4.0, and particularly preferably from 1.0 to 3.0.

感光性層可以僅包含1種黏合劑聚合物,亦可以包含2種以上。 從本發明之效果更優異之觀點考慮,黏合劑聚合物的含量相對於感光性層的總質量為10~90質量%為較佳,20~80質量%為更佳,30~70質量%為進一步較佳。 The photosensitive layer may contain only 1 type of binder polymer, and may contain 2 or more types. From the viewpoint that the effect of the present invention is more excellent, the content of the binder polymer relative to the total mass of the photosensitive layer is preferably 10 to 90% by mass, more preferably 20 to 80% by mass, and 30 to 70% by mass. Further better.

···聚合性化合物 感光性層可以包含有聚合性化合物。 聚合性化合物係具有聚合性基圖之化合物。作為聚合性基,例如,可以舉出自由基聚合性基及陽離子聚合性基,自由基聚合性基為較佳。 ···polymeric compound The photosensitive layer may contain a polymerizable compound. A polymeric compound is a compound having a polymeric basis. Examples of the polymerizable group include a radical polymerizable group and a cation polymerizable group, and a radical polymerizable group is preferred.

聚合性化合物包含具有乙烯性不飽和基之自由基聚合性化合物(以下,亦簡稱為“乙烯性不飽和化合物”。)為較佳。 作為乙烯性不飽和基,(甲基)丙烯醯氧基為較佳。 另外,本說明書中的乙烯性不飽和化合物係除了上述黏合劑聚合物以外的化合物,分子量小於5,000為較佳。 It is preferable that the polymerizable compound contains a radically polymerizable compound (hereinafter, also simply referred to as "ethylenically unsaturated compound") having an ethylenically unsaturated group. As the ethylenically unsaturated group, a (meth)acryloxy group is preferable. In addition, the ethylenically unsaturated compound in this specification is a compound other than the said binder polymer, and it is preferable that a molecular weight is less than 5,000.

作為聚合性化合物的較佳態樣之一,可以舉出下述式(M)所表示之化合物(亦簡稱為“化合物M”。)。 Q 2-R 1-Q 1式(M) 式(M)中,Q 1及Q 2分別獨立地表示(甲基)丙烯醯氧基,R 1表示具有鏈狀結構之二價的連接基。 One of the preferable aspects of the polymerizable compound includes a compound represented by the following formula (M) (also simply referred to as "compound M"). Q 2 -R 1 -Q 1 formula (M) In formula (M), Q 1 and Q 2 each independently represent a (meth)acryloyloxy group, and R 1 represents a divalent linking group having a chain structure.

式(M)中的Q 1及Q 2從合成容易性的觀點考慮,Q 1及Q 2為相同基團為較佳。 又,從反應性的觀點考慮,式(M)中的Q 1及Q 2係丙烯醯氧基為較佳。 作為式(M)中的R 1,從本發明之效果更優異之觀點考慮,伸烷基、伸烷氧基伸烷基(-L 1-O-L 1-)或聚伸烷氧基伸烷基(-(L 1-O) p-L 1-)為較佳,碳數2~20的烴基或聚伸烷氧基伸烷基為更佳,碳數4~20的伸烷基為進一步較佳,碳數6~18的直鏈伸烷基為特佳。 上述烴基只要在至少一部分具有鏈狀結構即可,作為上述鏈狀結構以外的部分,並無特別限制,例如可以為支鏈狀、環狀或碳數1~5的直鏈狀伸烷基、伸芳基、醚鍵及該等的組合中的任一種,伸烷基或將2個以上的伸烷基與1個以上的伸芳基組合而成之基團為較佳,伸烷基為更佳,直鏈伸烷基為進一步較佳。 另外,上述L 1分別獨立地表示伸烷基,伸乙基、伸丙基或伸丁基為較佳,伸乙基或1,2-伸丙基為更佳。p表示2以上的整數,2~10的整數為較佳。 Q 1 and Q 2 in the formula (M ) are preferably the same group from the viewpoint of ease of synthesis. Also, Q 1 and Q 2 in the formula (M) are preferably acryloyloxy groups from the viewpoint of reactivity. As R 1 in the formula (M), from the viewpoint of more excellent effect of the present invention, an alkylene group, an alkylene group (-L 1 -OL 1 -) or a polyalkylene group (- (L 1 -O) p -L 1 -) is preferred, a hydrocarbon group or a polyalkoxyalkylene group with 2 to 20 carbons is more preferred, an alkylene group with 4 to 20 carbons is further preferred, and carbon A straight chain alkylene group having a number of 6 to 18 is particularly preferred. The above-mentioned hydrocarbon group is not particularly limited as long as at least a part thereof has a chain structure, and the part other than the above-mentioned chain structure is not particularly limited. Arylylene group, ether bond, and any combination thereof. An alkylene group or a group formed by combining two or more alkylene groups with one or more arylylene groups is preferred. The alkylene group is More preferably, a straight-chain alkylene group is further more preferable. In addition, the above L 1 each independently represent an alkylene group, preferably an ethylene group, a propylidene group or a butylene group, and more preferably an ethylene group or a 1,2-propylidene group. p represents an integer of 2 or more, preferably an integer of 2-10.

又,從本發明之效果更優異之觀點考慮,化合物M中的連接Q 1與Q 2之間的最短連接鏈的原子數為3~50個為較佳,4~40個為更佳,6~20個為進一步較佳,8~12個為特佳。 本說明書中,“連接Q 1與Q 2之間的最短的連接鏈的原子數”係指,將從連接到Q 1之R 1的原子至連接到Q 2之R 1的原子進行連接之最短的原子數。 Also, from the viewpoint of more excellent effects of the present invention, the number of atoms in the shortest connecting chain between Q1 and Q2 in compound M is preferably 3 to 50, more preferably 4 to 40, and 6 -20 is further preferred, and 8-12 is particularly preferred. In this specification, "the number of atoms of the shortest connecting chain between Q1 and Q2 " refers to the shortest chain connecting the atom of R1 connected to Q1 to the atom of R1 connected to Q2 . number of atoms.

作為化合物M的具體例,可以舉出1,3-丁二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、四亞甲基乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,6-己二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,7-庚烷二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,8-辛二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,9-壬烷二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,10-癸烷二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、加氫雙酚A的二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、加氫雙酚F的二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚丙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚(乙二醇/丙二醇)二(甲基)丙烯酸酯及聚伸丁基乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯。上述酯單體亦能夠以混合物的形式使用。 在上述化合物中,從本發明之效果更優異之觀點考慮,選自包括1,6-己二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,9-壬二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,10-癸二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯及新戊二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯之群組中的至少一種化合物為較佳,選自包括1,6-己二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,9-壬二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯及1,10-癸二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯之群組中的至少一種化合物為更佳,選自包括1,9-壬二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯及1,10-癸二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯之群組中的至少一種化合物為進一步較佳。 Specific examples of compound M include 1,3-butanediol di(meth)acrylate, tetramethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, neopentyl glycol di(meth)acrylate ester, 1,6-hexanediol di(meth)acrylate, 1,7-heptanediol di(meth)acrylate, 1,8-octanediol di(meth)acrylate, 1, 9-nonanediol di(meth)acrylate, 1,10-decanediol di(meth)acrylate, hydrogenated bisphenol A di(meth)acrylate, hydrogenated bisphenol F Di(meth)acrylate, polyethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, polypropylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, poly(ethylene glycol/propylene glycol) di(meth)acrylate and polybutylene Ethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate. The above-mentioned ester monomers can also be used in the form of a mixture. Among the above-mentioned compounds, from the viewpoint that the effects of the present invention are more excellent, those selected from the group consisting of 1,6-hexanediol di(meth)acrylate, 1,9-nonanediol di(meth)acrylate, 1 , At least one compound from the group of 10-decanediol di(meth)acrylate and neopentyl glycol di(meth)acrylate is preferred, selected from the group consisting of 1,6-hexanediol di(meth)acrylate More preferably, at least one compound selected from the group consisting of acrylate, 1,9-nonanediol di(meth)acrylate and 1,10-decanediol di(meth)acrylate, selected from the group consisting of 1 At least one compound selected from the group of ,9-nonanediol di(meth)acrylate and 1,10-decanediol di(meth)acrylate is still more preferable.

又,作為聚合性化合物的較佳態樣之一,可以舉出2官能以上的乙烯性不飽和化合物。 在本說明書中,“2官能以上的乙烯性不飽和化合物”係指在一分子中具有2個以上的乙烯性不飽和基之化合物。 作為乙烯性不飽和化合物中的乙烯性不飽和基,(甲基)丙烯醯基為較佳。 作為乙烯性不飽和化合物,(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物為較佳。 Moreover, as one of the preferable aspects of a polymeric compound, a bifunctional or more ethylenically unsaturated compound is mentioned. In this specification, a "difunctional or more ethylenically unsaturated compound" means a compound which has two or more ethylenically unsaturated groups in one molecule. As the ethylenically unsaturated group in the ethylenically unsaturated compound, a (meth)acryl group is preferable. As the ethylenically unsaturated compound, a (meth)acrylate compound is preferable.

作為2官能的乙烯性不飽和化合物,並無特別限制,能夠從公知的化合物中適當選擇。 作為上述化合物M以外的2官能的乙烯性不飽和化合物,可以舉出三環癸烷二甲醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯及1,4-環己二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯。 The bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected from known compounds. Examples of the bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound other than the above compound M include tricyclodecane dimethanol di(meth)acrylate and 1,4-cyclohexanediol di(meth)acrylate.

作為2官能的乙烯性不飽和化合物的市售品,可以舉出三環癸烷二甲醇二丙烯酸酯(產品名稱:NK Ester A-DCP、Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、三環癸烷二甲醇二甲基丙烯酸酯(產品名稱:NK Ester DCP、Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、1,9-壬烷二醇二丙烯酸酯(產品名稱:NK Ester A-NOD-N、Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、1,6-己二醇二丙烯酸酯(產品名稱:NK Ester A-HD-N、Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)。Commercially available bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compounds include tricyclodecane dimethanol diacrylate (product name: NK Ester A-DCP, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), tricyclodecane Decane dimethanol dimethacrylate (product name: NK Ester DCP, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), 1,9-nonanediol diacrylate (product name: NK Ester A-NOD- N, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate (product name: NK Ester A-HD-N, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.).

作為3官能以上的乙烯性不飽和化合物,並無特別限制,能夠從公知的化合物中適當地選擇。 作為3官能以上的乙烯性不飽和化合物,可以舉出二新戊四醇(三/四/五/六)(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊四醇(三/四)(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二三羥甲基丙烷四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、異三聚氰酸(甲基)丙烯酸酯及丙三醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯骨架的(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物。 It does not specifically limit as a trifunctional or more ethylenically unsaturated compound, It can select suitably from well-known compounds. Examples of ethylenically unsaturated compounds having trifunctional or higher functions include dipenteoerythritol (tri/tetra/penta/hexa)(meth)acrylate, neopentylthritol (tri/tetra)(meth)acrylate , trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, ditrimethylolpropane tetra(meth)acrylate, isocyanuric acid (meth)acrylate and glycerol tri(meth)acrylate Skeleton (meth)acrylate compound.

在此,“(三/四/五/六)(甲基)丙烯酸酯”為包含三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、五(甲基)丙烯酸酯及六(甲基)丙烯酸酯之概念,“(三/四)(甲基)丙烯酸酯”為包含三(甲基)丙烯酸酯及四(甲基)丙烯酸酯之概念。Here, "(three/four/five/hexa)(meth)acrylate" refers to tri(meth)acrylate, tetra(meth)acrylate, penta(meth)acrylate and hexa(meth)acrylate ) the concept of acrylate, "(three/four) (meth)acrylate" is a concept including three (meth)acrylate and tetra(meth)acrylate.

作為聚合性化合物,亦可以舉出(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物的己內酯改質化合物(Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造之KAYARAD(註冊商標)DPCA-20、Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造之A-9300-1CL等)、(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物的環氧烷改質化合物(Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造之KAYARAD(註冊商標)RP-1040、Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造之ATM-35E、A-9300、DAICEL-ALLNEX LTD.的EBECRYL(註冊商標)135等)、乙氧基化丙三醇三丙烯酸酯(Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造之NK Ester A-GLY-9E等)。Examples of polymerizable compounds include caprolactone-modified compounds of (meth)acrylate compounds (KAYARAD (registered trademark) DPCA-20 manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd. .manufactured A-9300-1CL, etc.), (meth)acrylic ester compound's alkylene oxide modified compound (KAYARAD (registered trademark) RP-1040 manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co. , Ltd. ATM-35E, A-9300, DAICEL-ALLNEX LTD. EBECRYL (registered trademark) 135, etc.), ethoxylated glycerol triacrylate (Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd. NK Ester A-GLY-9E, etc.).

作為聚合性化合物,還可以舉出胺酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物。 作為胺酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯,可以舉出胺酯二(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如,可以舉出環氧丙烷改質胺酯二(甲基)丙烯酸酯以及環氧乙烷及環氧丙烷改質胺酯二(甲基)丙烯酸酯。 又,作為胺酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯,亦可以舉出3官能以上的胺酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯。作為官能基數的下限,6官能以上為更佳,8官能以上為進一步較佳。另外,作為官能基數的上限,20官能以下為較佳。作為3官能以上的胺酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如,可以舉出8UX-015A(Taisei Fine Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、UA-32P(Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、U-15HA(Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、UA-1100H(Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、Kyoeisha Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造之AH-600(產品名稱)以及UA-306H、UA-306T、UA-306I、UA-510H及UX-5000(均為Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造)等。 Urethane (meth)acrylate compounds are also mentioned as a polymeric compound. Urethane (meth)acrylates include urethane di(meth)acrylates, for example, propylene oxide modified urethane di(meth)acrylates, ethylene oxide and epoxy Propane modified urethane di(meth)acrylate. Moreover, as urethane (meth)acrylate, the urethane (meth)acrylate more than trifunctional can also be mentioned. The lower limit of the number of functional groups is more preferably hexafunctional or higher, and further preferably octafunctional or higher. In addition, as the upper limit of the number of functional groups, 20 functional groups or less is preferable. Examples of trifunctional or higher urethane (meth)acrylates include 8UX-015A (manufactured by Taisei Fine Chemical Co., Ltd.), UA-32P (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), U-15HA (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), UA-1100H (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), AH-600 (product name) manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd., and UA -306H, UA-306T, UA-306I, UA-510H, and UX-5000 (all manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), etc.

作為聚合性化合物的較佳態樣之一,可以舉出具有酸基之乙烯性不飽和化合物。 作為酸基,可以舉出磷酸基、磺酸基及羧基。 在該等之中,作為酸基,羧基為較佳。 作為具有酸基之乙烯性不飽和化合物,可以舉出具有酸基之3~4官能的乙烯性不飽和化合物〔向新戊四醇三及四丙烯酸酯(PETA)骨架導入了羧基者(酸值:80~120mgKOH/g)〕及具有酸基之5~6官能的乙烯性不飽和化合物〔向二新戊四醇五丙烯酸酯及二新戊四醇六丙烯酸酯(DPHA)骨架導入了羧基者〔酸值:25~70mgKOH/g)〕等。 該等具有酸基之3官能以上的乙烯性不飽和化合物依據需要可以與具有酸基之2官能的乙烯性不飽和化合物併用。 One of the preferable aspects of the polymerizable compound includes an ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acidic group. A phosphoric acid group, a sulfonic acid group, and a carboxyl group are mentioned as an acidic group. Among these, as the acid group, a carboxyl group is preferable. Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group include 3-4 functional ethylenically unsaturated compounds having an acid group [those having a carboxyl group introduced into the skeleton of neopentylitol tri- and tetraacrylate (PETA) (acid value : 80-120mgKOH/g)] and 5-6 functional ethylenically unsaturated compounds with acid groups [those with carboxyl groups introduced into the skeleton of diperythritol pentaacrylate and diperythritol hexaacrylate (DPHA) [Acid value: 25~70mgKOH/g)], etc. Such a trifunctional or higher ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group may be used in combination with a bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group as needed.

作為具有酸基之乙烯性不飽和化合物,選自包括具有羧基之2官能以上的乙烯性不飽和化合物及其羧酸酐之群組中的至少一種為較佳。 若具有酸基之乙烯性不飽和化合物為選自包括具有羧基之2官能以上的乙烯性不飽和化合物及其羧酸酐之群組中的至少一種,則顯影性及膜強度進一步得到提高。 具有羧基之2官能以上的乙烯性不飽和化合物並無特別限制,能夠從公知的化合物中適當選擇。 作為具有羧基之2官能以上的乙烯性不飽和化合物,可以舉出ARONIX(註冊商標)TO-2349(TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.製造)、ARONIX(註冊商標)M-520(TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.製造)、ARONIX(註冊商標)M-510(TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.製造)。 As the ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group, at least one selected from the group consisting of a bifunctional or higher-functional ethylenically unsaturated compound having a carboxyl group and a carboxylic anhydride thereof is preferable. When the ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group is at least one selected from the group consisting of a bifunctional or higher-functional ethylenically unsaturated compound having a carboxyl group and its carboxylic anhydride, developability and film strength are further improved. The difunctional or more ethylenically unsaturated compound having a carboxyl group is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected from known compounds. Examples of ethylenically unsaturated compounds having a difunctional or higher carboxyl group include ARONIX (registered trademark) TO-2349 (manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.), ARONIX (registered trademark) M-520 (manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD. Manufactured), ARONIX (registered trademark) M-510 (manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.).

作為具有酸基之乙烯性不飽和化合物,日本特開2004-239942號公報的[0025]~[0030]段中所記載之具有酸基之聚合性化合物為較佳,且該公報中所記載之內容被編入到本說明書中。As the ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group, the polymerizable compound having an acid group described in paragraphs [0025] to [0030] of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2004-239942 is preferable, and the The contents are incorporated into this manual.

作為乙烯性不飽和化合物,例如,亦可以舉出使α,β-不飽和羧酸與多元醇進行反應而獲得之化合物、使α,β-不飽和羧酸與含有縮水甘油基之化合物進行反應而獲得之化合物、具有胺酯鍵之(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物等胺酯單體、γ-氯-β-羥基丙基-β’-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基-鄰苯二甲酸酯、β-羥基乙基-β’-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基-鄰苯二甲酸酯及β-羥基丙基-β’-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基-鄰苯二甲酸酯等鄰苯二甲酸系化合物以及(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯。 該等單獨使用或者組合使用2種以上。 Examples of ethylenically unsaturated compounds include compounds obtained by reacting an α,β-unsaturated carboxylic acid with a polyhydric alcohol, and compounds obtained by reacting an α,β-unsaturated carboxylic acid with a glycidyl group-containing compound. The obtained compounds, amine ester monomers such as (meth)acrylate compounds with amine ester bonds, γ-chloro-β-hydroxypropyl-β'-(meth)acryloxyethyl-phthalate Formate, β-Hydroxyethyl-β'-(meth)acryloxyethyl-phthalate and β-Hydroxypropyl-β'-(meth)acryloxyethyl - Phthalate-based compounds such as phthalates and alkyl (meth)acrylates. These are used alone or in combination of two or more.

作為使α,β-不飽和羧酸與多元醇進行反應而獲得之化合物,例如,可以舉出2,2-雙(4-((甲基)丙烯醯氧基聚乙氧基)苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙(4-((甲基)丙烯醯氧基聚丙氧基)苯基)丙烷及2,2-雙(4-((甲基)丙烯醯氧基聚乙氧基聚丙氧基)苯基)丙烷等雙酚A系(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物、環氧乙烷基的數量為2~14的聚乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、環氧丙烷基的數量為2~14的聚丙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、環氧乙烷基的數量為2~14且環氧丙烷基的數量為2~14的聚乙二醇聚丙二醇(polyethylene polypropylene glycol)二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷乙氧基三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷二乙氧基三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三乙氧基三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷四乙氧基三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷五乙氧基三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二(三羥甲基丙烷)四丙烯酸酯、四羥甲基甲烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、四羥甲基甲烷四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二新戊四醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二新戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯以及二新戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯。 其中,具有四羥甲基甲烷結構或三羥甲基丙烷結構之乙烯不飽和化合物為較佳,四羥甲基甲烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、四羥甲基甲烷四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯或二(三羥甲基丙烷)四丙烯酸酯為更佳。 Examples of compounds obtained by reacting α,β-unsaturated carboxylic acids with polyhydric alcohols include 2,2-bis(4-((meth)acryloxypolyethoxy)phenyl) Propane, 2,2-bis(4-((meth)acryloxypolypropoxy)phenyl)propane and 2,2-bis(4-((meth)acryloxypolyethoxypolypropylene) Bisphenol A-based (meth)acrylate compounds such as oxy)phenyl)propane, polyethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate with 2 to 14 ethylene oxide groups, number of propylene oxide groups Polypropylene glycol di(meth)acrylate with 2 to 14, polyethylene glycol with 2 to 14 oxirane groups and 2 to 14 propylene glycol (polyethylene polypropylene glycol) di (meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropane di(meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropane ethoxytri(meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropane Methylolpropane Diethoxytri(meth)acrylate, Trimethylolpropane Triethoxytri(meth)acrylate, Trimethylolpropane Tetraethoxytri(meth)acrylate, Trimethylolpropane pentaethoxytri(meth)acrylate, bis(trimethylolpropane)tetraacrylate, tetramethylolmethane tri(meth)acrylate, tetramethylolmethane tetra(meth)acrylate base) acrylate, diperythritol tetra(meth)acrylate, diperythritol penta(meth)acrylate and diperythritol hexa(meth)acrylate. Among them, ethylenically unsaturated compounds with tetramethylolmethane structure or trimethylolpropane structure are preferred, tetramethylolmethane tri(meth)acrylate, tetramethylolmethane tetra(meth)acrylate , trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate or di(trimethylolpropane)tetraacrylate is more preferred.

作為聚合性化合物,亦可以舉出乙烯性不飽和化合物的己內酯改質化合物(例如,Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造之KAYARAD(註冊商標)DPCA-20、Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造之A-9300-1CL等)、乙烯性不飽和化合物的環氧烷改質化合物(例如,Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造之KAYARAD RP-1040、Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造之ATM-35E、A-9300、DAICEL-ALLNEX LTD.製造之EBECRYL(註冊商標)135等)、乙氧基化甘油三丙烯酸酯(Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造之A-GLY-9E等)等。Examples of polymerizable compounds include caprolactone-modified compounds of ethylenically unsaturated compounds (for example, KAYARAD (registered trademark) DPCA-20 manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd. .manufactured A-9300-1CL, etc.), alkylene oxide modified compounds of ethylenically unsaturated compounds (for example, KAYARAD RP-1040 manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd. ATM-35E, A-9300, EBECRYL (registered trademark) 135 manufactured by DAICEL-ALLNEX LTD., etc.), ethoxylated glycerin triacrylate (A-GLY-9E manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd. wait.

作為聚合性化合物(尤其,乙烯性不飽和化合物),從轉印後的感光性層的顯影性優異之觀點考慮,其中,包含酯鍵者亦較佳。 作為包含酯鍵之乙烯性不飽和化合物,只要係在分子內包含酯鍵者,則並無特別限制,但從本發明的效果優異之觀點考慮,具有四羥甲基甲烷結構或三羥甲基丙烷結構之乙烯不飽和化合物為較佳,四羥甲基甲烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、四羥甲基甲烷四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯或二(三羥甲基丙烷)四丙烯酸酯為更佳。 從賦予可靠性之觀點考慮,作為乙烯性不飽和化合物,包含具有碳數6~20的脂肪族基之乙烯性不飽和化合物和上述具有四羥甲基甲烷結構或三羥甲基丙烷結構之乙烯不飽和化合物為較佳。 作為具有碳數6以上的脂肪族結構之乙烯性不飽和化合物,可以舉出1,9-壬二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,10-癸二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯及三環癸烷二甲醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯。 As a polymeric compound (especially an ethylenic unsaturated compound), what contains an ester bond among these is also preferable from a viewpoint of the excellent developability of the photosensitive layer after transfer. The ethylenically unsaturated compound containing an ester bond is not particularly limited as long as it contains an ester bond in the molecule, but from the viewpoint of excellent effects of the present invention, those having a tetramethylolmethane structure or a trimethylol Ethylenically unsaturated compounds with a propane structure are preferred, such as tetramethylolmethane tri(meth)acrylate, tetramethylolmethane tetra(meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate or Di(trimethylolpropane) tetraacrylate is more preferred. From the viewpoint of imparting reliability, the ethylenically unsaturated compound includes an ethylenically unsaturated compound having an aliphatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms and the aforementioned ethylene having a tetramethylolmethane structure or a trimethylolpropane structure. Unsaturated compounds are preferred. Examples of ethylenically unsaturated compounds having an aliphatic structure having 6 or more carbon atoms include 1,9-nonanediol di(meth)acrylate, 1,10-decanediol di(meth)acrylate, and Tricyclodecane dimethanol di(meth)acrylate.

作為聚合性化合物的較佳態樣之一,可以舉出具有脂肪族烴環結構之聚合性化合物(較佳為2官能乙烯性不飽和化合物)。 作為上述聚合性化合物,具有由2環以上的脂肪族烴環縮環而成之環結構(較佳為選自包括三環癸烷結構及三環癸烯結構之群組中的結構)之聚合性化合物為較佳,具有由2環以上的脂肪族烴環縮環而成之環結構之2官能乙烯性不飽和化合物為更佳,三環癸烷二甲醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯為進一步較佳。 作為上述脂肪族烴環結構,從本發明之效果更優異之觀點考慮,環戊烷結構、環己烷結構、三環癸烷結構、三環癸烯結構、降莰烷結構或異硼烷結構為較佳。 One of the preferable aspects of the polymerizable compound includes a polymerizable compound (preferably a bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound) having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure. As the above-mentioned polymerizable compound, a polymer having a ring structure (preferably a structure selected from the group consisting of a tricyclodecane structure and a tricyclodecene structure) formed by condensing two or more aliphatic hydrocarbon rings Sexual compounds are preferred, and 2-functional ethylenically unsaturated compounds having a ring structure formed by ring condensation of more than 2 aliphatic hydrocarbon rings are more preferred, and tricyclodecane dimethanol di(meth)acrylate is further preferred. better. As the above-mentioned aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure, from the viewpoint of more excellent effects of the present invention, a cyclopentane structure, a cyclohexane structure, a tricyclodecane structure, a tricyclodecene structure, a norbornane structure, or an isoborane structure is better.

聚合性化合物的分子量為200~3,000為較佳,250~2,600為更佳,280~2,200為進一步較佳,300~2,200為特佳。 在感光性層中所包含之聚合性化合物中,分子量為300以下的聚合性化合物的含量的比例相對於感光性層中所包含之所有的聚合性化合物的含量,係30質量%以下為較佳,25質量%以下為更佳,20質量%以下為進一步較佳。 The molecular weight of the polymerizable compound is preferably from 200 to 3,000, more preferably from 250 to 2,600, still more preferably from 280 to 2,200, and most preferably from 300 to 2,200. Among the polymerizable compounds contained in the photosensitive layer, the ratio of the content of the polymerizable compound with a molecular weight of 300 or less to the content of all the polymerizable compounds contained in the photosensitive layer is preferably 30% by mass or less , 25% by mass or less is more preferred, and 20% by mass or less is still more preferred.

作為感光性層的較佳態樣之一,感光性層包含2官能以上的乙烯性不飽和化合物為較佳,包含3官能以上的乙烯性不飽和化合物為更佳,包含3官能或4官能的乙烯性不飽和化合物為進一步較佳。As one of the preferred aspects of the photosensitive layer, the photosensitive layer preferably contains ethylenically unsaturated compounds with more than two functions, more preferably contains ethylenically unsaturated compounds with three or more functions, and contains three or more functional ethylenically unsaturated compounds. Ethylenically unsaturated compounds are further preferred.

又,作為感光性層的較佳態樣之一,感光性層包含具有脂肪族烴環結構之2官能乙烯性不飽和化合物和含有具有脂肪族烴環之構成單元之黏合劑聚合物為較佳。Also, as one of the preferred aspects of the photosensitive layer, it is preferable that the photosensitive layer contains a bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure and a binder polymer containing a constituent unit having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring. .

又,作為感光性層的較佳態樣之一,感光性層包含式(M)所表示之化合物和具有酸基之乙烯性不飽和化合物為較佳,包含1,9-壬二醇二丙烯酸酯、三環癸烷二甲醇二丙烯酸酯及具有羧酸基之多官能乙烯性不飽和化合物為更佳,包含1,9-壬二醇二丙烯酸酯、三環癸烷二甲醇二丙烯酸酯及二新戊四醇五丙烯酸酯的琥珀酸改質體為進一步較佳。Also, as one of the preferred aspects of the photosensitive layer, the photosensitive layer preferably contains a compound represented by formula (M) and an ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group, including 1,9-nonanediol diacrylic acid Esters, tricyclodecane dimethanol diacrylate and polyfunctional ethylenically unsaturated compounds with carboxylic acid groups are more preferred, including 1,9-nonanediol diacrylate, tricyclodecane dimethanol diacrylate and A succinic-acid modified body of dipenteoerythritol pentaacrylate is still more preferable.

又,作為感光性層的較佳態樣之一,感光性層包含式(M)所表示之化合物、具有酸基之乙烯性不飽和化合物及後述之熱交聯性化合物為較佳,包含式(M)所表示之化合物、具有酸基之乙烯性不飽和化合物及後述之封端異氰酸酯化合物為更佳。Also, as one of the preferred aspects of the photosensitive layer, it is preferable that the photosensitive layer contains a compound represented by formula (M), an ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acid group, and a heat-crosslinkable compound described later, including the compound represented by the formula The compound represented by (M), an ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acidic group, and a blocked isocyanate compound described later are more preferable.

又,作為感光性層的較佳態樣之一,從顯影殘渣抑制性及防鏽性的觀點考慮,感光性層包含2官能的乙烯性不飽和化合物(較佳為2官能的(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物)和3官能以上的乙烯性不飽和化合物(較佳為3官能以上的(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物)為較佳。 2官能的乙烯性不飽和化合物與3官能以上的乙烯性不飽和化合物的含量的質量比係10:90~90:10為較佳,30:70~70:30為更佳。 2官能的乙烯性不飽和化合物相對於所有乙烯性不飽和化合物的合計量之含量,係20~80質量%為較佳,30~70質量%為更佳。 感光性層中的2官能的乙烯性不飽和化合物為10~60質量%為較佳,15~40質量%為更佳。 Also, as one of the preferred aspects of the photosensitive layer, the photosensitive layer contains a bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound (preferably a bifunctional (methyl) Acrylate compound) and a trifunctional or higher ethylenically unsaturated compound (preferably a trifunctional or higher (meth)acrylate compound) are preferred. The mass ratio of the content of the bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound to the trifunctional or higher ethylenically unsaturated compound is preferably 10:90 to 90:10, more preferably 30:70 to 70:30. The content of the bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound relative to the total amount of all the ethylenically unsaturated compounds is preferably 20 to 80% by mass, more preferably 30 to 70% by mass. The content of the bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound in the photosensitive layer is preferably from 10 to 60% by mass, more preferably from 15 to 40% by mass.

又,作為感光性層的較佳態樣之一,從防鏽性的觀點考慮,感光性層包含化合物M及具有脂肪族烴環結構之2官能乙烯性不飽和化合物為較佳。 又,作為感光性層的較佳態樣之一,從基板密接性、顯影殘渣抑制性及防鏽性的觀點考慮,感光性層包含化合物M及具有酸基之乙烯性不飽和化合物為較佳,包含化合物M、具有脂肪族烴環結構之2官能乙烯性不飽和化合物及具有酸基之乙烯性不飽和化合物為更佳,包含化合物M、具有脂肪族烴環結構之2官能乙烯性不飽和化合物、3官能以上的乙烯性不飽和化合物及具有酸基之乙烯性不飽和化合物為進一步較佳,包含化合物M、具有脂肪族烴環結構之2官能乙烯性不飽和化合物、3官能以上的乙烯性不飽和化合物、具有酸基之乙烯性不飽和化合物及胺酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物為特佳。 又,作為感光性層的較佳態樣之一,從基板密接性、顯影殘渣抑制性及防鏽性的觀點考慮,感光性層感光性層包含1,9-壬烷二醇二丙烯酸酯及具有羧酸基之多官能乙烯性不飽和化合物為較佳,包含1,9-壬烷二醇二丙烯酸酯、三環癸烷二甲醇二丙烯酸酯及具有羧酸基之多官能乙烯性不飽和化合物為較佳,包含1,9-壬烷二醇二丙烯酸酯、三環癸烷二甲醇二丙烯酸酯、二新戊四醇六丙烯酸酯及具有羧酸基之乙烯性不飽和化合物為進一步較佳,包含1,9-壬烷二醇二丙烯酸酯、三環癸烷二甲醇二丙烯酸酯、具有羧酸基之乙烯性不飽和化合物及丙烯酸胺酯化合物為特佳。 Moreover, as one of the preferable aspects of the photosensitive layer, it is preferable that the photosensitive layer contains compound M and a bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure from the viewpoint of rust prevention. Also, as one of the preferred aspects of the photosensitive layer, it is preferable that the photosensitive layer contains the compound M and an ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acidic group from the viewpoints of substrate adhesion, development residue suppression, and rust prevention. , including compound M, a bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure, and an ethylenically unsaturated compound having an acidic group are more preferred, including compound M, a bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound having an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure Compounds, trifunctional or higher ethylenically unsaturated compounds and ethylenically unsaturated compounds having acid groups are further preferred, including compound M, bifunctional ethylenically unsaturated compounds having aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structures, trifunctional or higher ethylenically unsaturated compounds Especially preferred are unsaturated compounds, ethylenically unsaturated compounds having acid groups, and urethane (meth)acrylate compounds. Also, as one of the preferred aspects of the photosensitive layer, the photosensitive layer contains 1,9-nonanediol diacrylate and Polyfunctional ethylenically unsaturated compounds with carboxylic acid groups are preferred, including 1,9-nonanediol diacrylate, tricyclodecane dimethanol diacrylate and polyfunctional ethylenically unsaturated compounds with carboxylic acid groups Compounds are preferred, including 1,9-nonanediol diacrylate, tricyclodecane dimethanol diacrylate, diperythritol hexaacrylate and ethylenically unsaturated compounds with carboxylic acid groups are further preferred Preferably, 1,9-nonanediol diacrylate, tricyclodecane dimethanol diacrylate, ethylenically unsaturated compounds having carboxylic acid groups, and acrylate amine ester compounds are particularly preferred.

感光性層可以包含單官能乙烯性不飽和化合物作為乙烯性不飽和化合物。 上述乙烯性不飽和化合物中的2官能以上的乙烯性不飽和化合物的含量相對於感光性層中所包含之所有乙烯性不飽和化合物的總含量,係60~100質量%為較佳,80~100質量%為更佳,90~100質量%為進一步較佳。 The photosensitive layer may contain a monofunctional ethylenically unsaturated compound as the ethylenically unsaturated compound. The content of the ethylenically unsaturated compound having more than two functions in the above-mentioned ethylenically unsaturated compound is preferably 60-100% by mass, 80-100% by mass relative to the total content of all the ethylenically unsaturated compounds contained in the photosensitive layer. 100 mass % is more preferable, and 90-100 mass % is further more preferable.

聚合性化合物(尤其,乙烯性不飽和化合物)可以單獨使用1種,亦能夠併用2種以上。 感光性層中的聚合性化合物(尤其,乙烯性不飽和化合物)的含量相對於感光性層的總質量為1~70質量%為較佳,5~70質量%為更佳,5~60質量%為進一步較佳,5~50質量%為特佳。 A polymeric compound (especially an ethylenic unsaturated compound) may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together. The content of the polymerizable compound (especially an ethylenically unsaturated compound) in the photosensitive layer is preferably 1 to 70% by mass, more preferably 5 to 70% by mass, and 5 to 60% by mass based on the total mass of the photosensitive layer. % is more preferable, and 5-50 mass % is especially preferable.

···聚合起始劑 感光性層可以包含聚合起始劑。 作為聚合起始劑,光聚合起始劑為較佳。 作為光聚合起始劑,並無特別限制,能夠使用公知的光聚合起始劑。 作為光聚合起始劑,可以舉出具有肟酯結構之光聚合起始劑(以下,亦稱為“肟系光聚合起始劑”。)、具有α-胺基烷基苯酮結構之光聚合起始劑(以下,亦稱為“α-胺基烷基苯酮系光聚合起始劑”。)、具有α-羥基烷基苯酮結構之光聚合起始劑(以下,亦稱為“α-羥基烷基苯酮系聚合起始劑”。)、具有醯基氧化膦結構之光聚合起始劑(以下,亦稱為“醯基氧化膦系光聚合起始劑”。)及具有N-苯基甘胺酸結構之光聚合起始劑(以下,亦稱為“N-苯基甘胺酸系光聚合起始劑”。)等。 ···polymerization initiator The photosensitive layer may contain a polymerization initiator. As the polymerization initiator, a photopolymerization initiator is preferable. The photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited, and known photopolymerization initiators can be used. Examples of photopolymerization initiators include photopolymerization initiators having an oxime ester structure (hereinafter, also referred to as "oxime-based photopolymerization initiators"), and photopolymerization initiators having an α-aminoalkylphenone structure. Polymerization initiators (hereinafter also referred to as "α-aminoalkylphenone-based photopolymerization initiators"), photopolymerization initiators having an α-hydroxyalkylphenone structure (hereinafter also referred to as "α-Hydroxyalkylphenone-based polymerization initiator."), a photopolymerization initiator having an acylphosphine oxide structure (hereinafter also referred to as an "acylphosphine oxide-based photopolymerization initiator"), and A photopolymerization initiator having an N-phenylglycine structure (hereinafter also referred to as "N-phenylglycine-based photopolymerization initiator") and the like.

光聚合起始劑包含選自包括肟系光聚合起始劑、α-胺基烷基苯酮系光聚合起始劑、α-羥基烷基苯甲酮系聚合起始劑及N-苯基甘胺酸系光聚合起始劑之群組中的至少一種為較佳,包含選自包括肟系光聚合起始劑、α-胺基烷基苯酮系光聚合起始劑及N-苯基甘胺酸系光聚合起始劑之群組中的至少一種為更佳。The photopolymerization initiator comprises oxime-based photopolymerization initiators, α-aminoalkylphenone-based photopolymerization initiators, α-hydroxyalkylphenone-based polymerization initiators and N-phenyl At least one of the group of glycine-based photopolymerization initiators is preferred, including oxime-based photopolymerization initiators, α-aminoalkylphenone-based photopolymerization initiators, and N-benzene At least one of the group of glycine-based photopolymerization initiators is more preferred.

又,作為光聚合起始劑,例如,還可以使用日本特開2011-95716號公報的[0031]~[0042]段及日本特開2015-014783號公報的[0064]~[0081]段中所記載之聚合起始劑。In addition, as the photopolymerization initiator, for example, those in paragraphs [0031] to [0042] of JP-A-2011-95716 and paragraphs [0064]-[0081] of JP-A-2015-014783 can also be used. The described polymerization initiator.

作為光聚合起始劑的市售品,可以舉出1-[4-(苯硫基)苯基]-1,2-辛二酮-2-(O-苯甲醯肟)〔產品名稱:IRGACURE(註冊商標) OXE-01、BASF公司製造〕、1-[9-乙基-6-(2-甲基苯甲醯基)-9H-咔唑-3-基]乙酮-1-(O-乙醯肟)〔產品名稱:IRGACURE(註冊商標)OXE-02、BASF公司製造〕、IRGACURE(註冊商標)OXE03(BASF公司製造)、IRGACURE(註冊商標)OXE04(BASF公司製造)、2-(二甲胺基)-2-[(4-甲基苯基)甲基]-1-[4-(4-嗎啉基)苯基]-1-丁酮〔產品名稱:Omnirad(註冊商標)379EG、IGM Resins B.V.製造〕、2-甲基-1-(4-甲硫基苯基)-2-嗎啉丙烷-1-酮〔產品名稱:Omnirad(註冊商標)907、IGM Resins B.V.製造〕、2-羥基-1-{4-[4-(2-羥基-2-甲基丙醯基)苄基]苯基}-2-甲基丙烷-1-酮〔產品名稱:Omnirad(註冊商標)127、IGM Resins B.V.製造〕、2-苄基-2-二甲胺基-1-(4-嗎啉苯基)丁酮-1〔產品名稱:Omnirad(註冊商標)369、IGM Resins B.V.製造〕、2-羥基-2-甲基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮〔產品名稱:Omnirad(註冊商標)1173、IGM Resins B.V.製造〕、1-羥基環己基苯基甲酮〔產品名稱:Omnirad(註冊商標)184、IGM Resins B.V.製造〕、2,2-二甲氧基-1,2-二苯基乙-1-酮〔產品名稱:Omnirad(註冊商標)651、IGM Resins B.V.製造〕等、肟酯系的〔產品名稱:Lunar(註冊商標)6、DKSH MANAGEMENT LTD.製造〕、1-[4-(苯硫基)苯基]-3-環戊基丙烷-1,2-二酮-2-(O-苯甲醯肟)(產品名稱:TR-PBG-305、Changzhou Tronly New Electronic Materials CO.,LTD.製造)、1,2-丙烷二酮,3-環己基-1-[9-乙基-6-(2-呋喃基羰基)-9H-咔唑-3-基]-,2-(O-乙醯肟)(產品名稱:TR-PBG-326、Changzhou Tronly New Electronic Materials CO.,LTD.製造)、3-環己基-1-(6-(2-(苯甲醯氧基亞胺基)己醯基)-9-乙基-9H-咔唑-3-基)-丙烷-1,2-二酮-2-(O-苯甲醯肟)(產品名稱:TR-PBG-391、Changzhou Tronly New Electronic Materials CO.,LTD.製造)、APi-307(1-(聯苯-4-基)-2-甲基-2-嗎啉丙烷-1-酮、Shenzhen UV-ChemTech Ltd.製造)等。Commercially available photopolymerization initiators include 1-[4-(phenylthio)phenyl]-1,2-octanedione-2-(O-benzoyl oxime) [product name: IRGACURE (registered trademark) OXE-01, manufactured by BASF Corporation], 1-[9-ethyl-6-(2-methylbenzoyl)-9H-carbazol-3-yl]ethanone-1-( O-acetyl oxime) [product name: IRGACURE (registered trademark) OXE-02, manufactured by BASF Corporation], IRGACURE (registered trademark) OXE03 (manufactured by BASF Corporation), IRGACURE (registered trademark) OXE04 (manufactured by BASF Corporation), 2- (Dimethylamino)-2-[(4-methylphenyl)methyl]-1-[4-(4-morpholinyl)phenyl]-1-butanone [Product name: Omnirad (registered trademark ) 379EG, manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.], 2-methyl-1-(4-methylthiophenyl)-2-morpholine propan-1-one [product name: Omnirad (registered trademark) 907, manufactured by IGM Resins B.V. ], 2-hydroxy-1-{4-[4-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropionyl)benzyl]phenyl}-2-methylpropan-1-one [product name: Omnirad (registered trademark) 127, manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.], 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1-(4-morpholinephenyl) butanone-1 [product name: Omnirad (registered trademark) 369, IGM Resins B.V. Manufactured], 2-Hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenylpropan-1-one [product name: Omnirad (registered trademark) 1173, manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.], 1-hydroxycyclohexylphenyl ketone [product name : Omnirad (registered trademark) 184, manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.], 2,2-dimethoxy-1,2-diphenylethan-1-one [product name: Omnirad (registered trademark) 651, manufactured by IGM Resins B.V. ], etc., oxime ester [product name: Lunar (registered trademark) 6, manufactured by DKSH MANAGEMENT LTD.], 1-[4-(phenylthio)phenyl]-3-cyclopentylpropane-1,2- Diketone-2-(O-benzoyl oxime) (product name: TR-PBG-305, manufactured by Changzhou Tronly New Electronic Materials CO.,LTD.), 1,2-propanedione, 3-cyclohexyl-1 -[9-Ethyl-6-(2-furylcarbonyl)-9H-carbazol-3-yl]-, 2-(O-acetyloxime) (product name: TR-PBG-326, Changzhou Tronly New Manufactured by Electronic Materials CO.,LTD. ), 3-cyclohexyl-1-(6-(2-(benzoyloxyimino)hexyl)-9-ethyl-9H-carbazol-3-yl)-propane-1,2 -Diketone-2-(O-benzoyl oxime) (product name: TR-PBG-391, manufactured by Changzhou Tronly New Electronic Materials CO.,LTD.), APi-307 (1-(biphenyl-4-yl )-2-methyl-2-morpholin-1-one, manufactured by Shenzhen UV-ChemTech Ltd.), etc.

光聚合起始劑可以單獨使用一種,亦可以使用2種以上。 併用2種以上之情況下,使用肟系光聚合起始劑及選自α-胺基烷基苯酮系光聚合起始劑及α-羥基烷基苯酮系聚合起始劑中的至少一種為較佳。 感光性層包含光聚合起始劑之情況下,光聚合起始劑的含量相對於感光性層的總質量為0.1質量%以上為較佳,0.5質量%以上為更佳,1.0質量%以上為進一步較佳。又,作為其上限值,相對於感光性層的總質量為10質量%以下為較佳,5質量%以下為更佳。 A photoinitiator may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types. In the case of using two or more kinds in combination, use an oxime-based photopolymerization initiator and at least one selected from the group consisting of α-aminoalkylphenone-based photopolymerization initiators and α-hydroxyalkylphenone-based polymerization initiators is better. When the photosensitive layer contains a photopolymerization initiator, the content of the photopolymerization initiator relative to the total mass of the photosensitive layer is preferably 0.1% by mass or more, more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and 1.0% by mass or more. Further better. Moreover, as its upper limit, it is preferable that it is 10 mass % or less with respect to the total mass of a photosensitive layer, and it is more preferable that it is 5 mass % or less.

···雜環化合物 感光性層可以包含雜環化合物。 雜環化合物所具有之雜環可以係單環及多環中的任一種雜環。 作為雜環化合物所具有之雜原子,可以舉出氮原子、氧原子及硫原子。雜環化合物具有選自包括氮原子、氧原子及硫原子之群組中的至少一種原子為較佳,具有氮原子為更佳。 ···Heterocyclic compounds The photosensitive layer may contain a heterocyclic compound. The heterocyclic ring possessed by the heterocyclic compound may be any of monocyclic and polycyclic heterocyclic rings. Examples of the hetero atom contained in the heterocyclic compound include a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, and a sulfur atom. The heterocyclic compound preferably has at least one atom selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, and a sulfur atom, and more preferably has a nitrogen atom.

作為雜環化合物,例如,可以舉出三唑化合物、苯并三唑化合物、四唑化合物、噻二唑化合物、三𠯤化合物、繞丹寧化合物、噻唑化合物、苯并噻唑化合物、苯并咪唑化合物、苯并㗁唑化合物及嘧啶化合物。 在上述中,作為雜環化合物,選自包括三唑化合物、苯并三唑化合物、四唑化合物、噻二唑化合物、三𠯤化合物、繞丹寧化合物、噻唑化合物、苯并咪唑化合物及苯并㗁唑化合物之群組中的至少一種化合物為較佳,選自包括三唑化合物、苯并三唑化合物、四唑化合物、噻二唑化合物、噻唑化合物、苯并噻唑化合物、苯并咪唑化合物及苯并㗁唑化合物之群組中的至少一種化合物為更佳。 Examples of heterocyclic compounds include triazole compounds, benzotriazole compounds, tetrazole compounds, thiadiazole compounds, triazole compounds, rhodanine compounds, thiazole compounds, benzothiazole compounds, and benzimidazole compounds. , benzoxazole compounds and pyrimidine compounds. Among the above, the heterocyclic compound is selected from the group consisting of triazole compounds, benzotriazole compounds, tetrazole compounds, thiadiazole compounds, triazole compounds, rhodanine compounds, thiazole compounds, benzimidazole compounds and benzo At least one compound in the group of oxazole compounds is preferably selected from the group consisting of triazole compounds, benzotriazole compounds, tetrazole compounds, thiadiazole compounds, thiazole compounds, benzothiazole compounds, benzimidazole compounds and At least one compound of the group of benzoxazole compounds is more preferred.

以下,示出雜環化合物的較佳的具體例。作為三唑化合物及苯并三唑化合物,能夠例示出以下化合物。Preferred specific examples of heterocyclic compounds are shown below. Examples of the triazole compound and the benzotriazole compound include the following compounds.

[化學式11]

Figure 02_image027
[chemical formula 11]
Figure 02_image027

[化學式12]

Figure 02_image029
[chemical formula 12]
Figure 02_image029

作為四唑化合物,能夠例示出以下化合物。As the tetrazole compound, the following compounds can be exemplified.

[化學式13]

Figure 02_image031
[chemical formula 13]
Figure 02_image031

[化學式14]

Figure 02_image033
[chemical formula 14]
Figure 02_image033

作為噻二唑化合物,能夠例示出以下化合物。As the thiadiazole compound, the following compounds can be illustrated.

[化學式15]

Figure 02_image035
[chemical formula 15]
Figure 02_image035

作為三𠯤化合物,能夠例示出以下化合物。As the trisulfide compound, the following compounds can be exemplified.

[化學式16]

Figure 02_image037
[chemical formula 16]
Figure 02_image037

作為繞丹寧化合物,能夠例示出以下化合物。As the rhodanine compound, the following compounds can be exemplified.

[化學式17]

Figure 02_image039
[chemical formula 17]
Figure 02_image039

作為噻唑化合物,能夠例示出以下化合物。As the thiazole compound, the following compounds can be exemplified.

[化學式18]

Figure 02_image041
[chemical formula 18]
Figure 02_image041

作為苯并噻唑化合物,能夠例示出以下化合物。As the benzothiazole compound, the following compounds can be exemplified.

[化學式19]

Figure 02_image043
[chemical formula 19]
Figure 02_image043

作為苯并咪唑化合物,能夠例示出以下化合物。As the benzimidazole compound, the following compounds can be exemplified.

[化學式20]

Figure 02_image045
[chemical formula 20]
Figure 02_image045

[化學式21]

Figure 02_image047
[chemical formula 21]
Figure 02_image047

作為苯并㗁唑化合物,能夠例示出以下化合物。As the benzoxazole compound, the following compounds can be exemplified.

[化學式22]

Figure 02_image049
[chemical formula 22]
Figure 02_image049

雜環化合物可以單獨使用一種,亦可以併用2種以上。 感光性層包含雜環化合物之情況下,雜環化合物的含量相對於感光性層的總質量為0.01~20.0質量%為較佳,0.10~10.0質量%為更佳,0.30~8.0質量%為進一步較佳,0.50~5.0質量%為特佳。 One type of heterocyclic compound may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination. When the photosensitive layer contains a heterocyclic compound, the content of the heterocyclic compound is preferably 0.01 to 20.0% by mass, more preferably 0.10 to 10.0% by mass, further preferably 0.30 to 8.0% by mass relative to the total mass of the photosensitive layer. More preferably, 0.50 to 5.0% by mass is particularly preferred.

···脂肪族硫醇化合物 感光性層可以包含脂肪族硫醇化合物。 藉由感光性層包含脂肪族硫醇化合物而脂肪族硫醇化合物與具有乙烯性不飽和基之自由基聚合性化合物之間進行烯-硫醇反應,從而所形成之膜的硬化收縮得到抑制,並且應力得到緩和。 ···Aliphatic Thiol Compounds The photosensitive layer may contain an aliphatic thiol compound. By containing the aliphatic thiol compound in the photosensitive layer and the ene-thiol reaction between the aliphatic thiol compound and the radically polymerizable compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group, the hardening shrinkage of the formed film is suppressed, And the stress is relieved.

作為脂肪族硫醇化合物,單官能的脂肪族硫醇化合物或多官能的脂肪族硫醇化合物(亦即,2官能以上的脂肪族硫醇化合物)為較佳。As the aliphatic thiol compound, a monofunctional aliphatic thiol compound or a polyfunctional aliphatic thiol compound (that is, a bifunctional or more aliphatic thiol compound) is preferable.

在上述之中,作為脂肪族硫醇化合物,從所形成之圖案的密接性(尤其曝光後的密接性)的觀點考慮,多官能的脂肪族硫醇化合物為較佳。Among the above, polyfunctional aliphatic thiol compounds are preferred from the viewpoint of the adhesiveness of the pattern to be formed (especially the adhesiveness after exposure) as the aliphatic thiol compound.

在本說明書中,“多官能的脂肪族硫醇化合物”係指在分子內具有2個以上的硫醇基(亦稱為“巰基”。)之脂肪族化合物。In this specification, a "polyfunctional aliphatic thiol compound" means an aliphatic compound having two or more thiol groups (also referred to as "mercapto groups") in a molecule.

作為多官能的脂肪族硫醇化合物,分子量為100以上的低分子化合物為較佳。具體而言,多官能的脂肪族硫醇化合物的分子量為100~1,500為更佳,150~1,000為進一步較佳。As the polyfunctional aliphatic thiol compound, a low-molecular compound having a molecular weight of 100 or more is preferable. Specifically, the molecular weight of the polyfunctional aliphatic thiol compound is more preferably 100 to 1,500, and more preferably 150 to 1,000.

作為多官能的脂肪族硫醇化合物的官能基數,例如,從所形成之圖案的密接性的觀點考慮,2~10官能為較佳,2~8官能為更佳,2~6官能為進一步較佳。As the number of functional groups of the polyfunctional aliphatic thiol compound, for example, from the viewpoint of the adhesiveness of the formed pattern, 2-10 functional groups are preferable, 2-8 functional groups are more preferable, and 2-6 functional groups are still more preferable. good.

作為多官能的脂肪族硫醇化合物,例如,可以舉出三羥甲基丙烷三(3-巰基丁酸酯)、1,4-雙(3-巰基丁醯氧基)丁烷、新戊四醇四(3-巰基丁酸酯)、1,3,5-三(3-巰基丁醯氧基乙基)-1,3,5-三𠯤-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-三酮、三羥甲基乙烷三(3-巰基丁酸酯)、三[(3-巰基丙醯氧基)乙基]異氰脲酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三(3-巰基丙酸酯)、新戊四醇四(3-巰基丙酸酯)、四乙二醇雙(3-巰基丙酸酯)、二新戊四醇六(3-巰基丙酸酯)、乙二醇雙硫基丙酸酯、1,4-雙(3-巰基丁醯氧基)丁烷、1,2-乙二硫醇、1,3-丙烷二硫醇、1,6-六亞甲基二硫醇、2,2’-(伸乙基二硫)二乙硫醇、內消旋2,3-二巰基琥珀酸及二(巰基乙基)醚。Examples of polyfunctional aliphatic thiol compounds include trimethylolpropane tris(3-mercaptobutyrate), 1,4-bis(3-mercaptobutyryloxy)butane, neopentyl tetra Alcohol tetrakis(3-mercaptobutyrate), 1,3,5-tris(3-mercaptobutyryloxyethyl)-1,3,5-tris-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H )-triketone, trimethylolethane tris(3-mercaptobutyrate), tris[(3-mercaptopropionyloxy)ethyl]isocyanurate, trimethylolpropane tris(3- mercaptopropionate), neopentylthritol tetrakis(3-mercaptopropionate), tetraethylene glycol bis(3-mercaptopropionate), dipenteoerythritol hexa(3-mercaptopropionate), ethyl Diol dithiopropionate, 1,4-bis(3-mercaptobutyryloxy)butane, 1,2-ethanedithiol, 1,3-propanedithiol, 1,6-hexamethylene Methyldithiol, 2,2'-(ethylenedithio)diethanethiol, meso 2,3-dimercaptosuccinic acid, and bis(mercaptoethyl)ether.

在上述中,作為多官能的脂肪族硫醇化合物,選自包括三羥甲基丙烷三(3-巰基丁酸酯)、1,4-雙(3-巰基丁醯氧基)丁烷及1,3,5-三(3-巰基丁醯氧基乙基)-1,3,5-三𠯤-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-三酮之群組中的至少一種化合物為較佳。Among the above, the polyfunctional aliphatic thiol compound is selected from trimethylolpropane tris(3-mercaptobutyrate), 1,4-bis(3-mercaptobutyryloxy)butane and 1 , at least one compound from the group of 3,5-tris(3-mercaptobutyryloxyethyl)-1,3,5-tris-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-trione is better.

作為單官能的脂肪族硫醇化合物,例如,可以舉出1-辛硫醇、1-十二烷硫醇、β-巰基丙酸、甲基-3-巰基丙酸酯、2-乙基己基-3-巰基丙酸酯、正辛基-3-巰基丙酸酯、甲氧基丁基-3-巰基丙酸酯及硬脂酸-3-巰基丙酸酯。Examples of monofunctional aliphatic thiol compounds include 1-octylthiol, 1-dodecanethiol, β-mercaptopropionic acid, methyl-3-mercaptopropionate, 2-ethylhexyl -3-mercaptopropionate, n-octyl-3-mercaptopropionate, methoxybutyl-3-mercaptopropionate and stearic acid-3-mercaptopropionate.

感光性層可以包含單獨一種脂肪族硫醇化合物,亦可以包含2種以上的脂肪族硫醇化合物。The photosensitive layer may contain a single type of aliphatic thiol compound, or may contain two or more types of aliphatic thiol compounds.

感光性層包含脂肪族硫醇化合物之情況下,脂肪族硫醇化合物的含量相對於感光性層的總質量為5質量%以上為較佳,5~50質量%為更佳,5~30質量%為進一步較佳,8~20質量%為特佳。When the photosensitive layer contains an aliphatic thiol compound, the content of the aliphatic thiol compound is preferably 5% by mass or more, more preferably 5 to 50% by mass, and 5 to 30% by mass based on the total mass of the photosensitive layer. % is more preferable, and 8-20 mass % is especially preferable.

···熱交聯性化合物 從所獲得之硬化膜的強度及所獲得之未硬化膜的黏著性的觀點考慮,感光性層包含熱交聯性化合物為較佳。另外,在本說明書中,後述之具有乙烯性不飽和基之熱交聯性化合物不作為乙烯性不飽和化合物而處理,而作為熱交聯性化合物進行處理。 作為熱交聯性化合物,可以舉出環氧化合物、氧雜環丁烷化合物、羥甲基化合物及嵌段異氰酸酯化合物。其中,從所獲得之硬化膜的強度及所獲得之未硬化膜的黏著性的觀點考慮,嵌段異氰酸酯化合物為較佳。 由於嵌段異氰酸酯化合物與羥基及羧基進行反應,因此例如黏合劑聚合物及具有乙烯性不飽和基之自由基聚合性化合物中的至少一者具有羥基及羧基中的至少一者之情況下,傾向於所形成之膜的親水性下降,並且作為保護膜的功能增強。 另外,嵌段異氰酸酯化合物係指“具有用封端劑保護(所謂的遮罩)異氰酸酯的異氰酸酯基之結構之化合物”。 ···Heat-crosslinkable compounds From the viewpoint of the strength of the cured film to be obtained and the adhesiveness of the uncured film to be obtained, it is preferable that the photosensitive layer contains a heat-crosslinkable compound. In addition, in this specification, the heat-crosslinkable compound which has an ethylenically unsaturated group mentioned later is not handled as an ethylenically unsaturated compound, but is handled as a heat-crosslinkable compound. Examples of the thermally crosslinkable compound include epoxy compounds, oxetane compounds, methylol compounds, and blocked isocyanate compounds. Among these, blocked isocyanate compounds are preferred from the viewpoint of the strength of the obtained cured film and the adhesiveness of the obtained uncured film. Since a blocked isocyanate compound reacts with a hydroxyl group and a carboxyl group, for example, when at least one of the binder polymer and the radically polymerizable compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group has at least one of the hydroxyl group and the carboxyl group, it tends to The hydrophilicity of the formed film decreases, and the function as a protective film is enhanced. In addition, the blocked isocyanate compound means "a compound having a structure in which an isocyanate group of an isocyanate is protected (so called masking) with a blocking agent".

嵌段異氰酸酯化合物的解離溫度並無特別限制,但是100~160℃為較佳,130~150℃為更佳。 嵌段異氰酸酯的解離溫度係指“使用示差掃描熱量儀,藉由DSC(Differential scanning calorimetry:示差掃描量熱法)分析測量時的、伴隨嵌段異氰酸酯的脫保護反應之吸熱峰的溫度”。 作為示差掃描熱量儀,例如,能夠較佳地使用Seiko Instruments Inc.製造之示差掃描熱量儀(型號:DSC6200)。但是,示差掃描熱量儀並不限定於此。 The dissociation temperature of the blocked isocyanate compound is not particularly limited, but is preferably 100 to 160°C, more preferably 130 to 150°C. The dissociation temperature of blocked isocyanate means "the temperature of the endothermic peak accompanying the deprotection reaction of blocked isocyanate when measured by DSC (Differential scanning calorimetry) analysis using a differential scanning calorimeter". As the differential scanning calorimeter, for example, a differential scanning calorimeter (model: DSC6200) manufactured by Seiko Instruments Inc. can be preferably used. However, the differential scanning calorimeter is not limited to this.

作為解離溫度為100~160℃的封端劑,可以舉出活性亞甲基化合物〔丙二酸二酯(丙二酸二甲基、丙二酸二乙基、丙二酸二正丁基、丙二酸二2-乙基己基等)〕、肟化合物(甲醛肟、乙醛肟、乙醯肟、甲乙酮肟及環己酮肟等在分子內具有由-C(=N-OH)-表示之結構之化合物)。 該等中,作為解離溫度為100~160℃的封端劑,例如,從保存穩定性的觀點考慮,選自肟化合物中的至少一種為較佳。 As an end-capping agent with a dissociation temperature of 100 to 160°C, active methylene compounds [malonate diesters (dimethyl malonate, diethyl malonate, di-n-butyl malonate, Malonate (2-ethylhexyl, etc.)], oxime compounds (formaldoxime, acetaldehyde oxime, acetyloxime, methyl ethyl ketone oxime and cyclohexanone oxime, etc. have -C (=N-OH)- in the molecule compounds of the structure). Among them, as a blocking agent having a dissociation temperature of 100 to 160° C., for example, at least one selected from oxime compounds is preferable from the viewpoint of storage stability.

例如,從改善膜的脆性、提高與被轉印體的密接力等的觀點考慮,嵌段異氰酸酯化合物具有異氰脲酸酯結構為較佳。 具有異氰脲酸酯結構之嵌段異氰酸酯化合物例如藉由將六亞甲基二異氰酸酯進行異氰脲酸酯化來保護而獲得。 具有異氰脲酸酯結構之嵌段異氰酸酯化合物中,含有具有肟化合物作為封端劑之肟結構之化合物從相較於不具有肟結構之化合物容易將解離溫度設在較佳的範圍內,並且容易減少顯影殘渣之觀點考慮為較佳。 For example, it is preferable that the blocked isocyanate compound has an isocyanurate structure from the viewpoints of improving the brittleness of the film, improving the adhesive force with the transfer target, and the like. A blocked isocyanate compound having an isocyanurate structure is obtained, for example, by isocyanurating and protecting hexamethylene diisocyanate. Among the blocked isocyanate compounds having an isocyanurate structure, the compound containing the oxime structure having an oxime compound as a blocking agent can easily set the dissociation temperature within a preferable range compared with the compound not having the oxime structure, and It is preferable from the viewpoint of being easy to reduce image development residue.

嵌段異氰酸酯化合物可以具有聚合性基。 作為聚合性基,並無特別限制,能夠使用公知的聚合性基,自由基聚合性基為較佳。 作為聚合性基,可以舉出(甲基)丙烯醯氧基、(甲基)丙烯醯胺基及苯乙烯基等乙烯性不飽和基以及環氧丙基等具有環氧基之基團。 其中,作為聚合性基,乙烯性不飽和基為較佳,(甲基)丙烯醯氧基為更佳,丙烯醯氧基為進一步較佳。 The blocked isocyanate compound may have a polymerizable group. The polymerizable group is not particularly limited, and known polymerizable groups can be used, and radically polymerizable groups are preferred. Examples of the polymerizable group include ethylenically unsaturated groups such as a (meth)acryloxy group, a (meth)acrylamide group, and a styryl group, and groups having an epoxy group such as a glycidyl group. Among them, as the polymerizable group, an ethylenically unsaturated group is preferable, a (meth)acryloxy group is more preferable, and an acryloxy group is still more preferable.

作為封端異氰酸酯化合物,能夠使用市售品。 作為嵌段異氰酸酯化合物的市售品的例子,可以舉出Karenz(註冊商標)AOI-BM、Karenz(註冊商標)MOI-BM、Karenz(註冊商標)MOI-BP等(以上為SHOWA DENKO K.K.製造)、嵌段型DURANATE系列(例如,DURANATE(註冊商標)TPA-B80E、DURANATE(註冊商標)WT32-B75P等,Asahi Kasei Chemicals Corporation.製造)。 As a blocked isocyanate compound, a commercial item can be used. Examples of commercially available blocked isocyanate compounds include Karenz (registered trademark) AOI-BM, Karenz (registered trademark) MOI-BM, Karenz (registered trademark) MOI-BP, etc. (the above are manufactured by SHOWA DENKO K.K.) . Block-type DURANATE series (for example, DURANATE (registered trademark) TPA-B80E, DURANATE (registered trademark) WT32-B75P, etc., manufactured by Asahi Kasei Chemicals Corporation.).

熱交聯性化合物可以單獨使用一種,亦可以併用2種以上。 當感光性層包含熱交聯性化合物時,熱交聯性化合物的含量相對於感光性層的總質量,1~50質量%為較佳,5~30質量%為更佳。 A heat-crosslinkable compound may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together. When the photosensitive layer contains a thermally crosslinkable compound, the content of the thermally crosslinkable compound is preferably from 1 to 50% by mass, more preferably from 5 to 30% by mass, relative to the total mass of the photosensitive layer.

···界面活性劑 感光性層可以包含界面活性劑。 作為界面活性劑,例如,可以舉出日本專利第4502784號公報的[0017]段及日本特開2009-237362號公報的[0060]~[0071]段中記載之界面活性劑。 ···Surfactant The photosensitive layer may contain a surfactant. Examples of the surfactant include those described in paragraph [0017] of Japanese Patent No. 4502784 and paragraphs [0060] to [0071] of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2009-237362.

作為界面活性劑,非離子系界面活性劑、氟系界面活性劑或矽酮系界面活性劑為較佳。又,作為界面活性劑,非離子系界面活性劑為較佳。 作為氟系界面活性劑的市售品,例如,可以舉出MEGAFACE F-171、F-172、F-173、F-176、F-177、F-141、F-142、F-143、F-144、F-437、F-475、F-477、F-479、F-482、F-551-A、F-552、F-554、F-555-A、F-556、F-557、F-558、F-559、F-560、F-561、F-565、F-563、F-568、F-575、F-780、EXP、MFS-330、EXP.MFS-578、EXP.MFS-578-2、EXP.MFS-579、EXP.MFS-586、EXP.MFS-587、EXP.MFS-628、EXP.MFS-631、EXP.MFS-603、R-41、R-41-LM、R-01、R-40、R-40-LM、RS-43、TF-1956、RS-90、R-94、RS-72-K、DS-21(以上為DIC CORPORATION製造)、Fluorad FC430、FC431、FC171(以上為Sumitomo 3M Limited製造)、SurflonS-382、SC-101、SC-103、SC-104、SC-105、SC-1068、SC-381、SC-383、S-393、KH-40(以上為AGC INC.製造)、PolyFox PF636、PF656、PF6320、PF6520、PF7002(以上為OMNOVA Solutions Inc.製造)、FTERGENT 710FL、710FM、610FM、601AD、601ADH2、602A、215M、245F、251、212M、250、209F、222F、208G、710LA、710FS、730LM、650AC、681、683(以上為NEOS Corporation製造)、U-120E(UNICHEM CO.,LTD.)等。 又,作為氟系界面活性劑,還能夠較佳地使用丙烯酸系化合物,該丙烯酸系化合物為具有具備含有氟原子之官能基之分子結構,且施加熱時含有氟原子之官能基部分被切斷而氟原子揮發。作為這種氟系界面活性劑,可以舉出DIC Corporation製造之MEGAFACE DS系列(化學工業日報(2016年2月22日)、日經產業新聞(2016年2月23日)),例如,可以舉出MEGAFACE DS-21。 又,作為氟系界面活性劑,使用具有氟化烷基或氟化伸烷基醚基之含氟原子之乙烯醚化合物與親水性乙烯醚化合物的聚合物亦較佳。 又,作為氟系界面活性劑,還能夠使用嵌段聚合物。 又,作為氟系界面活性劑,還能夠較佳地使用含氟高分子化合物,該含氟高分子化合物包含來自於具有氟原子之(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物之構成單元和來自於具有2個以上(較佳為5個以上)伸烷氧基(較佳為伸乙基氧基、伸丙氧基)之(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物之構成單元。 又,作為氟系界面活性劑,還能夠使用在側鏈具有含乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團之含氟聚合物。可以舉出MEGAFACE RS-101、RS-102、RS-718K、RS-72-K(以上為DIC Corporation製造)等。 從提高環境適應性之觀點考慮,具有碳數7以上的直鏈狀全氟烷基之化合物作為氟系界面活性劑而使用PFOA或PFOS的替代材料者為較佳。 As the surfactant, a nonionic surfactant, a fluorine-based surfactant, or a silicone-based surfactant is preferable. Moreover, as a surfactant, a nonionic surfactant is preferable. Examples of commercially available fluorine-based surfactants include MEGAFACE F-171, F-172, F-173, F-176, F-177, F-141, F-142, F-143, F -144, F-437, F-475, F-477, F-479, F-482, F-551-A, F-552, F-554, F-555-A, F-556, F-557 , F-558, F-559, F-560, F-561, F-565, F-563, F-568, F-575, F-780, EXP, MFS-330, EXP.MFS-578, EXP .MFS-578-2, EXP.MFS-579, EXP.MFS-586, EXP.MFS-587, EXP.MFS-628, EXP.MFS-631, EXP.MFS-603, R-41, R-41 -LM, R-01, R-40, R-40-LM, RS-43, TF-1956, RS-90, R-94, RS-72-K, DS-21 (the above are manufactured by DIC CORPORATION), Fluorad FC430, FC431, FC171 (the above are manufactured by Sumitomo 3M Limited), SurflonS-382, SC-101, SC-103, SC-104, SC-105, SC-1068, SC-381, SC-383, S-393 , KH-40 (manufactured by AGC INC. above), PolyFox PF636, PF656, PF6320, PF6520, PF7002 (manufactured by OMNOVA Solutions Inc. above), FTERGENT 710FL, 710FM, 610FM, 601AD, 601ADH2, 602A, 215M, 245F, 251, 212M, 250, 209F, 222F, 208G, 710LA, 710FS, 730LM, 650AC, 681, 683 (manufactured by NEOS Corporation), U-120E (UNICHEM CO., LTD.), etc. Also, as a fluorine-based surfactant, an acrylic compound having a molecular structure having a functional group containing a fluorine atom, and the functional group containing a fluorine atom being partially cut off when heat is applied can also be preferably used. And the fluorine atom volatilizes. Examples of such fluorine-based surfactants include MEGAFACE DS series manufactured by DIC Corporation (Chemical Industry Daily (February 22, 2016), Nikkei Sangyo Shimbun (February 23, 2016)), for example, Out of MEGAFACE DS-21. Furthermore, it is also preferable to use a polymer of a fluorine atom-containing vinyl ether compound having a fluorinated alkyl group or a fluorinated alkylene ether group and a hydrophilic vinyl ether compound as the fluorine-based surfactant. Moreover, a block polymer can also be used as a fluorine-type surfactant. Also, as a fluorine-based surfactant, a fluorine-containing polymer compound comprising a constituent unit derived from a (meth)acrylate compound having a fluorine atom and a structure unit derived from a (meth)acrylate compound having two A constituent unit of the (meth)acrylate compound of the above (preferably 5 or more) alkoxyl groups (preferably ethylenyloxy, propoxyl). In addition, as the fluorine-based surfactant, a fluorine-containing polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group in a side chain can also be used. Examples thereof include MEGAFACE RS-101, RS-102, RS-718K, and RS-72-K (the above are manufactured by DIC Corporation) and the like. From the viewpoint of improving environmental adaptability, it is preferable to use a compound having a linear perfluoroalkyl group having 7 or more carbon atoms as a fluorine-based surfactant instead of PFOA or PFOS.

作為非離子系界面活性劑,可以舉出丙三醇、三羥甲基丙烷、三羥甲基乙烷以及該等的乙氧基化物及丙氧基化物(例如,丙三醇丙氧基化物、丙三醇乙氧基化物等)、聚氧乙烯硬脂基醚、聚氧乙烯硬脂基醚、聚氧乙烯油基醚、聚氧乙烯辛基苯基醚、聚氧乙烯壬基苯基醚、聚乙二醇二硬脂酸酯、聚乙二醇二硬脂酸酯、去水山梨糖醇脂肪酸酯等。作為具體例,可以舉出PLURONIC(註冊商標)L10、L31、L61、L62、10R5、17R2、25R2(以上為BASF公司製造)、TETRONIC 304、701、704、901、904、150R1、HYDROPALAT WE 3323(以上為BASF公司製造)、SOLSPERSE 20000(以上為Japan Lubrizol Corporation製造)、NCW-101、NCW-1001、NCW-1002(以上為FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation製造)、Pionin D-1105、D-6112、D-6112-W、D-6315(以上為TAKEMOTO OIL & FAT Co., Ltd.製造)、OLFINE E1010、Surfynol104、400、440(以上為Nissin Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.製造)等。As the nonionic surfactant, glycerol, trimethylolpropane, trimethylolethane, and their ethoxylates and propoxylates (for example, glycerol propoxylate , glycerol ethoxylate, etc.), polyoxyethylene stearyl ether, polyoxyethylene stearyl ether, polyoxyethylene oleyl ether, polyoxyethylene octylphenyl ether, polyoxyethylene nonylphenyl Ether, polyethylene glycol distearate, polyethylene glycol distearate, sorbitan fatty acid ester, etc. Specific examples include PLURONIC (registered trademark) L10, L31, L61, L62, 10R5, 17R2, 25R2 (the above are manufactured by BASF Corporation), TETRONIC 304, 701, 704, 901, 904, 150R1, HYDROPALAT WE 3323 ( The above are manufactured by BASF Corporation), SOLSPERSE 20000 (the above are manufactured by Japan Lubrizol Corporation), NCW-101, NCW-1001, NCW-1002 (the above are manufactured by FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation), Pionin D-1105, D-6112, D -6112-W, D-6315 (manufactured by TAKEMOTO OIL & FAT Co., Ltd. above), OLFINE E1010, Surfynol 104, 400, 440 (manufactured by Nissin Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. above), etc.

作為矽酮系界面活性劑,可以舉出由矽氧烷鍵組成之直鏈狀聚合物及向側鏈或末端導入有機基團而得之改質矽氧烷聚合物。Examples of silicone-based surfactants include linear polymers composed of siloxane bonds and modified siloxane polymers in which organic groups are introduced into side chains or terminals.

作為界面活性劑的具體例,可以舉出EXP.S-309-2、EXP.S-315、EXP.S-503-2、EXP.S-505-2(以上為DIC CORPORATION製造)、DOWSIL 8032 ADDITIVE、Toray Silicone DC3PA、Toray Silicone SH7PA、Toray Silicone DC11PA、Toray Silicone SH21PA、Toray Silicone SH28PA、Toray Silicone SH29PA、Toray Silicone SH30PA、Toray Silicone SH8400(以上為BYK-ChemieGmbH製造)以及X-22-4952、X-22-4272、X-22-6266、KF-351A、K354L、KF-355A、KF-945、KF-640、KF-642、KF-643、X-22-6191、X-22-4515、KF-6004、KP-341、KF-6001、KF-6002、KP-101KP-103、KP-104、KP-105、KP-106、KP-109、KP-109、KP-112、KP-120、KP-121、KP-124、KP-125、KP-301、KP-306、KP-310、KP-322、KP-323、KP-327、KP-341、KP-368、KP-369、KP-611、KP-620、KP-621、KP-626、KP-652(以上為Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.製造)、F-4440、TSF-4300、TSF-4445、TSF-4460、TSF-4452(以上為Momentive Performance Materials Inc.製造)、BYK300、BYK306、BYK307、BYK310、BYK320、BYK323、BYK325、BYK330、BYK313、BYK315N、BYK331、BYK333、BYK345、BYK347、BYK348、BYK349、BYK370、BYK377、BYK378、BYK323(以上為BYK Chemie GmbH製造)等。Specific examples of surfactants include EXP.S-309-2, EXP.S-315, EXP.S-503-2, EXP.S-505-2 (manufactured by DIC CORPORATION), DOWSIL 8032 ADDITIVE, Toray Silicone DC3PA, Toray Silicone SH7PA, Toray Silicone DC11PA, Toray Silicone SH21PA, Toray Silicone SH28PA, Toray Silicone SH29PA, Toray Silicone SH30PA, Toray Silicone SH8400 (the above are manufactured by BYK-Chemie GmbH), and X-22-4952, X 22-4272, X-22-6266, KF-351A, K354L, KF-355A, KF-945, KF-640, KF-642, KF-643, X-22-6191, X-22-4515, KF- 6004, KP-341, KF-6001, KF-6002, KP-101KP-103, KP-104, KP-105, KP-106, KP-109, KP-109, KP-112, KP-120, KP- 121, KP-124, KP-125, KP-301, KP-306, KP-310, KP-322, KP-323, KP-327, KP-341, KP-368, KP-369, KP-611, KP-620, KP-621, KP-626, KP-652 (the above are manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), F-4440, TSF-4300, TSF-4445, TSF-4460, TSF-4452 (以上為Momentive Performance Materials Inc.製造)、BYK300、BYK306、BYK307、BYK310、BYK320、BYK323、BYK325、BYK330、BYK313、BYK315N、BYK331、BYK333、BYK345、BYK347、BYK348、BYK349、BYK370、BYK377、BYK378、BYK323( The above are manufactured by BYK Chemie GmbH), etc.

界面活性劑可以單獨使用一種,亦可以併用2種以上。 感光性層包含界面活性劑之情況下,界面活性劑的含量相對於感光性層的總質量為0.01~3.0質量%為較佳,0.01~1.0質量%為更佳,0.05~0.80質量%為進一步較佳。 Surfactants may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When the photosensitive layer contains a surfactant, the content of the surfactant is preferably 0.01 to 3.0% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 1.0% by mass, and further preferably 0.05 to 0.80% by mass relative to the total mass of the photosensitive layer. better.

···聚合抑制劑 感光性層可以包含聚合抑制劑。 聚合抑制劑係指,具有延遲或禁止聚合反應之功能之化合物。作為聚合抑制劑,例如,能夠使用用作聚合抑制劑之公知的化合物。 ···polymerization inhibitor The photosensitive layer may contain a polymerization inhibitor. The polymerization inhibitor refers to a compound that has the function of delaying or inhibiting the polymerization reaction. As the polymerization inhibitor, for example, known compounds used as polymerization inhibitors can be used.

作為聚合抑制劑,例如,可以舉出啡噻𠯤、雙-(1-二甲基芐基)啡噻𠯤及3,7-二辛基啡噻𠯤等啡噻𠯤化合物;雙[3-(3-第三丁基-4-羥基-5-甲基苯基)丙酸][乙烯雙(氧乙烯)]2,4-雙〔(硬脂基硫基)甲基〕-鄰甲酚、1,3,5-三(3,5-二-第三丁基-4-羥基芐基)、1,3,5-三(4-第三丁基-3-羥基-2,6-二甲基芐基)、2,4-雙-(正辛硫基)-6-(4-羥基-3,5-二-第三丁基苯胺基)-1,3,5-三𠯤及新戊四醇四3-(3,5-二-第三丁基-4-羥基苯基)丙烯酸酯等受阻酚化合物;4-亞硝基苯酚、N-亞硝基二苯胺、N-亞硝基環己基羥胺及N-亞硝基苯羥胺等亞硝基化合物或其鹽;甲基氫醌、第三丁基氫醌、2,5-二-第三丁基氫醌及4-苯醌等醌化合物;4-甲氧基苯酚、4-甲氧基-1-萘酚及第三丁基兒茶酚等酚化合物;二丁基二硫代胺基甲酸銅、二乙基二硫代胺基甲酸銅、二乙基二硫代胺基甲酸錳及二苯基二硫代胺基甲酸錳等金屬鹽化合物。 其中,從本發明之效果更優異之觀點考慮,作為聚合抑制劑,選自包括啡噻𠯤化合物、亞硝基化合物或其鹽及受阻酚化合物之群組中的至少一種為較佳,啡噻𠯤、雙[3-(3-第三丁基-4-羥基-5-甲基苯基)丙酸]、[乙烯基雙(氧乙烯)]2,4-雙〔(硬脂基硫基)甲基〕-鄰甲酚、1,3,5-三(3,5-二-第三丁基-4-羥基芐基)、對甲氧基苯酚及N-亞硝基苯羥胺鋁鹽為更佳。 As polymerization inhibitors, for example, phenanthrene compounds such as phenanthrene, bis-(1-dimethylbenzyl) phenanthrene, and 3,7-dioctyl phenanthrene; bis[3-( 3-tert-butyl-4-hydroxy-5-methylphenyl)propionic acid][ethylenebis(oxyethylene)]2,4-bis[(stearylthio)methyl]-o-cresol, 1,3,5-tris(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl), 1,3,5-tris(4-tert-butyl-3-hydroxy-2,6-di Methylbenzyl), 2,4-bis-(n-octylthio)-6-(4-hydroxy-3,5-di-tert-butylanilino)-1,3,5-tri-butanilo and new Pentaerythritol tetrakis 3-(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) acrylate and other hindered phenolic compounds; 4-nitrosophenol, N-nitrosodiphenylamine, N-nitroso Nitroso compounds such as cyclohexyl hydroxylamine and N-nitrosophenylhydroxylamine or their salts; methyl hydroquinone, tertiary butyl hydroquinone, 2,5-di-tertiary butyl hydroquinone and 4-benzoquinone Quinone compounds such as 4-methoxyphenol, 4-methoxy-1-naphthol and tertiary butylcatechol and other phenolic compounds; copper dibutyl dithiocarbamate, diethyl dithiocarbamate Metal salt compounds such as copper carbamate, manganese diethyldithiocarbamate, and manganese diphenyldithiocarbamate. Among them, from the viewpoint that the effects of the present invention are more excellent, as a polymerization inhibitor, at least one selected from the group consisting of phenthiazine compounds, nitroso compounds or their salts, and hindered phenolic compounds is preferred. 𠯤, bis[3-(3-tert-butyl-4-hydroxy-5-methylphenyl)propionic acid], [vinylbis(oxyethylene)]2,4-bis[(stearylthio )methyl]-o-cresol, 1,3,5-tris(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl), p-methoxyphenol and N-nitrosophenylhydroxylamine aluminum salt for better.

聚合抑制劑可以單獨使用一種,亦可以併用2種以上。 感光性層包含聚合抑制劑之情況下,聚合抑制劑的含量相對於感光性層的總質量為0.001~5.0質量%為較佳,0.01~3.0質量%為更佳,0.02~2.0質量%為進一步較佳。聚合抑制劑的含量相對於聚合性化合物的總質量為0.005~5.0質量%為較佳,0.01~3.0質量%為更佳,0.01~1.0質量%為進一步較佳。 A polymerization inhibitor may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together. When the photosensitive layer contains a polymerization inhibitor, the content of the polymerization inhibitor is preferably 0.001 to 5.0% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 3.0% by mass, and still more preferably 0.02 to 2.0% by mass, based on the total mass of the photosensitive layer. better. The content of the polymerization inhibitor is preferably from 0.005 to 5.0% by mass, more preferably from 0.01 to 3.0% by mass, and still more preferably from 0.01 to 1.0% by mass, based on the total mass of the polymerizable compound.

···氫供應性化合物 感光性層可以包含供氫性化合物。 供氫性化合物具有進一步提高光聚合起始劑對於光化射線的靈敏度及抑制由氧引起之聚合性化合物的聚合阻礙等作用。 ···Hydrogen Donating Compounds The photosensitive layer may contain a hydrogen donating compound. The hydrogen-donating compound has the functions of further increasing the sensitivity of the photopolymerization initiator to actinic rays and suppressing the polymerization inhibition of the polymerizable compound caused by oxygen.

作為供氫性化合物,例如,可以舉出胺類及胺基酸化合物。Examples of hydrogen-donating compounds include amines and amino acid compounds.

作為胺類,例如,可以舉出M.R.Sander等人著“Journal of Polymer Society(”第10卷3173頁(1972)、日本特公昭44-020189號公報、日本特開昭51-082102號公報、日本特開昭52-134692號公報、日本特開昭59-138205號公報、日本特開昭60-084305號公報、日本特開昭62-018537號公報、日本特開昭64-033104號公報及Research Disclosure 33825號等中所記載之化合物。更具體而言,可以舉出4,4’-雙(二乙基胺基)二苯甲酮、三(4-二甲基胺基苯基)甲烷(別名:無色結晶紫)、三乙醇胺、對二甲基胺基苯甲酸乙酯、對甲醯基二甲基苯胺及對甲硫基二甲基苯胺。 其中,從本發明之效果更優異之觀點考慮,作為胺類,選自包括4,4’-雙(二乙基胺基)二苯甲酮及三(4-二甲胺基苯基)甲烷之群組中的至少一種為較佳。 As the amines, for example, "Journal of Polymer Society (" Vol. 10, p. 3173 (1972) by M.R. Sander et al., Japanese Patent Publication No. 44-020189, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 51-082102, Japanese JP-A-52-134692, JP-A-59-138205, JP-A-60-084305, JP-A-62-018537, JP-A-64-033104 and Research Compounds described in Disclosure No. 33825, etc. More specifically, 4,4'-bis(diethylamino)benzophenone, tris(4-dimethylaminophenyl)methane ( Alias: colorless crystal violet), triethanolamine, ethyl p-dimethylaminobenzoate, p-formyl dimethyl aniline and p-methylthio dimethyl aniline. Among them, from the viewpoint that the effects of the present invention are more excellent, the amines are selected from the group consisting of 4,4'-bis(diethylamino)benzophenone and tris(4-dimethylaminophenyl)methane At least one of the group is preferred.

作為胺基酸化合物,例如,可以舉出N-苯基甘胺酸、N-甲基-N-苯基甘胺酸、N-乙基-N-苯基甘胺酸。 其中,從本發明之效果更優異之觀點考慮,作為胺基酸化合物,N-苯基甘胺酸為較佳。 Examples of the amino acid compound include N-phenylglycine, N-methyl-N-phenylglycine, and N-ethyl-N-phenylglycine. Among them, N-phenylglycine is preferred as the amino acid compound from the viewpoint of more excellent effects of the present invention.

又,作為供氫性化合物,例如亦可以舉出日本特公昭48-042965號公報中所記載之有機金屬化合物(乙酸三丁基錫等)、日本特公昭55-034414號公報中所記載之供氫體及日本特開平6-308727號公報中所記載之硫化合物(三噻烷(trithiane)等)。In addition, as the hydrogen-donating compound, for example, organometallic compounds (tributyltin acetate, etc.) described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 48-042965, hydrogen donors described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 55-034414, etc. and sulfur compounds (trithiane, etc.) described in JP-A-6-308727.

供氫性化合物可以單獨使用一種,亦可以併用2種以上。 感光性層包含供氫性化合物之情況下,從藉由聚合成長速度與鏈轉移的平衡來提高硬化速度之觀點考慮,供氫性化合物的含量相對於感光性層的總質量為0.01~10.0質量%為較佳,0.01~8.0質量%為更佳,0.03~5.0質量%為進一步較佳。 The hydrogen-donating compound may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When the photosensitive layer contains a hydrogen-donating compound, the content of the hydrogen-donating compound is 0.01 to 10.0 mass by mass relative to the total mass of the photosensitive layer from the viewpoint of increasing the curing rate by balancing the polymerization growth rate and chain transfer % is more preferable, 0.01-8.0 mass % is more preferable, and 0.03-5.0 mass % is still more preferable.

···雜質等 感光性層可以包含既定量的雜質。 作為雜質的具體例,可以舉出鈉、鉀、鎂、鈣、鐵、錳、銅、鋁、鈦、鉻、鈷、鎳、鋅、錫、鹵素及該等的離子。其中,鹵化物離子、鈉離子及鉀離子容易作為雜質混入,因此設為下述含量為較佳。 ···Impurities etc. The photosensitive layer may contain a predetermined amount of impurities. Specific examples of impurities include sodium, potassium, magnesium, calcium, iron, manganese, copper, aluminum, titanium, chromium, cobalt, nickel, zinc, tin, halogens, and ions thereof. Among them, since halide ions, sodium ions, and potassium ions are likely to be mixed as impurities, it is preferable to set them to the following content.

感光性層中的雜質的含量以質量基準計係80ppm以下為較佳,10ppm以下為更佳,2ppm以下為進一步較佳。感光性層中的雜質的含量以質量基準計,能夠設為1ppb以上或0.1ppm以上。The content of impurities in the photosensitive layer is preferably at most 80 ppm on a mass basis, more preferably at most 10 ppm, and still more preferably at most 2 ppm. Content of the impurity in a photosensitive layer can be 1 ppb or more or 0.1 ppm or more on a mass basis.

作為將雜質設在上述範圍內之方法,可以舉出:作為感光性層的原料而選擇雜質的含量少者;形成感光性層時防止雜質的混入;及清洗雜質而將其去除。藉由這種方法,能夠將雜質量設在上述範圍內。As a method of keeping the impurities within the above-mentioned range, selection of a raw material for the photosensitive layer with a low content of impurities, prevention of contamination of impurities during formation of the photosensitive layer, and removal of impurities by washing are mentioned. By this method, the amount of impurities can be set within the above-mentioned range.

關於雜質,例如,能夠藉由ICP(Inductively Coupled Plasma:感應耦合電漿)發射光譜分析法、原子吸收光譜法及離子層析法等公知的方法進行定量。Impurities can be quantified, for example, by known methods such as ICP (Inductively Coupled Plasma) emission spectrometry, atomic absorption spectrometry, and ion chromatography.

感光性層中的苯、甲醛、三氯乙烯、1,3-丁二烯、四氯化碳、氯仿、N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺及己烷等化合物的含量少為較佳。作為該等化合物在感光性層中的含量,以質量基準計係100ppm以下為較佳,20ppm以下為更佳,4ppm以下為進一步較佳。以質量基準計,下限能夠設為10ppb以上,並且能夠設為100ppb以上。關於該等化合物,能夠藉由與上述金屬的雜質相同的方法抑制含量。又,能夠藉由公知的測量法進行定量。Benzene, formaldehyde, trichlorethylene, 1,3-butadiene, carbon tetrachloride, chloroform, N,N-dimethylformamide, N,N-dimethylacetamide and It is preferable that the content of compounds such as hexane is small. The content of these compounds in the photosensitive layer is preferably at most 100 ppm on a mass basis, more preferably at most 20 ppm, and still more preferably at most 4 ppm. On a mass basis, the lower limit can be set at 10 ppb or more, and can be set at 100 ppb or more. Regarding these compounds, the content can be suppressed by the same method as the impurities of the above-mentioned metals. In addition, it can be quantified by a known measurement method.

從提高可靠性及層合性之觀點考慮,感光性層中的水的含量係0.01~1.0質量%為較佳,0.05~0.5質量%為更佳。The content of water in the photosensitive layer is preferably from 0.01 to 1.0% by mass, more preferably from 0.05 to 0.5% by mass, from the viewpoint of improving reliability and lamination.

···殘留單體 感光性層有時包含上述鹼可溶性樹脂的各構成單元的殘留單體。 從圖案化性及可靠性的觀點考慮,殘留單體的含量相對於鹼可溶性樹脂總質量為5,000質量ppm以下為較佳,2,000質量ppm以下為更佳,500質量ppm以下為進一步較佳。下限並無特別限制,1質量ppm以上為較佳,10質量ppm以上為更佳。 從圖案化性及可靠性的觀點考慮,鹼可溶性樹脂的各構成單元的殘留單體相對於感光性層的總質量為3,000質量ppm以下為較佳,600質量ppm以下為更佳,100質量ppm以下為進一步較佳。下限並無特別限制,0.1質量ppm以上為較佳,1質量ppm以上為更佳。 ···Residual monomer A photosensitive layer may contain the residual monomer of each structural unit of the said alkali-soluble resin. From the viewpoint of patternability and reliability, the residual monomer content is preferably 5,000 mass ppm or less, more preferably 2,000 mass ppm or less, and still more preferably 500 mass ppm or less, based on the total mass of the alkali-soluble resin. The lower limit is not particularly limited, but it is preferably at least 1 mass ppm, more preferably at least 10 mass ppm. From the viewpoint of patternability and reliability, the residual monomer of each constituent unit of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 3,000 mass ppm or less, more preferably 600 mass ppm or less, and 100 mass ppm with respect to the total mass of the photosensitive layer The following are further preferred. The lower limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably at least 0.1 mass ppm, more preferably at least 1 mass ppm.

在藉由高分子反應來合成鹼可溶性樹脂時之單體的殘留單體量亦設為上述範圍為較佳。例如,在羧酸側鏈使丙烯酸縮水甘油酯反應而合成鹼可溶性樹脂之情況下,將丙烯酸縮水甘油酯的含量設為上述範圍為較佳。 殘留單體的量能夠藉由液體層析法及氣相層析法等公知的方法來測量。 It is also preferable that the residual monomer amount of the monomer when synthesizing the alkali-soluble resin by a polymer reaction be within the above-mentioned range. For example, when a carboxylic acid side chain reacts glycidyl acrylate to synthesize alkali-soluble resin, it is preferable to make content of glycidyl acrylate into the said range. The amount of residual monomers can be measured by known methods such as liquid chromatography and gas chromatography.

···其他成分 感光性層可以包含已敘述之成分以外的成分(以下,亦稱為“其他成分”。)。作為其他成分,例如,可以舉出著色劑、抗氧化劑及粒子(例如,金屬氧化物粒子)。又,作為其他成分,亦可以舉出日本特開2000-310706號公報的[0058]~[0071]段中所記載之其他添加劑。 ···Other ingredients The photosensitive layer may contain components (hereinafter also referred to as "other components") other than the above-described components. Examples of other components include colorants, antioxidants, and particles (eg, metal oxide particles). In addition, as other components, other additives described in paragraphs [0058] to [0071] of JP-A-2000-310706 can also be mentioned.

-粒子- 作為粒子,金屬氧化物粒子為較佳。 金屬氧化物粒子中的金屬中還包含B、Si、Ge、As、Sb及Te等半金屬。 例如,從硬化膜的透明性的觀點考慮,粒子的平均一次粒徑係1~200nm為較佳,3~80nm為更佳。 粒子的平均一次粒徑藉由使用電子顯微鏡測量任意200個粒子的粒徑,並將測量結果進行算術平均而計算出。另外,粒子的形狀不是球形之情況下,將最長的邊作為粒徑。 -particle- As particles, metal oxide particles are preferable. Metals in the metal oxide particles also include semimetals such as B, Si, Ge, As, Sb, and Te. For example, from the viewpoint of the transparency of the cured film, the average primary particle diameter of the particles is preferably from 1 to 200 nm, more preferably from 3 to 80 nm. The average primary particle diameter of the particles is calculated by measuring the particle diameters of 200 random particles using an electron microscope, and calculating the arithmetic mean of the measurement results. In addition, when the shape of a particle is not spherical, let the longest side be a particle diameter.

當感光性層包含粒子時,可以僅包含一種金屬種類及大小等不同之粒子,亦可以包含2種以上。 感光性層不包含粒子,或者感光性層包含粒子之情況下,粒子的含量相對於感光性層的總質量,超過0質量%且35質量%以下為較佳,不包含粒子或者粒子的含量相對於感光性組成物總質量,超過0質量%且10質量%以下為更佳,不包含粒子,或者粒子的含量相對於感光性層的總質量,超過0質量%且5質量%以下為進一步較佳,不包含粒子,或者粒子的含量相對於感光性層的總質量,超過0質量%且1質量%以下為進一步較佳,不包含粒子為特佳。 When the photosensitive layer contains particles, it may contain only one type of particles different in metal type and size, or may contain two or more types. When the photosensitive layer does not contain particles, or when the photosensitive layer contains particles, the content of the particles is preferably more than 0% by mass and not more than 35% by mass based on the total mass of the photosensitive layer. No particles or the content of the particles is relatively In the total mass of the photosensitive composition, it is more preferably more than 0% by mass and not more than 10% by mass, excluding particles, or the content of particles is more than 0% by mass and not more than 5% by mass relative to the total mass of the photosensitive layer. Preferably, no particles are included, or the content of particles is more than 0% by mass and 1% by mass or less with respect to the total mass of the photosensitive layer. More preferably, no particles are included.

-著色劑- 感光性層可以包含微量的著色劑(顏料、染料等),例如,從透明性的觀點考慮,實質上不包含著色劑為較佳。 當感光性層包含著色劑時,著色劑的含量相對於感光性層的總質量,小於1質量%為較佳,小於0.1質量%為更佳。 -Colorant- The photosensitive layer may contain a trace amount of coloring agent (pigment, dye, etc.), For example, it is preferable not to contain a coloring agent substantially from a transparent viewpoint. When the photosensitive layer contains a colorant, the content of the colorant is preferably less than 1% by mass, more preferably less than 0.1% by mass, relative to the total mass of the photosensitive layer.

-抗氧化劑- 作為抗氧化劑,例如,可以舉出1-苯基-3-吡唑啉酮(pyrazolidone)(別名:菲尼酮(phenidone))、1-苯基-4,4-二甲基-3-吡唑啉酮及1-苯基-4-甲基-4-羥甲基-3-吡唑啉酮等3-吡唑啉酮類;氫醌、兒茶酚、五倍子酚、甲基氫醌及氯氫醌等多羥基苯類;對甲基胺基苯酚、對胺基苯酚、對羥基苯基甘胺酸及對苯二胺。 其中,從本發明之效果更優異之觀點考慮,作為抗氧化劑,3-吡唑啉酮類為較佳,1-苯基-3-吡唑啉酮為更佳。 -Antioxidants- Examples of antioxidants include 1-phenyl-3-pyrazolidone (alias: phenidone), 1-phenyl-4,4-dimethyl-3-pyrazolone 3-pyrazolones such as oxazolinone and 1-phenyl-4-methyl-4-hydroxymethyl-3-pyrazolone; hydroquinone, catechol, gallol, methylhydroquinone and Chlorohydroquinone and other polyhydroxybenzenes; p-methylaminophenol, p-aminophenol, p-hydroxyphenylglycine and p-phenylenediamine. Among them, 3-pyrazolones are preferred as antioxidants, and 1-phenyl-3-pyrazolones are more preferred from the viewpoint that the effects of the present invention are more excellent.

當感光性層包含抗氧化劑時,抗氧化劑的含量相對於感光性層的總質量為0.001質量%以上為較佳,0.005質量%以上為更佳,0.01質量%以上為進一步較佳。上限並無特別限制,但1質量%以下為較佳。When the photosensitive layer contains an antioxidant, the content of the antioxidant is preferably at least 0.001% by mass, more preferably at least 0.005% by mass, and still more preferably at least 0.01% by mass, based on the total mass of the photosensitive layer. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1% by mass or less.

··感光性層的厚度 另外,感光性層的厚度並無特別限制,多數情況為30μm以下,從本發明之效果更優異之觀點考慮,20μm以下為較佳,15μm以下為更佳,10μm以下為進一步較佳,5.0μm以下為特佳。作為下限,從硬化感光性層而獲得之膜的強度優異之觀點考慮,0.60μm以上為較佳,1.5μm以上為更佳,2.0μm以上為進一步較佳。 感光性層的厚度係藉由基於SEM(掃描式電子顯微鏡:Scanning Electron Microscope)的剖面觀察而測量之任意5點的平均值來計算。 ··Thickness of photosensitive layer In addition, the thickness of the photosensitive layer is not particularly limited, but in most cases, it is 30 μm or less. From the viewpoint of more excellent effects of the present invention, it is preferably 20 μm or less, more preferably 15 μm or less, more preferably 10 μm or less, and 5.0 μm The following are excellent. The lower limit is preferably at least 0.60 μm, more preferably at least 1.5 μm, and still more preferably at least 2.0 μm, from the viewpoint of excellent strength of a film obtained by curing the photosensitive layer. The thickness of the photosensitive layer is calculated by the average value of arbitrary 5 points measured by the cross-sectional observation of SEM (Scanning Electron Microscope: Scanning Electron Microscope).

··感光性層的折射率 感光性層的折射率係1.47~1.56為較佳,1.49~1.54為更佳。 ··Refractive index of photosensitive layer The refractive index of the photosensitive layer is preferably from 1.47 to 1.56, more preferably from 1.49 to 1.54.

··感光性層的色 感光性層為無色為較佳。具體而言,在全反射(入射角8°、光源:D-65(2°視場))的CIE1976(L *,a *,b *)色空間中,L *值為10~90為較佳,a *值為-1.0~1.0為較佳,b *值為-1.0~1.0為較佳。 Color of the photosensitive layer It is preferable that the photosensitive layer is colorless. Specifically, in the CIE1976 (L * , a * , b * ) color space of total reflection (incident angle 8°, light source: D-65 (2° field of view)), an L * value of 10 to 90 is relatively low. Good, more preferably a * value of -1.0 to 1.0, more preferably b * value of -1.0 to 1.0.

另外,將感光性層硬化而獲得之圖案(感光性層的硬化膜)係無色為較佳。 具體而言,全反射(入射角8°、光源:D-65(2°視場))在CIE1976(L *、a *、b *)色空間中,圖案的L *值為10~90為較佳,圖案的a *值為-1.0~1.0為較佳,圖案的b *值為-1.0~1.0為較佳。 Moreover, it is preferable that the pattern obtained by hardening a photosensitive layer (cured film of a photosensitive layer) is colorless. Specifically, total reflection (incident angle 8°, light source: D-65 (2° field of view)) in the CIE1976 (L * , a * , b * ) color space, the L * value of the pattern is 10 to 90 Preferably, the a * value of the pattern is preferably -1.0 to 1.0, and the b * value of the pattern is preferably -1.0 to 1.0.

··感光性層的透濕性 從防鏽性的觀點考慮,將感光性層硬化而獲得之圖案(感光性層的硬化膜)的膜厚40μm下的透濕性係500g/m 2/24hr以下為較佳,300g/m 2/24hr以下為更佳,100g/m 2/24hr以下為進一步較佳。 另外,透濕性利用如下硬化膜來測量,該硬化膜藉由將感光性層利用i射線以曝光量300mJ/cm 2曝光之後進行145℃、30分鐘的後烘烤而使感光性層硬化來獲得。 ··The moisture permeability of the photosensitive layer is considered from the viewpoint of rust prevention, and the moisture permeability of the pattern obtained by curing the photosensitive layer (cured film of the photosensitive layer) at a film thickness of 40 μm is 500g/m 2 /24hr Below is preferable, below 300g/m 2 /24hr is more preferred, and below 100g/m 2 /24hr is still more preferred. In addition, the moisture permeability is measured using a cured film that hardens the photosensitive layer by exposing the photosensitive layer to i-rays at an exposure dose of 300 mJ/cm 2 and then performing post-baking at 145° C. for 30 minutes. get.

··折射率調整層 第2實施形態的轉印薄膜X2具有折射率調整層為較佳。 作為折射率調整層,能夠適用公知的折射率調整層。作為折射率調整層中所包含之材料,例如,可以舉出黏合劑聚合物、聚合性化合物、金屬鹽及粒子。 控制折射率調整層的折射率之方法並無特別限制,例如,可以舉出單獨使用既定折射率的樹脂之方法、使用樹脂和粒子之方法及使用金屬鹽與樹脂的複合體之方法。 ··Refractive index adjustment layer It is preferable that the transfer film X2 of the second embodiment has a refractive index adjustment layer. As the refractive index adjustment layer, known refractive index adjustment layers can be applied. Examples of materials contained in the refractive index adjusting layer include binder polymers, polymerizable compounds, metal salts, and particles. The method of controlling the refractive index of the refractive index adjusting layer is not particularly limited, for example, a method of using a resin with a predetermined refractive index alone, a method of using a resin and particles, and a method of using a composite of a metal salt and a resin.

作為黏合劑聚合物及聚合性化合物,例如,可以舉出在上述“感光性層”的項中說明之黏合劑聚合物及聚合性化合物。As a binder polymer and a polymeric compound, the binder polymer and polymeric compound demonstrated in the said "photosensitive layer" section are mentioned, for example.

作為粒子,例如,可以舉出金屬氧化物粒子及金屬粒子。 金屬氧化物粒子的種類並無特別限制,可以舉出公知的金屬氧化物粒子。金屬氧化物粒子中的金屬中還包含B、Si、Ge、As、Sb及Te等半金屬。 Examples of the particles include metal oxide particles and metal particles. The type of metal oxide particles is not particularly limited, and known metal oxide particles can be used. Metals in the metal oxide particles also include semimetals such as B, Si, Ge, As, Sb, and Te.

例如,從硬化膜的透明性的觀點考慮,粒子的平均一次粒徑係1~200nm為較佳,3~80nm為更佳。 粒子的平均一次粒徑藉由使用電子顯微鏡測量任意200個粒子的粒徑,並將測量結果進行算術平均而計算出。另外,粒子的形狀不是球形之情況下,將最長的邊作為粒徑。 For example, from the viewpoint of the transparency of the cured film, the average primary particle diameter of the particles is preferably from 1 to 200 nm, more preferably from 3 to 80 nm. The average primary particle diameter of the particles is calculated by measuring the particle diameters of 200 random particles using an electron microscope, and calculating the arithmetic mean of the measurement results. In addition, when the shape of a particle is not spherical, let the longest side be a particle diameter.

作為金屬氧化物粒子,具體而言,選自包括氧化鋯粒子(ZrO 2粒子)、Nb 2O 5粒子、氧化鈦粒子(TiO 2粒子)、二氧化矽粒子(SiO 2粒子)及該等的複合粒子之群組中的至少一種為較佳。 在該等之中,作為金屬氧化物粒子,例如從容易調整折射率之觀點考慮,選自包括氧化鋯粒子及氧化鈦粒子之群組中的至少一種為更佳。 Specifically, the metal oxide particles are selected from zirconia particles (ZrO 2 particles), Nb 2 O 5 particles, titanium oxide particles (TiO 2 particles), silicon dioxide particles (SiO 2 particles), and the like. At least one of the group of composite particles is preferred. Among them, as the metal oxide particles, at least one selected from the group consisting of zirconia particles and titanium oxide particles is more preferable, for example, from the viewpoint of easy adjustment of the refractive index.

作為金屬氧化物粒子的市售品,可以舉出鍛燒氧化鋯粒子(CIK NanoTek Corporation製造、產品名稱:ZRPGM15WT%-F04)、鍛燒氧化鋯粒子(CIK NanoTek Corporation製造、產品名稱:ZRPGM15WT%-F74)、鍛燒氧化鋯粒子(CIK NanoTek Corporation製造、產品名稱:ZRPGM15WT%-F75)、鍛燒氧化鋯粒子(CIK NanoTek Corporation製造、產品名稱:ZRPGM15WT%-F76)、氧化鋯粒子(Nanouse OZ-S30M、NISSAN CHEMICAL INDUSTRIES,LTD.製造)及氧化鋯粒子(Nanouse OZ-S30K、NISSAN CHEMICAL INDUSTRIES,LTD.製造)。Commercially available metal oxide particles include calcined zirconia particles (manufactured by CIK NanoTek Corporation, product name: ZRPGM15WT%-F04), calcined zirconia particles (manufactured by CIK NanoTek Corporation, product name: ZRPGM15WT%-F04), F74), calcined zirconia particles (manufactured by CIK NanoTek Corporation, product name: ZRPGM15WT%-F75), calcined zirconia particles (manufactured by CIK NanoTek Corporation, product name: ZRPGM15WT%-F76), zirconia particles (Nanouse OZ- S30M, manufactured by NISSAN CHEMICAL INDUSTRIES, LTD.) and zirconia particles (Nanouse OZ-S30K, manufactured by NISSAN CHEMICAL INDUSTRIES, LTD.).

粒子可以單獨使用一種,亦可以併用2種以上。 折射率調整層中之粒子的含量相對於折射率調整層的總質量為1~95質量%為較佳,20~90質量%為更佳,40~85質量%為進一步較佳。 當使用氧化鈦作為金屬氧化物粒子時,氧化鈦粒子的含量相對於折射率調整層的總質量為1~95質量%為較佳,20~90質量%為更佳,40~85質量%為進一步較佳。 The particles may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The content of the particles in the refractive index adjusting layer is preferably from 1 to 95% by mass, more preferably from 20 to 90% by mass, and still more preferably from 40 to 85% by mass, based on the total mass of the refractive index adjusting layer. When titanium oxide is used as the metal oxide particles, the content of the titanium oxide particles is preferably 1 to 95% by mass, more preferably 20 to 90% by mass, and 40 to 85% by mass relative to the total mass of the refractive index adjusting layer. Further better.

折射率調整層的折射率高於感光性層的折射率為較佳。 折射率調整層的折射率係1.50以上為較佳,1.55以上為更佳,1.60以上為進一步較佳,1.65以上為特佳。折射率調整層的折射率的上限係2.10以下為較佳,1.85以下為更佳,1.78以下為進一步較佳。 The refractive index of the refractive index adjustment layer is preferably higher than that of the photosensitive layer. The refractive index of the refractive index adjusting layer is preferably at least 1.50, more preferably at least 1.55, still more preferably at least 1.60, and particularly preferably at least 1.65. The upper limit of the refractive index of the refractive index adjusting layer is preferably 2.10 or less, more preferably 1.85 or less, and still more preferably 1.78 or less.

折射率調整層的厚度為50~500nm為較佳,55~110nm為更佳,60~100nm為進一步較佳。 折射率調整層的厚度為計算藉由基於掃描式電子顯微鏡(SEM)的剖面觀察來測量之任意5處的平均值。 The thickness of the refractive index adjusting layer is preferably from 50 to 500 nm, more preferably from 55 to 110 nm, and still more preferably from 60 to 100 nm. The thickness of the refractive index adjustment layer is calculated as the average value of five arbitrary points measured by cross-sectional observation with a scanning electron microscope (SEM).

·第2實施形態的轉印薄膜之製造方法 第2實施形態的轉印薄膜之製造方法並無特別限制,能夠使用公知的方法。 作為上述轉印薄膜20之製造方法,例如,可以舉出包括如下步驟之方法:在偽支撐體11的表面塗佈中間層形成用組成物而形成塗膜,並進一步乾燥該塗膜而形成中間層13之步驟;在中間層13的表面塗佈感光性組成物而形成塗膜,並進一步乾燥該塗膜而形成感光性層15之步驟;及在感光性層15的表面塗佈折射率調整層形成用組成物而形成塗膜,並進一步乾燥該塗膜而形成折射率調整層17之步驟。 ・The method of manufacturing the transfer film of the second embodiment The manufacturing method of the transfer film of 2nd Embodiment is not specifically limited, A well-known method can be used. As a method for producing the above-mentioned transfer film 20, for example, a method including the steps of applying a composition for forming an intermediate layer on the surface of the dummy support 11 to form a coating film, and further drying the coating film to form an intermediate layer The step of layer 13; the step of coating the photosensitive composition on the surface of the intermediate layer 13 to form a coating film, and further drying the coating film to form the photosensitive layer 15; and coating the surface of the photosensitive layer 15 to adjust the refractive index The layer-forming composition is used to form a coating film, and the coating film is further dried to form the refractive index adjustment layer 17 .

藉由將保護膜21壓接在藉由上述製造方法製造之積層體的折射率調整層17上來製造轉印薄膜20。 作為第2實施形態的轉印薄膜之製造方法, 藉由包括設置保護膜21以與折射率調整層17的與具有偽支撐體11之側的相反一側的表面接觸之步驟來製造具備偽支撐體11、中間層13、感光性層15、折射率調整層17及保護膜21之轉印薄膜20為較佳。 藉由上述製造方法製造轉印薄膜20之後,捲取轉印薄膜20,藉此可以製作及保管輥形態的轉印薄膜。輥形態的轉印薄膜能夠以原樣的形態提供給後述之輥對輥方式下的與基板的貼合步驟。 The transfer film 20 is produced by crimping the protective film 21 on the refractive index adjustment layer 17 of the laminate produced by the above-described production method. As the method of manufacturing the transfer film of the second embodiment, By including the step of providing protective film 21 so as to be in contact with the surface of refractive index adjustment layer 17 on the side opposite to the side having dummy support 11, a device with dummy support 11, intermediate layer 13, photosensitive layer 15, refractive index adjustment layer 17 is manufactured. The transfer film 20 of the rate adjustment layer 17 and the protective film 21 is preferable. After the transfer film 20 is produced by the above-mentioned production method, the transfer film 20 is wound up, whereby the transfer film in the form of a roll can be produced and stored. The transfer film in the form of a roll can be provided as it is in a step of bonding to a substrate in the roll-to-roll system described later.

又,作為上述轉印薄膜20之製造方法,可以係在偽支撐體11上形成中間層13和感光性層15,另行地在保護膜21上形成折射率調整層17,並且在感光性層15上貼合折射率調整層17來形成之方法。Also, as the manufacturing method of the above-mentioned transfer film 20, the intermediate layer 13 and the photosensitive layer 15 can be formed on the dummy support 11, the refractive index adjustment layer 17 can be formed on the protective film 21 separately, and the photosensitive layer 15 A method of forming the refractive index adjustment layer 17 by attaching it on top.

··中間層形成用組成物及中間層的形成方法 作為中間層形成用組成物及中間層的形成方法,與第1實施形態的轉印薄膜X1的中間層形成用組成物及中間層的形成方法相同。 ··Composition for forming an intermediate layer and method for forming an intermediate layer The composition for forming an intermediate layer and the method for forming the intermediate layer are the same as those for the composition for forming an intermediate layer and the method for forming the intermediate layer in the transfer film X1 of the first embodiment.

··感光性組成物及感光性層的形成方法 從生產性優異之觀點考慮,轉印薄膜X2中的感光性層期望係藉由塗佈法並使用構成上述感光性層之成分(例如,黏合劑聚合物、聚合性化合物及聚合起始劑等)及溶劑之感光性組成物而形成。作為第2實施形態的轉印薄膜之製造方法具體係在偽支撐體上塗佈感光性組成物而形成塗膜,並且以既定溫度對該塗膜實施乾燥處理而形成感光性層之方法為較佳。 ··Photosensitive composition and method for forming photosensitive layer From the standpoint of excellent productivity, it is desirable that the photosensitive layer in the transfer film X2 be coated with components that constitute the photosensitive layer (for example, a binder polymer, a polymerizable compound, and a polymerization initiator, etc. ) and a photosensitive composition of a solvent. The manufacturing method of the transfer film as the second embodiment is specifically a method of coating a photosensitive composition on a dummy support to form a coating film, and drying the coating film at a predetermined temperature to form a photosensitive layer. good.

作為感光性組成物中能夠包含之溶劑,有機溶劑為較佳。作為有機溶劑,例如,可以舉出甲乙酮、丙二醇單甲醚、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯(別名:1-甲氧基-2-乙酸丙酯)、二乙二醇乙基甲基醚、環己酮、甲基異丁基酮、乳酸乙酯、乳酸甲酯、己內醯胺、正丙醇及2-丙醇。An organic solvent is preferable as a solvent which can be contained in a photosensitive composition. Examples of organic solvents include methyl ethyl ketone, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (alternative name: 1-methoxy-2-propyl acetate), diethylene glycol ethyl methyl ether, cyclic Hexanone, methyl isobutyl ketone, ethyl lactate, methyl lactate, caprolactam, n-propanol and 2-propanol.

又,作為溶劑,還能夠依據需要而使用沸點為180~250℃的有機溶劑(高沸點溶劑)。Moreover, as a solvent, the organic solvent (high boiling point solvent) with a boiling point of 180-250 degreeC can also be used as needed.

溶劑可以單獨使用一種,亦可以併用2種以上。 感光性組成物的總固體成分量相對於感光性組成物的總質量為5~80質量%為較佳,5~40質量%為更佳,5~30質量%為進一步較佳。 亦即,作為感光性組成物中的溶劑的含量,相對於感光性組成物的總質量為20~95質量%為較佳,60~95質量%為更佳,70~95質量%為進一步較佳。 A solvent may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together. The total solid content of the photosensitive composition is preferably from 5 to 80% by mass, more preferably from 5 to 40% by mass, and still more preferably from 5 to 30% by mass, relative to the total mass of the photosensitive composition. That is, the content of the solvent in the photosensitive composition is preferably 20 to 95% by mass, more preferably 60 to 95% by mass, and still more preferably 70 to 95% by mass relative to the total mass of the photosensitive composition. good.

關於感光性組成物在25℃下的黏度,例如,從塗佈性的觀點考慮,1~50mPa·s為較佳,2~40mPa·s為更佳,3~30mPa·s為進一步較佳。黏度使用黏度計來測量。作為黏度計,例如,能夠較佳地使用TOKI SANGYO CO.,LTD.製造之黏度計(產品名稱:VISCOMETER TV-22)。但是,黏度計並不限制於上述黏度計。The viscosity of the photosensitive composition at 25°C is, for example, preferably from 1 to 50 mPa·s, more preferably from 2 to 40 mPa·s, and still more preferably from 3 to 30 mPa·s, from the viewpoint of coatability. Viscosity is measured using a viscometer. As the viscometer, for example, a viscometer manufactured by TOKI SANGYO CO., LTD. (product name: VISCOMETER TV-22) can be preferably used. However, the viscometer is not limited to the above-mentioned viscometer.

關於感光性組成物在25℃下的表面張力,例如,從塗佈性的觀點考慮,5~100mN/m為較佳,10~80mN/m為更佳,15~40mN/m為進一步較佳。表面張力使用表面張力計來測量。作為表面張力計,例如,能夠較佳地使用Kyowa Interface Science Co., Ltd製造之表面張力計(產品名稱:Automatic Surface Tensiometer CBVP-Z)。但是,表面張力計並不限制於上述表面張力計。The surface tension of the photosensitive composition at 25°C is, for example, preferably from 5 to 100 mN/m, more preferably from 10 to 80 mN/m, and still more preferably from 15 to 40 mN/m, from the viewpoint of coatability . Surface tension is measured using a tensiometer. As the surface tensiometer, for example, a surface tensiometer manufactured by Kyowa Interface Science Co., Ltd. (product name: Automatic Surface Tensiometer CBVP-Z) can be preferably used. However, the surface tensiometer is not limited to the above-mentioned surface tensiometer.

作為感光性組成物的塗佈方法,例如,可以舉出印刷法、噴塗法、輥塗法、棒塗法、簾塗法、旋塗法及模塗法(亦即,狹縫塗佈法)。As the coating method of the photosensitive composition, for example, a printing method, a spray coating method, a roll coating method, a bar coating method, a curtain coating method, a spin coating method, and a die coating method (that is, a slit coating method) can be mentioned. .

作為感光性組成物的塗膜的乾燥方法,加熱乾燥及減壓乾燥為較佳。 作為乾燥溫度,80℃以上為較佳,90℃以上為更佳。又,作為其上限值,130℃以下為較佳,120℃以下為更佳。還能夠藉由連續地改變溫度來進行乾燥。 又,作為乾燥時間,20秒鐘以上為較佳,40秒鐘以上為更佳,60秒鐘以上為進一步較佳。又,作為其上限值並無特別限制,600秒鐘以下為較佳,300秒鐘以下為更佳。 As a method of drying the coating film of the photosensitive composition, heat drying and reduced-pressure drying are preferable. The drying temperature is preferably 80°C or higher, more preferably 90°C or higher. Moreover, as its upper limit, it is preferable that it is 130 degreeC or less, and it is more preferable that it is 120 degreeC or less. Drying can also be performed by continuously changing the temperature. Moreover, as a drying time, 20 seconds or more are preferable, 40 seconds or more are more preferable, and 60 seconds or more are still more preferable. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 600 seconds or less, and more preferably 300 seconds or less.

·折射率調整層形成用組成物及折射率調整層的形成方法 作為折射率調整層形成用組成物,包含形成上述折射率調整層之各種成分和溶劑為較佳。另外,在折射率調整層形成用組成物中,各成分相對於組成物的總固體成分之含量的較佳範圍與各成分相對於上述折射率調整層的總質量的含量的較佳範圍相同。 作為溶劑,只要能夠溶解或分散折射率調整層中所包含之成分,則並無特別限制,選自包括水及水混合性有機溶劑之群組中的至少一種為較佳,水或水與水混合性有機溶劑的混合溶劑為更佳。 作為水混合性有機溶劑,例如,可以舉出碳數1~3的醇、丙酮、乙二醇及丙三醇,碳數1~3的醇為較佳,甲醇或乙醇為更佳。 溶劑可以單獨使用1種,亦可以使用2種以上。 相對於組成物的總固體成分100質量份,溶劑的含量係50~2,500質量份為較佳,50~1,900質量份為更佳,100~900質量份為進一步較佳。 ・Composition for forming a refractive index adjusting layer and method for forming a refractive index adjusting layer The composition for forming the refractive index adjusting layer preferably contains various components and a solvent for forming the above-mentioned refractive index adjusting layer. In addition, in the composition for forming a refractive index adjusting layer, the preferred ranges of the content of each component relative to the total solid content of the composition are the same as the preferred ranges of the content of each component relative to the total mass of the above-mentioned refractive index adjusting layer. The solvent is not particularly limited as long as it can dissolve or disperse the components contained in the refractive index adjusting layer. At least one selected from the group including water and water-miscible organic solvents is preferred, and water or water and water A mixed solvent of mixed organic solvents is more preferable. Examples of the water-miscible organic solvent include alcohols having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, acetone, ethylene glycol, and glycerin, among which alcohols having 1 to 3 carbon atoms are preferred, and methanol or ethanol is more preferred. A solvent may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types. The content of the solvent is preferably from 50 to 2,500 parts by mass, more preferably from 50 to 1,900 parts by mass, and still more preferably from 100 to 900 parts by mass, based on 100 parts by mass of the total solid content of the composition.

折射率調整層的形成方法只要為能夠形成包含上述成分之層之方法,則並無特別限制,例如,可以舉出公知的塗佈方法(狹縫塗佈、旋塗、簾式塗佈及噴墨塗佈等)。The method for forming the refractive index adjusting layer is not particularly limited as long as it is a method capable of forming a layer containing the above-mentioned components, for example, known coating methods (slit coating, spin coating, curtain coating and spray coating) can be mentioned. ink coating, etc.).

作為塗膜的乾燥方法,加熱乾燥及減壓乾燥為較佳。作為乾燥溫度,80℃以上為較佳,90℃以上為更佳。又,作為其上限值,130℃以下為較佳,120℃以下為更佳。還能夠藉由連續地改變溫度來進行乾燥。 又,作為乾燥時間,20秒鐘以上為較佳,40秒鐘以上為更佳,60秒鐘以上為進一步較佳。又,作為其上限值並無特別限制,600秒鐘以下為較佳,300秒鐘以下為更佳。 As a drying method of the coating film, heat drying and reduced-pressure drying are preferable. The drying temperature is preferably 80°C or higher, more preferably 90°C or higher. Moreover, as its upper limit, it is preferable that it is 130 degreeC or less, and it is more preferable that it is 120 degreeC or less. Drying can also be performed by continuously changing the temperature. Moreover, as a drying time, 20 seconds or more are preferable, 40 seconds or more are more preferable, and 60 seconds or more are still more preferable. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 600 seconds or less, and more preferably 300 seconds or less.

又,藉由將保護膜貼合於折射率調整層,能夠製造第2實施形態的轉印薄膜。 將保護膜貼合到折射率調整層之方法並無特別限制,可以舉出公知的方法。 作為將保護膜貼合到折射率調整層之裝置,可以舉出真空層壓機及自動切割層壓機等公知的層壓機。 層壓機係具備橡膠輥等任意的能夠加熱之輥且能夠加壓及加熱者為較佳。 Moreover, the transfer film of 2nd Embodiment can be manufactured by bonding a protective film to a refractive index adjustment layer. The method of bonding the protective film to the refractive index adjustment layer is not particularly limited, and known methods can be used. As an apparatus for bonding the protective film to the refractive index adjustment layer, known laminators such as a vacuum laminator and an automatic cutting laminator can be mentioned. It is preferable that the laminator is equipped with any heatable roll such as a rubber roll, and can be pressurized and heated.

··偽支撐體、感光性層及保護膜的各物性的較佳關係性 關於第2實施形態的轉印薄膜X2,亦與上述第1實施形態的轉印薄膜X1相同地,偽支撐體、感光性層及保護膜的各物性滿足較佳態樣1、較佳態樣2、較佳態樣3、較佳態樣4及較佳態樣5中的1個以上為較佳,均滿足為更佳。關於較佳態樣1、較佳態樣2、較佳態樣3、較佳態樣4及較佳態樣5的各態樣,如上所述。 ··Pseudo-support body, photosensitive layer and protective film of the best relationship between the physical properties Regarding the transfer film X2 of the second embodiment, like the transfer film X1 of the first embodiment described above, the physical properties of the dummy support, the photosensitive layer, and the protective film satisfy the preferred aspect 1 and the preferred aspect. 2. One or more of the preferred aspects 3, 4, and 5 are preferred, and it is better to satisfy all of them. Each of the preferred aspect 1, the preferred aspect 2, the preferred aspect 3, the preferred aspect 4, and the preferred aspect 5 is as described above.

[電路配線之製造方法(電路配線之製造方法1)] 本發明亦有關一種電路配線之製造方法。 藉由上述本發明的積層體之製造方法而形成之圖案在使用了半加成法(SAP)之電路配線的製造過程中,能夠用作電鍍處理時之晶種層的保護圖案。 [Method of Manufacturing Circuit Wiring (Method of Manufacturing Circuit Wiring 1)] The present invention also relates to a manufacturing method of circuit wiring. The pattern formed by the above-mentioned method for producing a laminate of the present invention can be used as a protective pattern for the seed layer during plating in the process of producing circuit wiring using the semi-additive method (SAP).

本發明的電路配線之製造方法係包含上述本發明的積層體之製造方法,該電路配線之製造方法具有: 在基板上形成晶種層而形成附晶種層之基板之步驟(以下,亦稱為“晶種層形成步驟”。); 以具有偽支撐體、中間層及感光性層之轉印薄膜的與上述偽支撐體側相反一側與上述附晶種層之基板接觸之方式,將上述轉印薄膜與上述附晶種層之基板貼合以獲得依序具有上述基板、上述晶種層、上述感光性層、上述中間層及上述偽支撐體之附感光性層之基板之步驟(轉印薄膜貼合步驟); 在上述偽支撐體與上述中間層之間,剝離上述偽支撐體之步驟(偽支撐體剝離步驟); 使露出之上述中間層與遮罩接觸而實施曝光處理,進一步在曝光後實施顯影處理以形成圖案之步驟(圖案形成步驟); 在存在於未配置上述圖案之區域之上述晶種層上,藉由電鍍處理而形成金屬鍍層之步驟(以下,亦稱為“金屬鍍層形成步驟”。); 在上述金屬鍍層上形成保護層之步驟(以下,亦稱為“保護層形成步驟”。); 去除上述圖案之步驟(以下,亦稱為“圖案去除步驟”。);及 去除露出之上述晶種層以獲得導電性細線之步驟(以下,亦稱為“導電性細線形成步驟”。) 上述中間層的上述偽支撐體側的表面的表面自由能為68.0mJ/m 2以下。 The manufacturing method of the circuit wiring of the present invention includes the manufacturing method of the above-mentioned laminated body of the present invention, and the manufacturing method of the circuit wiring includes: a step of forming a seed layer on a substrate to form a substrate with a seed layer (hereinafter also referred to as is the "seed layer forming step".); In such a way that the side of the transfer film having a pseudo-support, an intermediate layer and a photosensitive layer opposite to the side of the pseudo-support is in contact with the above-mentioned substrate with a seed layer. The step of attaching the above-mentioned transfer film to the above-mentioned substrate with a seed crystal layer to obtain a substrate with a photosensitive layer with the above-mentioned substrate, the above-mentioned seed crystal layer, the above-mentioned photosensitive layer, the above-mentioned intermediate layer and the above-mentioned dummy support transfer film bonding step); between the above-mentioned pseudo-support and the above-mentioned intermediate layer, the step of peeling the above-mentioned pseudo-support (pseudo-support stripping step); making the exposed above-mentioned intermediate layer contact with the mask to perform exposure treatment, A step of further performing a development treatment after exposure to form a pattern (pattern forming step); a step of forming a metal plating layer by electroplating on the above-mentioned seed layer existing in a region where the above-mentioned pattern is not arranged (hereinafter, also referred to as "Metal plating layer forming step."); Step of forming a protective layer on the above metal plating layer (hereinafter, also referred to as "protective layer forming step".); Step of removing the above pattern (hereinafter, also referred to as "pattern removal step".); and the step of removing the exposed seed layer to obtain conductive thin lines (hereinafter also referred to as "conductive thin line forming step".) The surface free energy of the surface of the above-mentioned dummy support side of the above-mentioned intermediate layer is 68.0 mJ/ m2 or less.

以下,對本發明的電路配線之製造方法的每一步驟進行詳細說明。另外,關於以下所記載之構成要件的說明,有時基於本發明的代表性實施態樣來進行,但是本發明並不限定於這種實施態樣。Hereinafter, each step of the manufacturing method of the circuit wiring of this invention is demonstrated in detail. In addition, the description of the constituent requirements described below may be based on representative embodiments of the present invention, but the present invention is not limited to such embodiments.

〔第1實施形態〕 電路配線之製造方法的第1實施形態依序具有晶種層形成步驟、轉印薄膜貼合步驟、偽支撐體剝離步驟、圖案形成步驟、金屬鍍層形成步驟、保護層形成步驟、圖案去除步驟及導電性細線形成步驟,上述中間層的上述偽支撐體側的表面的表面自由能為68.0mJ/m 2以下。 另外,作為轉印薄膜貼合步驟、偽支撐體剝離步驟及圖案形成步驟,除了基板係附晶種層之基板這一點以外,與上述積層體之製造方法的第1實施形態相同,其較佳態樣亦相同。 [First Embodiment] The first embodiment of the manufacturing method of circuit wiring has a seed layer forming step, a transfer film bonding step, a dummy support peeling step, a pattern forming step, a metal plating layer forming step, and a protective layer forming step in this order. step, the pattern removing step, and the conductive thin line forming step, the surface free energy of the surface of the intermediate layer on the side of the dummy support is 68.0 mJ/m 2 or less. In addition, the step of laminating the transfer film, the step of detaching the dummy support, and the step of forming the pattern are the same as those of the first embodiment of the above-mentioned method for producing a laminate except that the substrate is a substrate with a seed layer attached thereto, and are preferred. The pattern is also the same.

<<晶種層形成步驟>> 晶種層形成步驟係在基板上形成晶種層之步驟。 作為本步驟中所使用之基板,可以舉出在上述積層體之製造方法的第1實施形態中,對轉印薄膜貼合步驟進行說明之基板。 <<Seed layer formation process>> The seed layer forming step is a step of forming a seed layer on the substrate. Examples of the substrate used in this step include the substrate described in the transfer film bonding step in the first embodiment of the above-mentioned method for producing a laminate.

<晶種層> 作為晶種層中所包含之金屬,並無特別限制,能夠使用公知的金屬。 作為晶種層中所包含之主要成分(所謂的主要金屬),例如,可以舉出銅、鉻、鉛、鎳、金、銀、錫及鋅等。另外,上述主要成分係指,在晶種層中所包含之金屬中,含量最多之金屬。 <Seed layer> The metal contained in the seed layer is not particularly limited, and known metals can be used. Examples of main components (so-called main metals) contained in the seed layer include copper, chromium, lead, nickel, gold, silver, tin, and zinc. In addition, the above-mentioned main component refers to the metal with the largest content among the metals contained in the seed layer.

作為晶種層的厚度,並無特別限制,50nm以上為較佳,100nm以上為更佳。上限並無特別限制,2μm以下為較佳。The thickness of the seed layer is not particularly limited, but is preferably at least 50 nm, more preferably at least 100 nm. The upper limit is not particularly limited, and is preferably 2 μm or less.

作為晶種層的形成方法,並無特別限制,例如,可以舉出藉由塗佈分散有金屬微粒之分散液來燒結塗膜之方法、濺射法及蒸鍍法等公知的方法。The method for forming the seed layer is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include known methods such as a method of applying a dispersion liquid in which fine metal particles are dispersed and firing a coating film, a sputtering method, and a vapor deposition method.

<<金屬鍍層形成步驟>> 金屬鍍層形成步驟係在存在於未配置有圖案之區域之晶種層上,藉由電鍍處理而形成金屬鍍層之步驟。 作為電鍍處理,可以舉出電鍍法及無電鍍法,從生產性的觀點考慮,電鍍法為較佳。 <<Metal plating formation process>> The metal plating layer forming step is a step of forming a metal plating layer by electroplating on the seed layer existing in a region where no pattern is arranged. Examples of the plating treatment include an electroplating method and an electroless plating method, and the electroplating method is preferred from the viewpoint of productivity.

作為金屬鍍層中所包含之金屬,並無特別限制,能夠使用公知的金屬。 金屬鍍層例如可以包含銅、鉻、鉛、鎳、金、銀、錫、及鋅等金屬、以及該等金屬的合金。 其中,從導電性細線的導電性更加優異之觀點考慮,金屬鍍層包含銅或其合金為較佳。又,從導電性細線的導電性更加優異之觀點考慮,金屬鍍層的主要成分為銅為較佳。 The metal contained in the metal plating layer is not particularly limited, and known metals can be used. The metal plating layer may include metals such as copper, chromium, lead, nickel, gold, silver, tin, and zinc, and alloys of these metals, for example. Among these, it is preferable that the metal plating layer contains copper or an alloy thereof from the viewpoint that the electroconductivity of the electroconductive thin wire is more excellent. In addition, from the viewpoint that the electroconductivity of the electroconductive thin wire is more excellent, it is preferable that the main component of the metal plating layer is copper.

作為金屬鍍層的厚度的下限值,並無特別限制,0.1μm以上為較佳,1μm為更佳。另外,作為上限值,並無特別限制,20μm以下為較佳。The lower limit of the thickness of the metal plating layer is not particularly limited, but it is preferably 0.1 μm or more, and more preferably 1 μm. In addition, there is no particular limitation on the upper limit, but it is preferably 20 μm or less.

<<保護層形成步驟>> 保護層積層步驟係在金屬鍍層上形成保護層之步驟。 作為保護層的材料,係在去除步驟或導電性細線形成步驟中的對去除液或蝕刻液具有耐受性之材料為較佳。例如,可以舉出鎳、鉻、錫、鋅、鎂、金、銀等金屬、該等合金及樹脂。其中,作為保護層的材料,鎳或鉻為較佳。 <<Protective layer formation process>> The protective layering step is a step of forming a protective layer on the metal plating layer. As a material of the protective layer, a material resistant to a removal solution or an etching solution in the removal step or the conductive thin line formation step is preferable. For example, metals, such as nickel, chromium, tin, zinc, magnesium, gold, silver, these alloys, and resin are mentioned. Among them, nickel or chromium is preferable as the material of the protective layer.

作為保護層的形成方法,例如,可以舉出無電鍍法、電鍍法等,電鍍法為較佳。As a formation method of a protective layer, an electroless plating method, an electroplating method, etc. are mentioned, for example, An electroplating method is preferable.

作為保護層的厚度的下限值,並無特別限制,0.3μm以上為較佳,0.5μm以上為更佳。作為上限值,並無特別限制,3.0μm以下為較佳,2.0μm以下為更佳。The lower limit of the thickness of the protective layer is not particularly limited, but it is preferably 0.3 μm or more, more preferably 0.5 μm or more. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 3.0 μm or less, more preferably 2.0 μm or less.

<<圖案去除步驟>> 圖案去除步驟係去除圖案之步驟。 作為去除圖案之方法,並無特別限制,但是可以舉出藉由化學處理來去除之方法,使用去除液來去除之方法為較佳。 作為去除液的液溫,30~80℃為較佳,50~80℃為較佳。 作為去除方法的較佳的一態樣,可以舉出在液溫為50~80℃的正在攪拌之去除液中,將具有應去除之圖案之基板浸漬1~30分鐘之方法。 <<Pattern Removal Step>> The pattern removing step is a step of removing the pattern. The method of removing the pattern is not particularly limited, but a method of removing it by chemical treatment is mentioned, and a method of removing it using a removing liquid is preferable. As liquid temperature of a removal liquid, 30-80 degreeC is preferable, and 50-80 degreeC is more preferable. As a preferred aspect of the removal method, a method of immersing a substrate having a pattern to be removed in a removal solution having a liquid temperature of 50 to 80° C. under stirring for 1 to 30 minutes is mentioned.

作為去除液,例如,可以舉出將無機鹼性成分或有機鹼性成分溶解於水、二甲基亞碸、N-甲基吡咯啶酮或該等的混合溶液中而得之去除液。作為無機鹼性成分,例如,可以舉出氫氧化鈉及氫氧化鉀。作為有機鹼性成分,可以舉出一級胺化合物、二級胺化合物、三級胺化合物及四級銨鹽化合物。 又,可以使用去除液,藉由噴塗法、噴淋法及浸置法等公知的方法來去除。 Examples of the removal liquid include those obtained by dissolving an inorganic basic component or an organic basic component in water, dimethylsulfoxide, N-methylpyrrolidone, or a mixed solution thereof. As an inorganic basic component, sodium hydroxide and potassium hydroxide are mentioned, for example. Examples of the organic basic component include primary amine compounds, secondary amine compounds, tertiary amine compounds, and quaternary ammonium salt compounds. Moreover, it can remove by well-known methods, such as a spray method, a shower method, and a immersion method, using a remover.

<<晶種層去除步驟>> 晶種層去除步驟係藉由去除露出之晶種層以獲得導電性細線之步驟。 另外,在晶種層去除步驟中,將藉由金屬鍍層形成步驟而形成之金屬鍍層用作蝕刻抗蝕劑,進行位於非圖案形成區域(換言之,未被金屬鍍層保護之區域)之晶種層的蝕刻處理。 <<Seed Layer Removal Step>> The step of removing the seed crystal layer is a step of obtaining thin conductive lines by removing the exposed seed crystal layer. In addition, in the seed layer removal step, the metal plating layer formed by the metal plating layer forming step is used as an etching resist, and the seed layer located in the non-pattern formation region (in other words, the region not protected by the metal plating layer) is performed. etching treatment.

作為去除晶種層的一部分之方法,並無特別限制,使用公知的蝕刻液為較佳。 作為公知的蝕刻液的一態樣,例如,可以舉出氯化鐵溶液、氯化銅溶液、氨鹼溶液、硫酸-過氧化氫混合液及磷酸-過氧化氫混合液等。 The method of removing a part of the seed layer is not particularly limited, and it is preferable to use a known etching solution. Examples of known etching solutions include ferric chloride solution, copper chloride solution, ammonia-alkali solution, sulfuric acid-hydrogen peroxide mixed solution, phosphoric acid-hydrogen peroxide mixed solution, and the like.

作為所形成之導電性細線的線寬的上限值,8μm以下為較佳,6μm以下為更佳。作為下限值,並無特別限制,2μm以上的情況較多。The upper limit of the line width of the formed conductive fine wire is preferably 8 μm or less, and more preferably 6 μm or less. The lower limit is not particularly limited, but it is often 2 μm or more.

<<其他步驟>> 電路配線之製造方法的第1實施形態可以包括除了上述步驟以外的任意步驟(其他步驟)。 例如,可以舉出國際公開第2019/022089號公報的[0172]段中記載之降低可見光反射率之步驟、國際公開第2019/022089號公報的[0172]段中記載之在絕緣膜上形成新的導電層之步驟等,但該等步驟不受限制。 <<Other steps>> The first embodiment of the manufacturing method of circuit wiring may include arbitrary steps (other steps) other than the above-mentioned steps. For example, the step of reducing the reflectance of visible light described in paragraph [0172] of International Publication No. 2019/022089, and the step of forming a new light on the insulating film described in paragraph [0172] of International Publication No. 2019/022089 can be mentioned. steps of the conductive layer, etc., but these steps are not limited.

<降低可見光線反射率之步驟> 電路配線之製造方法的第1實施形態可以包括進行降低基板所具有之複數個導電層的一部分或全部的可見光線反射率之處理之步驟。 作為降低可見光線反射率之處理,可以舉出氧化處理。在基板具有包含銅之導電層之情況下,對銅進行氧化處理而製成氧化銅,並對導電層進行黑化,藉此能夠降低導電層的可見光線反射率。 關於降低可見光線反射率之處理,記載於日本特開2014-150118號公報的0017~0025段、以及日本特開2013-206315號公報的0041段、0042段、0048段及0058段,且該等公報中所記載之內容被編入到本說明書中。 <Steps to reduce the reflectance of visible light> The first embodiment of the method of manufacturing circuit wiring may include the step of performing a process of reducing the visible light reflectance of a part or all of the plurality of conductive layers included in the substrate. Oxidation treatment can be mentioned as a treatment for lowering the reflectance of visible light. When the substrate has a conductive layer containing copper, the visible light reflectance of the conductive layer can be reduced by oxidizing the copper to form copper oxide and blackening the conductive layer. Regarding the treatment of reducing the reflectance of visible light, it is described in paragraphs 0017 to 0025 of JP-A-2014-150118, and paragraphs 0041, 0042, 0048, and 0058 of JP-A-2013-206315, and these The contents described in the gazette are incorporated into this manual.

<形成絕緣膜之步驟、在絕緣膜的表面形成新的導電層之步驟> 電路配線之製造方法的第1實施形態包括在電路配線的表面形成絕緣膜之步驟和在絕緣膜的表面形成新的導電層之步驟亦較佳。 藉由上述步驟,能夠形成與第一電極圖案絕緣之第二電極圖案。 作為形成絕緣膜之步驟,並無特別限制,可以舉出形成公知的永久膜之方法。又,可以使用具有絕緣性之感光性材料,藉由光微影形成所期望的圖案的絕緣膜。 在絕緣膜上形成新的導電層之步驟並無特別限制,例如,可以使用具有導電性之感光性材料,藉由光微影形成所期望的圖案的新的導電層。 <Step of forming an insulating film, step of forming a new conductive layer on the surface of the insulating film> It is also preferable that the first embodiment of the method of manufacturing circuit wiring includes the step of forming an insulating film on the surface of the circuit wiring and the step of forming a new conductive layer on the surface of the insulating film. Through the above steps, the second electrode pattern insulated from the first electrode pattern can be formed. The step of forming an insulating film is not particularly limited, and a known method of forming a permanent film can be mentioned. In addition, an insulating film having a desired pattern can be formed by photolithography using a photosensitive material having insulating properties. The step of forming a new conductive layer on the insulating film is not particularly limited. For example, a photosensitive material with conductivity can be used to form a new conductive layer with a desired pattern by photolithography.

〔電路配線的用途〕 藉由電路配線之製造方法的第1實施形態而製造之電路配線例如用作在半導體封裝、印刷基板、中介層再配線層的製造工藝膜中的配置於片材、金屬基板、陶瓷基板及玻璃等支撐基材上之電路配線為較佳。 〔Use of circuit wiring〕 The circuit wiring produced by the first embodiment of the production method of the circuit wiring is used, for example, to be arranged on a sheet, a metal substrate, a ceramic substrate, and a glass in a manufacturing process film of a semiconductor package, a printed circuit board, an interposer, and a wiring layer. The circuit wiring on the supporting base material is better.

[電路配線之製造方法(電路配線之製造方法2)] 另外,雖然在上段的部分中,對藉由半加成法而在基板上形成導電性細線圖案之方法進行了敘述,但適用了本發明的積層體之製造方法之電路配線之製造方法並不限於此。 作為其他電路配線之製造方法,可以舉出如下製造方法,其包含上述本發明的積層體之製造方法,該電路配線之製造方法包括: 以具有偽支撐體、中間層及感光性層之轉印薄膜的上述感光性層的與上述中間層側相反一側的表面與導電性基板(導電性基板係指,如上所述,至少由具有支撐基板、配置於支撐基板上之導電層而構成之基板。)接觸之方式,將上述轉印薄膜與上述基板貼合以獲得依序具有上述導電性基板、上述感光性層、上述中間層及上述偽支撐體之附感光性層之基板(其中,上述導電性基板以上述導電層與上述感光性層對向之方式配置。)之步驟(轉印薄膜貼合步驟); 在上述偽支撐體與上述中間層之間,剝離上述偽支撐體之步驟(偽支撐體剝離步驟); 使露出之上述中間層與遮罩接觸而實施曝光處理,進一步在曝光後實施顯影處理以形成圖案之步驟(圖案形成步驟);及 對未配置有上述圖案之區域中的導電層進行蝕刻處理之蝕刻步驟(蝕刻步驟), 上述中間層的上述偽支撐體側的表面的表面自由能為68.0mJ/m 2以下。 另外,作為轉印薄膜貼合步驟、偽支撐體剝離步驟及圖案形成步驟,除了基板係具有導電性層之基板這一點以外,與上述積層體之製造方法的第1實施形態相同,其較佳態樣亦相同。 [Method for Manufacturing Circuit Wiring (Method 2 for Manufacturing Circuit Wiring)] In addition, although the method of forming a conductive fine line pattern on a substrate by the semi-additive method was described in the above section, this The manufacturing method of the circuit wiring of the manufacturing method of the laminated body of this invention is not limited to this. As another manufacturing method of circuit wiring, the following manufacturing method can be mentioned, which includes the manufacturing method of the above-mentioned laminated body of the present invention, and the manufacturing method of the circuit wiring includes: The surface of the above-mentioned photosensitive layer of the thin film opposite to the above-mentioned intermediate layer side and the conductive substrate (the conductive substrate refers to a substrate composed of at least a supporting substrate and a conductive layer arranged on the supporting substrate as described above. .) contact method, the above-mentioned transfer film is bonded to the above-mentioned substrate to obtain the substrate with the above-mentioned conductive substrate, the above-mentioned photosensitive layer, the above-mentioned intermediate layer and the above-mentioned dummy support in sequence (wherein, the above-mentioned The conductive substrate is arranged in such a way that the above-mentioned conductive layer and the above-mentioned photosensitive layer are facing each other.) step (transfer film bonding step); between the above-mentioned dummy support body and the above-mentioned intermediate layer, the step of peeling the above-mentioned dummy support body ( Pseudo-support stripping step); exposing the exposed intermediate layer to a mask, and further performing a development process after exposure to form a pattern (pattern forming step); In an etching step (etching step) in which the conductive layer is etched, the surface free energy of the surface of the intermediate layer on the side of the dummy support is 68.0 mJ/m 2 or less. In addition, the step of laminating the transfer film, the step of detaching the dummy support, and the step of forming the pattern are the same as those in the first embodiment of the above-mentioned method for producing a laminate except that the substrate is a substrate having a conductive layer, and are preferably The pattern is also the same.

蝕刻步驟係對位於未配置有圖案之區域之導電層進行蝕刻處理之步驟。 作為蝕刻處理的方法,能夠適用公知的方法,例如,可以舉出日本特開2017-120435號公報的[0209]~[0210]段中所記載之方法、日本特開2010-152155號公報的[0048]~[0054]等段中所記載之方法、浸漬於蝕刻液中之濕式蝕刻法及基於電漿蝕刻等乾式蝕刻之方法。 The etching step is a step of etching the conductive layer in the area where no pattern is arranged. As the method of etching treatment, known methods can be applied, for example, the method described in paragraphs [0209] to [0210] of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2017-120435 and [ [0048] to [0054], the method described in the paragraphs, the wet etching method immersed in an etching solution, and the method based on dry etching such as plasma etching.

作為具備藉由上述製造方法製造之電路配線之裝置,例如,可以舉出輸入裝置,觸控面板為較佳,靜電電容型觸控面板為更佳。又,上述輸入裝置能夠適用於有機EL顯示裝置及液晶顯示裝置等顯示裝置。 電路配線之製造方法的第2實施形態係對基板的兩個表面依次或同時形成電路亦較佳。藉由這種結構,能夠形成在基板的一個表面形成有第一導電圖案且在另一個表面形成有第二導電圖案之觸控面板用電路配線。又,藉由輥對輥從基板的兩面形成這種結構的觸控面板用電路配線亦較佳。 As a device provided with the circuit wiring manufactured by the said manufacturing method, an input device is mentioned, for example, Preferably it is a touch panel, More preferably, it is a capacitive type touch panel. In addition, the input device described above can be applied to display devices such as organic EL display devices and liquid crystal display devices. In the second embodiment of the method of manufacturing circuit wiring, it is also preferable to form circuits sequentially or simultaneously on both surfaces of the substrate. With such a structure, it is possible to form circuit wiring for a touch panel in which the first conductive pattern is formed on one surface of the substrate and the second conductive pattern is formed on the other surface. Moreover, it is also preferable to form the circuit wiring for touch panels of such a structure from both surfaces of a board|substrate by roll-to-roll.

[轉印薄膜] 本發明還有關一種轉印薄膜。 以下,對本發明的轉印膜進行說明。 [Transfer film] The invention also relates to a transfer film. Hereinafter, the transfer film of this invention is demonstrated.

本發明的轉印薄膜具有偽支撐體、中間層及感光性層,其中 上述中間層的上述偽支撐體側的表面的表面自由能為68.0mJ/m 2以下, 上述中間層的上述偽支撐體側的表面的算術平均粗糙度Ra為50nm以下。 上述轉印薄膜適合在剝離偽支撐體之後進行曝光之曝光方法,能夠抑制曝光後的感光性層與光罩的過度黏著,並且解析性亦優異。 The transfer film of the present invention has a pseudo-support, an intermediate layer, and a photosensitive layer, wherein the surface free energy of the surface of the intermediate layer on the side of the pseudo-support is 68.0 mJ/m 2 or less, and the pseudo-support of the intermediate layer is The arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the side surface is 50 nm or less. The above-mentioned transfer film is suitable for an exposure method in which exposure is performed after peeling off the dummy support, which can suppress excessive adhesion between the exposed photosensitive layer and the photomask, and is also excellent in resolution.

作為本發明的轉印薄膜,相當於上述轉印薄膜X的一態樣。關於轉印薄膜X的結構及較佳態樣,如上所述。 [實施例] The transfer film of the present invention corresponds to one aspect of the transfer film X described above. The structure and preferred aspects of the transfer film X are as described above. [Example]

以下,基於實施例對本發明進行進一步詳細說明。以下實施例所示之材料、使用量、比例、處理內容及處理步驟等,只要不脫離本發明的宗旨,則能夠適當變更。因此,本發明的範圍不應被以下所示之實施例限定地解釋。 另外,只要無特別說明,則“份”及“%”為質量基準。 又,在以下實施例中,樹脂的重量平均分子量係基於凝膠滲透層析法(GPC)之聚苯乙烯換算而求得之重量平均分子量。又,酸值使用了理論酸值。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in further detail based on examples. The materials, usage amounts, proportions, processing contents, processing steps and the like shown in the following examples can be appropriately changed as long as they do not deviate from the gist of the present invention. Therefore, the scope of the present invention should not be limitedly interpreted by the Examples shown below. In addition, "parts" and "%" are based on mass unless otherwise specified. In addition, in the following examples, the weight average molecular weight of resin is the weight average molecular weight calculated|required based on the polystyrene conversion of gel permeation chromatography (GPC). In addition, the theoretical acid value was used for the acid value.

[轉印薄膜的各種成分] 以下,首先,對製作轉印薄膜時使用之各種成分進行說明。 [Various Components of Transfer Film] Hereinafter, first, various components used when producing the transfer film will be described.

〔中間層〕 <<中間層的各種成分>> 以下,示出在表4中示出之中間層的各種成分。 PVA:(聚乙烯醇:產品名稱“KURARAY POVALPVA-205”(Kuraray Co., Ltd.製造)) PVP:(聚吡咯啶酮:產品名稱“聚乙烯吡咯啶酮K-30”(NIPPON SHOKUBAI CO., LTD.製造)) HPMC:(羥丙基甲基纖維素:產品名稱“METOLOSE 60SH-03”、Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造) PEG:(聚乙二醇:產品名稱“聚乙二醇 1,000”(分子量:900~1000)、FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation製造) HPC:(羥丙基纖維素:產品名稱“HPC-SSL”、NISSO CORPORATION製造) 丙三醇:產品名稱“丙三醇”(分子量:92.09)、FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation製造 雙酚A:產品名稱“4,4’-異丙烯二酚”(分子量:228.29)、FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation製造 〔middle layer〕 <<Various ingredients of the middle layer>> Various components of the intermediate layer shown in Table 4 are shown below. PVA: (polyvinyl alcohol: product name "KURARAY POVALPVA-205" (manufactured by Kuraray Co., Ltd.)) PVP: (polypyrrolidone: product name "polyvinylpyrrolidone K-30" (manufactured by NIPPON SHOKUBAI CO., LTD.)) HPMC: (Hydroxypropyl methylcellulose: product name "METOLOSE 60SH-03", manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) PEG: (polyethylene glycol: product name "polyethylene glycol 1,000" (molecular weight: 900 to 1000), manufactured by FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation) HPC: (Hydroxypropylcellulose: product name "HPC-SSL", manufactured by NISSO CORPORATION) Glycerol: Product name "Glycerol" (molecular weight: 92.09), manufactured by FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation Bisphenol A: Product name "4,4'-isopropenol" (molecular weight: 228.29), manufactured by FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation

<<中間層形成用組成物>> 藉由在按照表4的記載而混合了各成分之後,加入溶劑(溶劑:將離子交換水和甲醇(MITSUBISHI GAS CHEMICAL COMPANY, INC.製造)進行混合,以使混合比(質量比)成為40/60之混合溶劑)而製作了中間層形成用組成物。 另外,表4中的“中間層的組成(成分的種類及配合量(質量%)”欄中所記載之對應於各成分之數值表示相對於中間層的總質量之各成分的含量。 <<Composition for intermediate layer>> After mixing the components as described in Table 4, add a solvent (solvent: ion-exchanged water and methanol (manufactured by MITSUBISHI GAS CHEMICAL COMPANY, INC.) and mix so that the mixing ratio (mass ratio) becomes 40/ 60 mixed solvent) to produce a composition for forming an intermediate layer. In addition, the numerical value corresponding to each component described in the column of "composition of the intermediate layer (type and compounding amount (mass %) of components)" in Table 4 represents content of each component with respect to the total mass of the intermediate layer.

〔感光性層〕 表2中示出,在表4中示出之感光性層1~4的組成。 〔Photosensitive layer〕 Table 2 shows the composition of the photosensitive layers 1-4 shown in Table 4.

[表2]    感光性層1 感光性層2 感光性層3 感光性層4 成分(各成分的數值:質量份) 聚合物 聚合物1 50.90 56.23 54.23    聚合物2          57.22 聚合性化合物 BPE-500(Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.製造) 37.00 37.00 37.00 30 M-270(TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.製造) 4.00 4.00 4.00    A-TMPT(Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.製造)          10 聚合起始劑 B-CIM(Hampford公司製造) 6.90       2 Irgacure OXE-02(BASF JAPAN公司製造)    0.30       Omnirad 907FF(IGM Resins B.V.製造)    0.70 1.35    Omnirad 379(IGM Resins B.V.製造)       1.65    敏化劑 SB-PI 701(SANYO TRADING CO., LTD.製造) 0.10 0.50 0.50 0.1 鏈轉移劑 無色結晶紫(Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.製造) 0.40 0.40 0.40 0.4 N,N-四乙基-4,4-二胺基二苯甲酮 (HODOGAYA CHEMICAL CO.,LTD.)          0.1 N-苯基胺甲醯基甲基-N-羰甲基苯胺 (FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation製造) 0.14 0.14 0.14    著色劑 亮綠(Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.製造)          0.08 防鏽劑 CBT-1(JOHOKU CHEMICAL CO.,LTD製造) 0.10 0.10 0.10    聚合抑制劑 TDP-G(Kawaguchi Chemical Industry Co., LTD.製造) 0.13 0.30 0.30    Irganox 245(BASF公司製造)          0.1 抗氧化劑 4-羥甲基-4-甲基-1-苯基-3-吡唑啉酮 (FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation製造) 0.01 0.01 0.01    界面活性劑 MEGAFACE F-552(DIC Corporation製造) 0.32 0.32 0.32    [Table 2] photosensitive layer 1 photosensitive layer 2 photosensitive layer 3 photosensitive layer 4 Components (Numerical value of each component: parts by mass) polymer Polymer 1 50.90 56.23 54.23 Polymer 2 57.22 polymeric compound BPE-500 (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) 37.00 37.00 37.00 30 M-270 (manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.) 4.00 4.00 4.00 A-TMPT (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) 10 polymerization initiator B-CIM (manufactured by Hampford) 6.90 2 Irgacure OXE-02 (manufactured by BASF JAPAN) 0.30 Omnirad 907FF (manufactured by IGM Resins BV) 0.70 1.35 Omnirad 379 (manufactured by IGM Resins BV) 1.65 Sensitizer SB-PI 701 (manufactured by SANYO TRADING CO., LTD.) 0.10 0.50 0.50 0.1 chain transfer agent Colorless crystal violet (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) 0.40 0.40 0.40 0.4 N,N-tetraethyl-4,4-diaminobenzophenone (HODOGAYA CHEMICAL CO.,LTD.) 0.1 N-Phenylaminoformylmethyl-N-carbonylmethylaniline (manufactured by FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation) 0.14 0.14 0.14 Colorant Bright green (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) 0.08 Rust inhibitor CBT-1 (manufactured by JOHOKU CHEMICAL CO.,LTD) 0.10 0.10 0.10 polymerization inhibitor TDP-G (manufactured by Kawaguchi Chemical Industry Co., LTD.) 0.13 0.30 0.30 Irganox 245 (manufactured by BASF) 0.1 Antioxidants 4-Hydroxymethyl-4-methyl-1-phenyl-3-pyrazolone (manufactured by FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation) 0.01 0.01 0.01 Surfactant MEGAFACE F-552 (manufactured by DIC Corporation) 0.32 0.32 0.32

<<感光性層的各種成分>> 表2中示出之感光性層的各成分為如下。 <聚合物> 聚合物P-1及聚合物P-2使用了藉由公知的方法合成者。另外,關於所合成之聚合物的重量平均分子量(Mw),藉由凝膠滲透層析(GPC:Gel Permeation Chromatography)並在下述條件下進行了測量。 <<Various components of the photosensitive layer>> Each component of the photosensitive layer shown in Table 2 is as follows. <Polymer> Polymer P-1 and polymer P-2 were synthesized by known methods. In addition, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the synthesized polymer was measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC: Gel Permeation Chromatography) under the following conditions.

(GPC條件) 裝置:TOSOH CORPORATION製造、TOSOH CORPORATION高速GPC裝置 HLC-8420GPC(產品名稱) 保護管柱:TOSOH CORPORATION製造、HZ-L 分離管柱:TOSOH CORPORATION製造、將TSK gel Super HZM-N(產品名稱)串聯地連接3根之管柱 測量溫度:40℃ 洗提液:THF(四氫呋喃) 流量:採樣泵0.35mL/分鐘、參比泵0.175mL/分鐘 注入量:10μL 檢測器:差示折射計 GPC管柱校準用標準物質溶液:TOSOH CORPORATION製造標準聚苯乙烯 (GPC conditions) Device: Manufactured by TOSOH CORPORATION, TOSOH CORPORATION high-speed GPC device HLC-8420GPC (product name) Guard column: manufactured by TOSOH CORPORATION, HZ-L Separation column: Manufactured by TOSOH CORPORATION, three columns are connected in series with TSK gel Super HZM-N (product name) Measuring temperature: 40°C Eluent: THF (tetrahydrofuran) Flow rate: sampling pump 0.35mL/min, reference pump 0.175mL/min Injection volume: 10μL Detector: Differential refractometer Standard substance solution for GPC column calibration: Standard polystyrene manufactured by TOSOH CORPORATION

(聚合物的合成) 在以下合成例中,以下縮寫分別表示以下化合物。 St:苯乙烯(FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation製造) MAA:甲基丙烯酸(FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation製造) MMA:甲基丙烯酸甲酯(FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation製造) BA:丙烯酸丁酯(FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation製造) PGMEA:丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯(SHOWA DENKO K.K.製造) MEK:甲乙酮(SANKYO CHEMICAL Co., Ltd.製造) V-601:二甲基-2,2’-偶氮雙(2-甲基丙酸酯)(FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation製造) (polymer synthesis) In the following synthesis examples, the following abbreviations represent the following compounds, respectively. St: Styrene (manufactured by FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation) MAA: methacrylic acid (manufactured by FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation) MMA: methyl methacrylate (manufactured by FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation) BA: Butyl acrylate (manufactured by FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation) PGMEA: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (manufactured by SHOWA DENKO K.K.) MEK: methyl ethyl ketone (manufactured by SANKYO CHEMICAL Co., Ltd.) V-601: Dimethyl-2,2'-azobis(2-methylpropionate) (manufactured by FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation)

·聚合物P-1的合成 在三口燒瓶中放入PGMEA(116.5份),並在氮氣氛下升溫至90℃。經2小時將加入了St(52.0份)、MAA(29.0份)、MMA(19.0份)、V-601(4.0份)及PGMEA(116.5份)之溶液滴加到維持為90℃±2℃之上述燒瓶溶液中。滴加結束之後,將上述燒瓶內的溶液在90℃±2℃條件下攪拌2小時,藉此獲得了聚合物P-1(固體成分濃度為30.0質量%)。 · Synthesis of Polymer P-1 PGMEA (116.5 parts) was put into the three-necked flask, and it heated up to 90 degreeC under nitrogen atmosphere. After 2 hours, add the solution of St (52.0 parts), MAA (29.0 parts), MMA (19.0 parts), V-601 (4.0 parts) and PGMEA (116.5 parts) dropwise to a temperature maintained at 90°C±2°C solution in the above flask. After the dropwise addition, the solution in the flask was stirred at 90° C.±2° C. for 2 hours to obtain a polymer P-1 (solid content concentration: 30.0 mass %).

·聚合物P-2的合成 變更所使用之單體的種類及配合量等,關於其他條件,以與聚合物P-1相同的方法獲得了包含聚合物P-2之溶液。將包含聚合物P-2之溶液的固體成分濃度設為30質量%。 · Synthesis of Polymer P-2 A solution containing polymer P-2 was obtained in the same manner as polymer P-1 with regard to other conditions, such as changing the type and compounding amount of the monomers used. The solid content concentration of the solution containing the polymer P-2 was set to 30% by mass.

以下,示出為了合成各聚合物而使用之各單體的種類以及各聚合物中的來自於各單體的構成單元的含量(質量%)及重量平均分子量。 另外,樹脂P-1~P-2均相當於鹼可溶性樹脂。 The types of monomers used for synthesizing each polymer, the content (% by mass) and weight average molecular weight of constituent units derived from each monomer in each polymer are shown below. In addition, resins P-1 to P-2 all correspond to alkali-soluble resins.

[表3]    P-1 P-2 St 52 20 MAA 29 25 MMA 19 30 BA    25 重量平均分子量(Mw) 60,000 70,000 [table 3] P-1 P-2 St. 52 20 MAA 29 25 MMA 19 30 BA 25 Weight average molecular weight (Mw) 60,000 70,000

<其他成分> 以下,示出在表2中示出之感光性層中所包含之其他成分。 (聚合性化合物) ·BPE-500:2,2-雙(4-((甲基)丙烯醯氧基五乙氧基)苯基)丙烷,Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.製造 ·M-270:聚丙二醇二丙烯酸酯(n≈12),TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.製造 ·A-TMPT:三羥甲基丙烷三丙烯酸酯,Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.製造 <Other ingredients> Hereinafter, other components contained in the photosensitive layer shown in Table 2 are shown. (polymeric compound) ・BPE-500: 2,2-bis(4-((meth)acryloxypentaethoxy)phenyl)propane, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd. ・M-270: Polypropylene glycol diacrylate (n≈12), manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD. A-TMPT: trimethylolpropane triacrylate, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.

(聚合起始劑) ·B-CIM:2,2’-雙(2-氯苯基)-4,4’,5,5’-四苯基雙咪唑,Hampford公司 ·Irgacure OXE-02(肟酯系光聚合起始劑、BASF JAPAN公司製造) Omnirad 907FF:2-甲基-1-[4-(甲硫基)苯基]-2-嗎啉丙烷-1-酮、IGM Resins B.V.製造 Omnirad 379:2-二甲胺基-2-(4-甲基芐基)-1-(4-嗎啉代苯基)-丁烷-1-酮、IGM Resins B.V.製造 (polymerization initiator) B-CIM: 2,2'-bis(2-chlorophenyl)-4,4',5,5'-tetraphenylbiimidazole, Hampford ・Irgacure OXE-02 (oxime ester-based photopolymerization initiator, manufactured by BASF JAPAN Corporation) Omnirad 907FF: 2-Methyl-1-[4-(methylthio)phenyl]-2-morpholinopropan-1-one, manufactured by IGM Resins B.V. Omnirad 379: 2-Dimethylamino-2-(4-methylbenzyl)-1-(4-morpholinophenyl)-butan-1-one, manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.

(敏化劑) ·SB-PI 701:4,4’-雙(二乙基胺基)二苯甲酮,SANYO TRADING CO., LTD.製造 (sensitizer) ・SB-PI 701: 4,4'-bis(diethylamino)benzophenone, manufactured by SANYO TRADING CO., LTD.

(鏈轉移劑) ·無色結晶紫:Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.製造 ·N,N-四乙基-4,4-二胺基二苯甲酮:HODOGAYA CHEMICAL CO.,LTD.製造 ·N-苯基胺甲醯基甲基-N-羰甲基苯胺(FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation製造) (chain transfer agent) ・Colorless crystal violet: manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. ・N,N-Tetraethyl-4,4-diaminobenzophenone: Manufactured by HODOGAYA CHEMICAL CO.,LTD. ・N-Phenylaminoformylmethyl-N-carbonylmethylaniline (manufactured by FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation)

(著色劑) ·亮綠:Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.製造 (防鏽劑) ·CBT-1:羧基苯并三唑,JOHOKU CHEMICAL CO.,LTD製造 (聚合抑制劑) ·TDP-G:啡噻𠯤,Kawaguchi Chemical Industry Co., LTD.製造 ·Irganox245:受阻酚系抗氧化劑,BASF公司製造 (Colorant) Bright green: manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. (Rust inhibitor) ・CBT-1: carboxybenzotriazole, manufactured by JOHOKU CHEMICAL CO.,LTD (polymerization inhibitor) ・TDP-G: Phytothiophene, manufactured by Kawaguchi Chemical Industry Co., LTD. ・Irganox245: hindered phenolic antioxidant, manufactured by BASF Corporation

(抗氧化劑) ·4-羥甲基-4-甲基-1-苯基-3-吡唑啉酮(FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation製造) (界面活性劑) ·MEGAFACE F-552:界面活性劑、DIC Corporation製造 (Antioxidants) 4-Hydroxymethyl-4-methyl-1-phenyl-3-pyrazolone (manufactured by FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation) (surfactant) ・MEGAFACE F-552: Surfactant, manufactured by DIC Corporation

<<感光性組成物1~4>> 在按照表2的記載混合了各成分之後,藉由加入甲乙酮而製作了將固體成分濃度調製為25質量%之感光性組成物1~4。 另外,與表2中的成分欄中所記載之各成分對應之數值表示固體成分的質量份。亦即,上述各數值係指,不包含稀釋溶劑等溶劑之配合量。 <<Photosensitive composition 1~4>> After mixing the respective components according to the description in Table 2, photosensitive compositions 1 to 4 in which the solid content concentration was adjusted to 25% by mass were produced by adding methyl ethyl ketone. In addition, the numerical value corresponding to each component described in the component column in Table 2 shows the mass part of solid content. That is, each numerical value mentioned above means the compounding quantity of solvents, such as a diluent solvent, not included.

〔偽支撐體〕 以下,示出表4中的偽支撐體(偽支撐體A~F)。 偽支撐體A:Lumirer16KS40(TORAY INDUSTRIES, INC.製造) 偽支撐體B:使用了藉由後述之方法製造者。 偽支撐體C:TOYOBO ESTER FILM E5000(TOYOBO CO., LTD.製造) 偽支撐體D:UNIPEEL TR-1 (UNITIKA LTD.製造) 偽支撐體E:Therapy25WZ (TORAY INDUSTRIES, INC.製造) 偽支撐體F:Cosmo Shine A4300 (TOYOBO CO., LTD.製造) 〔Pseudo-support body〕 The pseudo-supports (pseudo-supports A to F) in Table 4 are shown below. Pseudo-support A: Lumirer16KS40 (manufactured by TORAY INDUSTRIES, INC.) Pseudo-support B: The one produced by the method mentioned later was used. Pseudo support C: TOYOBO ESTER FILM E5000 (manufactured by TOYOBO CO., LTD.) Pseudo-support D: UNIPEEL TR-1 (manufactured by UNITIKA LTD.) Pseudo-support E: Therapy25WZ (manufactured by TORAY INDUSTRIES, INC.) Pseudo support F: Cosmo Shine A4300 (manufactured by TOYOBO CO., LTD.)

<偽支撐體B之製造方法> (含粒子層形成組成物1的製作) 以下述示出之配合來混合各成分,獲得了含粒子層形成組成物1。製備含粒子層形成組成物1之後,藉由6μm過濾器(F20、Mahle Filter Systems Japan Corp.製造)進行過濾,接著使用2×6 RADIAL FLOW SUPERPHOBIC(Polypore International, Inc.製造)進行了膜脫氣。 <Manufacturing method of pseudo-support B> (Preparation of Particle-Containing Layer Forming Composition 1) The components were mixed in the formulation shown below to obtain a particle-containing layer-forming composition 1 . After preparing the particle-containing layer-forming composition 1, it was filtered with a 6 μm filter (F20, manufactured by Mahle Filter Systems Japan Corp.), and then membrane degassed using 2×6 RADIAL FLOW SUPERPHOBIC (manufactured by Polypore International, Inc.) .

·丙烯聚合物(AS-563A、DAICEL FINECHEM LTD.製造、固體成分27.5質量%)     167份 ·非離子系界面活性劑(Naro Acty CL95、Sanyo Chemical Industries, Ltd.製造、固體成分100質量%)     0.7份 ·陰離子系界面活性劑(Rapisol A-90、NOF CORPORATION製造、用水稀釋成固體成分1質量%)     114.4份 ·棕櫚蠟分散物(Cerozol 524、CHUKYO YUSHI CO.,LTD.製造、固體成分30質量%)     7份 ·碳二亞胺化合物(Carbodilite V-02-L2、Nisshinbo Chemical Inc.製造、用水稀釋成固體成分10質量%)     20.9份 ·消光劑(SNOWTEX XL、Nissan Chemical Industries,LTD.製造、固體成分40質量%、平均粒徑50nm)     2.8份 ·水     690.2份 ・Propylene polymer (AS-563A, manufactured by DAICEL FINECHEM LTD., solid content 27.5% by mass) 167 parts ・Nonionic surfactant (Naro Acty CL95, manufactured by Sanyo Chemical Industries, Ltd., solid content 100% by mass) 0.7 parts ・Anionic surfactant (Rapisol A-90, manufactured by NOF CORPORATION, diluted with water to a solid content of 1% by mass) 114.4 parts ・Palm wax dispersion (Cerozol 524, manufactured by CHUKYO YUSHI CO.,LTD., solid content 30% by mass) 7 parts Carbodiimide compound (Carbodilite V-02-L2, manufactured by Nisshinbo Chemical Inc., diluted with water to a solid content of 10% by mass) 20.9 parts ・Matting agent (SNOWTEX XL, manufactured by Nissan Chemical Industries, LTD., solid content 40% by mass, average particle diameter 50nm) 2.8 parts ·Water 690.2 parts

(擠出成型) 將以日本專利第5575671號公報中記載之檸檬酸螯合有機鈦錯合物作為聚合觸媒之聚對酞酸乙二酯的顆粒乾燥成含水率50ppm以下之後,投入到直徑為30mm的單軸混煉擠出機的料斗中,在280℃下熔融並擠出。將該熔融體(熔體)通入過濾器(孔徑3μm)之後,從模具擠出至25℃的冷卻輥,獲得了未延伸薄膜。另外,藉由使用靜電施加法而使所擠出之熔體與冷卻輥密接。 (extrusion molding) After drying the particles of polyethylene terephthalate using the citric acid chelated organotitanium complex described in Japanese Patent No. 5575671 as a polymerization catalyst to a moisture content of 50ppm or less, they are put into a single shaft with a diameter of 30mm. In the hopper of the kneading extruder, it was melted and extruded at 280°C. This molten body (melt) was passed through a filter (pore size: 3 μm), and extruded from a die to a cooling roll at 25° C. to obtain an unstretched film. In addition, the extruded melt was brought into close contact with the cooling roll by using an electrostatic application method.

(延伸、塗佈) 藉由上述方法擠出至冷卻輥上,並藉由以下方法對固化之未延伸薄膜實施依次雙軸延伸,獲得了具有厚度為16μm的聚酯薄膜和厚度為40nm的含粒子層之偽支撐體。 (extension, coating) Extruded onto a cooling roll by the above method, and sequentially biaxially stretched the solidified unstretched film by the following method, a pseudo-support having a polyester film with a thickness of 16 μm and a particle-containing layer with a thickness of 40 nm was obtained .

(a)縱延伸 將未延伸的薄膜通過周速度不同之2對壓送輥之間,並沿縱向(輸送方向)延伸。另外,將預熱溫度設為75℃、延伸溫度設為90℃、延伸倍率設為3.4倍、延伸速度設為1300%/秒鐘來實施。 (a) Longitudinal extension The unstretched film is passed between two pairs of nip rollers with different peripheral speeds, and stretched in the longitudinal direction (transport direction). In addition, the preheating temperature was set to 75° C., the stretching temperature was set to 90° C., the stretching ratio was set to 3.4 times, and the stretching speed was set to 1300%/sec.

(b)塗佈 用刮棒塗佈機向縱延伸之薄膜的單面塗佈了含粒子層形成組成物1,以使製膜後成為40nm的厚度。 (b) coating The particle-containing layer-forming composition 1 was coated on one side of the longitudinally stretched film with a bar coater so that the film had a thickness of 40 nm after film formation.

(c)橫延伸 使用拉幅機並在下述條件下對進行了上述縱延伸及塗佈之薄膜進行了橫延伸。 -橫延伸條件- 預熱溫度:110℃ 延伸溫度:120℃ 延伸倍率:4.2倍 延伸速度:50%/秒鐘 (c) Horizontal extension The above-mentioned longitudinally stretched and coated film was laterally stretched using a tenter under the following conditions. -Transverse extension condition- Preheating temperature: 110°C Extension temperature: 120°C Extension ratio: 4.2 times Extension speed: 50%/second

(熱固定、熱緩和) 接著,在下述條件下對結束了縱延伸及橫延伸之後的雙軸拉伸薄膜進行了熱固定。進一步進行了熱固定之後,縮短拉幅機的寬度,在下述條件下進行了熱緩和。 -熱固定條件- 熱固定溫度:227℃ 熱固定時間:6秒鐘 -熱緩和條件- 熱緩和溫度:190℃ 熱緩和率:4% (heat fixation, heat relaxation) Next, the biaxially stretched film after completion|finish of longitudinal stretching and lateral stretching was heat-set under the following conditions. After further heat fixing, the width of the tenter was shortened, and heat relaxation was performed under the following conditions. -Heat Fixation Conditions- Heat Fixing Temperature: 227°C Heat fixation time: 6 seconds -Heat relaxation conditions- Heat relaxation temperature: 190°C Heat mitigation rate: 4%

(捲取) 進行熱固定及熱緩和之後,對兩端進行修整,以10mm的寬度對端部進行擠出加工(滾紋)之後,以40kg/m的張力捲取。另外,寬度為1.5m、捲取長度為6300m。將所獲得之薄膜輥設為偽支撐體B。 (coiled) After heat fixing and heat relaxation, both ends were trimmed, and the ends were extruded (knurled) with a width of 10 mm, and wound up at a tension of 40 kg/m. In addition, the width was 1.5 m, and the coiling length was 6300 m. The obtained film roll was used as a dummy support B.

[感光性轉印薄膜的製作] 〔實施例1~48、比較例5~7〕 由偽支撐體、中間層及感光性層構成之感光性轉印薄膜分別製作成表4中示出之結構。具體為如下所述。 首先,在表4中示出之偽支撐體上,使用窄縫狀噴嘴將用於形成表4中示出之中間層之中間層形成用組成物進行乾燥之後進行塗佈,以使塗佈寬度成為1.0m,並且膜厚成為表4中所記載之數值,通過40秒鐘80℃的乾燥區,從而形成了中間層。 進而,在中間層上,使用窄縫狀噴嘴對用於形成表4中示出之感光性層之感光性組成物進行乾燥之後,進行塗佈以使塗佈寬度成為1.0m並且膜厚成為表4中所記載之數值,並且通過40秒鐘80℃的乾燥區,從而形成了負型感光性層。 在其上作為保護膜而壓接聚乙烯薄膜(Tredegar Corporation製造、OSM-N)以製作感光性轉印薄膜,並捲取成輥形態。 [Production of photosensitive transfer film] [Examples 1-48, Comparative Examples 5-7] The photosensitive transfer film composed of the dummy support, the intermediate layer and the photosensitive layer was fabricated into the structures shown in Table 4, respectively. Specifically, it is as follows. First, on the dummy support shown in Table 4, the intermediate layer-forming composition for forming the intermediate layer shown in Table 4 was dried using a slit-shaped nozzle, and then coated so that the coating width It became 1.0m, and the film thickness became the value shown in Table 4, and it passed through the drying zone of 80 degreeC for 40 seconds, and formed the intermediate layer. Furthermore, on the intermediate layer, after drying the photosensitive composition for forming the photosensitive layer shown in Table 4 using a slit-shaped nozzle, it was coated so that the coating width became 1.0 m and the film thickness became Table 4. 4, and passed through a drying zone at 80°C for 40 seconds to form a negative photosensitive layer. A polyethylene film (manufactured by Tredegar Corporation, OSM-N) was pressure-bonded thereon as a protective film to prepare a photosensitive transfer film, which was wound up into a roll form.

另外,藉由上述步驟,例如作為實施例1中所使用之轉印薄膜,製作了偽支撐體:種類A、中間層:種類1及感光性層:種類1的轉印薄膜。In addition, as the transfer film used in Example 1, for example, a dummy support: type A, an intermediate layer: type 1, and a photosensitive layer: type 1 transfer film were produced through the above steps.

〔比較例1~4〕 將由偽支撐體及感光性層構成之感光性轉印薄膜分別製作成表4中示出之結構。另外,除了不形成中間層以外,以與實施例1中所使用之轉印薄膜相同的方法進行了製作。 [Comparative examples 1 to 4] The photosensitive transfer film composed of the dummy support and the photosensitive layer was fabricated into the structures shown in Table 4, respectively. In addition, it produced by the method similar to the transfer film used in Example 1 except not forming an intermediate layer.

[中間層的偽支撐體側的表面中的表面自由能E I、偽支撐體的中間層側的表面中的表面自由能E s、中間層的偽支撐體側的表面中的算術平均粗糙度Ra] 用任意方法剝離所製作之轉印薄膜的偽支撐體,分別測量了偽支撐體的中間層側的表面的表面自由能E s(mJ/cm 2)及中間層的偽支撐體側的表面的表面自由能E I(mJ/cm 2)、中間層的偽支撐體側的表面的算術平均粗糙度Ra。另外,關於測量方法,如上所述。 表4中示出測量結果。 [Surface free energy E 1 in the surface of the pseudo-support side of the intermediate layer, Surface free energy E s in the surface of the pseudo-support side of the intermediate layer, Arithmetic mean roughness in the surface of the pseudo-support side of the intermediate layer Ra] The pseudo-support of the prepared transfer film was peeled off by any method, and the surface free energy E s (mJ/cm 2 ) of the surface of the intermediate layer side of the pseudo-support and the E s (mJ/cm 2 ) of the pseudo-support side of the intermediate layer were measured The surface free energy E I (mJ/cm 2 ) of the surface, and the arithmetic mean roughness Ra of the surface on the pseudo-support side of the intermediate layer. In addition, about the measurement method, it is as above-mentioned. Table 4 shows the measurement results.

[各種評價] 〔評價1:偽支撐體剝離性〕 在厚度為0.1mm的PET基板上,藉由蒸鍍法設置厚度為200nm的銅層,準備了附銅層之PET基板。 在剝離了所製作之轉印薄膜的保護膜之後,在輥溫度為100℃、線壓為1.0MPa、線速度為4.0m/min的層合條件下,層合到上述附銅層之PET基板,以使銅層和感光性層接觸。 以180°的傾斜度剝離偽支撐體之後,目視觀察偽支撐體和感光性層的表面,基於下述評價基準進行了評價。 表4中示出測量結果。 (評價基準) “A”:偽支撐體能夠平滑地剝離 “B”:偽支撐體能夠剝離,但剝離時發出聲音 “C”:剝離偽支撐體時,發生中間層的剝離,偽支撐體發生撕裂和/或凝聚破壞。 [Various evaluations] [Evaluation 1: Pseudo-support peelability] On a PET substrate with a thickness of 0.1mm, a copper layer with a thickness of 200nm was formed by vapor deposition to prepare a PET substrate with a copper layer. After peeling off the protective film of the produced transfer film, it was laminated to the PET substrate with copper layer above under the lamination conditions of roll temperature 100°C, line pressure 1.0MPa, and line speed 4.0m/min. , so that the copper layer and the photosensitive layer are in contact. After peeling off the dummy support at a gradient of 180°, the dummy support and the surface of the photosensitive layer were visually observed and evaluated based on the following evaluation criteria. Table 4 shows the measurement results. (evaluation criteria) "A": The pseudo-support can be peeled off smoothly "B": The false support can be peeled off, but there is a sound when peeling off "C": When the pseudo-support is peeled off, the interlayer is peeled off, and the pseudo-support is torn and/or cohesively broken.

〔評價2:遮罩非黏著性〕 在上述曝光操作後,目視觀察感光性層表面,基於下述評價基準進行了評價。 表4中示出測量結果。 (評價基準) “A”:感光性層未附著在遮罩上 “B”:感光性層未附著在遮罩上,但剝離時發出聲音 “C”:感光性層附著在遮罩上(能夠剝離遮罩,但發生感光性層的剝離) [Evaluation 2: Mask non-adhesiveness] After the said exposure operation, the photosensitive layer surface was observed visually, and it evaluated based on the following evaluation criteria. Table 4 shows the measurement results. (evaluation criteria) "A": The photosensitive layer is not attached to the mask "B": The photosensitive layer is not attached to the mask, but there is a sound when it is peeled off "C": The photosensitive layer is attached to the mask (the mask can be peeled off, but the peeling of the photosensitive layer occurs)

〔評價3:解析性〕 在厚度為0.1mm的PET基板上,藉由蒸鍍法設置厚度為200nm的銅層,準備了附銅層之PET基板。 在剝離了所製作之轉印薄膜的保護膜之後,在輥溫度為100℃、線壓為1.0MPa、線速度為4.0m/min的層合條件下,層合到上述附銅層之PET基板,以使銅層和感光性層接觸。 接著,使用具有既定的線(μm)/空間(μm)的圖案之光罩,並且使偽支撐體與剝離後的遮罩接觸並進行了曝光。曝光時使用了以i射線(365nm)作為曝光主要波長之高壓水銀燈。分別任意地設定了曝光量,以使各圖案的top形狀與遮罩開口部一致。 其次,使用液體溫度為25℃的1%碳酸鈉水溶液進行噴淋顯影,並實施水洗,在銅上形成了既定的圖案。 接著,基於下述評價基準,評價了解析性。 表4中示出測量結果。 另外,以下,“能夠在圖案之間無殘渣地解析”係指,能夠在圖案的凹部區域(相當於未曝光部的位置)無殘渣地解析。 (評價基準) “AA”:L/S=3μm/3μm能夠在圖案間無殘渣地解析 “A”:L/S=6μm/6μm能夠在圖案間無殘渣地解析 “B”:L/S=8μm/8μm能夠在圖案間無殘渣地解析 “C”:L/S=8μm/8μm不能夠解析 [Evaluation 3: Analysis] On a PET substrate with a thickness of 0.1mm, a copper layer with a thickness of 200nm was formed by vapor deposition to prepare a PET substrate with a copper layer. After peeling off the protective film of the produced transfer film, it was laminated to the PET substrate with copper layer above under the lamination conditions of roll temperature 100°C, line pressure 1.0MPa, and line speed 4.0m/min. , so that the copper layer and the photosensitive layer are in contact. Next, using a mask having a predetermined line (μm)/space (μm) pattern, exposure was performed by bringing the dummy support into contact with the mask after peeling. For exposure, a high-pressure mercury lamp with i-rays (365nm) as the main wavelength of exposure was used. The exposure amount was arbitrarily set so that the top shape of each pattern matched the opening of the mask. Next, spray image development was performed using a 1% sodium carbonate aqueous solution at a liquid temperature of 25° C., and water washing was performed to form a predetermined pattern on copper. Next, the resolving power was evaluated based on the following evaluation criteria. Table 4 shows the measurement results. In addition, in the following, "analysis without residue between patterns" means that analysis without residue can be performed in the concave region of the pattern (position corresponding to the unexposed portion). (evaluation criteria) "AA": L/S=3μm/3μm can be resolved without residue between patterns "A": L/S=6μm/6μm can be resolved without residue between patterns "B": L/S=8μm/8μm can be resolved without residue between patterns "C": L/S=8μm/8μm cannot be resolved

〔評價1~3的綜合評價〕 基於評價1~3的評價結果,藉由以下評價基準實施了綜合評價。 <評價標準> “AA”:解析性為AA評價,並且遮罩非黏著性及偽支撐體剝離性均為A評價 “A”:解析性為A評價,並且遮罩非黏著性及偽支撐體剝離性均為A評價 “B”:解析性為A評價,並且遮罩非黏著性及偽支撐體剝離性中的任一個為A評價,另一個為B評價 “C”:解析性為B評價,並且遮罩非黏著性及偽支撐體剝離性為A及B中的任意評價。 “D”:解析性為C評價或者遮罩非黏著性為C評價。另外,偽支撐體評價可以為任意評價。 [Comprehensive evaluation of evaluations 1 to 3] Based on the evaluation results of evaluations 1 to 3, comprehensive evaluation was implemented by the following evaluation criteria. <Evaluation criteria> "AA": The resolving power is AA evaluation, and the non-adhesiveness of the mask and the detachment of the pseudo-support are both A evaluations "A": The resolving power is an A evaluation, and the non-adhesiveness of the mask and the detachment of the pseudo-support are both A evaluations "B": The resolving property is evaluated as A, and any one of mask non-adhesiveness and false support peelability is evaluated as A, and the other is evaluated as B "C": Resolubility is evaluated as B, and mask non-adhesiveness and pseudo-support peelability are evaluated as any of A and B. "D": A C rating for resolution or a C rating for mask non-stickiness. In addition, the pseudo-support evaluation may be any evaluation.

以下,示出表4。 表4中,“感光性層的種類”如上所述,與表2中示出之感光性層的編號對應。 又,表4中“是否實施偽支撐體剝離步驟”表示是否實施偽支撐體剝離步驟。“A”表示在積層體之製造方法中實施了偽支撐體剝離步驟之情況,“B”表示在積層體之製造方法中未實施偽支撐體剝離步驟之情況。 又,在比較例1~4(無中間層)中,“偽支撐體的種類及物性”欄的表面自由能表示偽支撐體的感光性層側的表面的表面自由能。 Table 4 is shown below. In Table 4, "the kind of photosensitive layer" corresponds to the number of the photosensitive layer shown in Table 2 as above-mentioned. In addition, "whether the dummy support peeling step is performed" in Table 4 indicates whether the dummy support peeling step is performed. "A" indicates the case where the dummy support peeling step was performed in the method for producing the laminate, and "B" indicates the case where the dummy support peeling step was not performed in the method for producing the laminate. In addition, in Comparative Examples 1 to 4 (without an intermediate layer), the surface free energy in the "type and physical properties of the pseudo-support" represents the surface free energy of the surface of the pseudo-support on the photosensitive layer side.

[表4]    實施例 1 實施例 2 實施例 3 實施例 4 實施例 5 實施例 6 實施例 7 實施例 8 實施例 9 實施例 10 實施例 11 實施例 12 實施例 13 實施例 14 實施例 15 中間層的結構及物性 中間層的膜厚[μm] 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 2.0 3.0 5.0 1.1 中間層的種類 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 3 1 4 5 1 1 1 6 中間層的組成(成分的種類及配合量(質量%)) PVA 67.5 67.5 67.5 67.5 67.5 67.5 67.75 60.5 67.5 67.95 58 67.5 67.5 67.5 67.5 PVP 31.5 31.5 31.5 31.5 31.5 31.5 31.75 24.5 31.5 31.95 22 31.5 31.5 31.5 31.5 HPMC 1 1 1 1 1 1 0.5 15 1 0.1 20 1 1 1 - PEG - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1 HPC - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 其他 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 中間層的物性 算術平均粗糙度Ra 2nm 2nm 2nm 2nm 2nm 2nm 2nm 5nm 2nm 2nm 23nm 2nm 2nm 2nm 2nm 表面自由能E I(mJ/cm 2 60.1 60.1 60.1 60.1 60.1 60.1 62.1 58.8 60.1 65.1 56.0 60.1 60.1 60.1 60.0 感光性層的結構及物性 感光性層的膜厚[μm] 15 2.4 3.0 5.0 10 20 15 15 25 15 15 15 15 15 15 感光性層的種類 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 偽支撐體的種類及物性 偽支撐體的種類及物性 種類 A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A 表面自由能Es (mJ/cm 2 43.7 43.7 43.7 43.7 43.7 43.7 43.7 43.7 43.7 43.7 43.7 43.7 43.7 43.7 43.7 是否實施偽支撐體剝離步驟 A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A 評價結果 評價1 偽支撐體剝離性 A A A A A A A A A B A A A A A 評價2 遮罩非黏著性 A A A A A A A A A A A A A A B 評價3 解析性 A AA AA AA AA A A A B A B A A B A 評價1~3的綜合評價 A AA AA AA AA A A A C B C A A C B [Table 4] Example 1 Example 2 Example 3 Example 4 Example 5 Example 6 Example 7 Example 8 Example 9 Example 10 Example 11 Example 12 Example 13 Example 14 Example 15 Structural transitivity of the middle layer Film thickness of intermediate layer [μm] 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 2.0 3.0 5.0 1.1 Types of middle layer 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 3 1 4 5 1 1 1 6 Composition of the middle layer (type and amount of ingredients (mass %)) PVA 67.5 67.5 67.5 67.5 67.5 67.5 67.75 60.5 67.5 67.95 58 67.5 67.5 67.5 67.5 pvp 31.5 31.5 31.5 31.5 31.5 31.5 31.75 24.5 31.5 31.95 twenty two 31.5 31.5 31.5 31.5 HPMC 1 1 1 1 1 1 0.5 15 1 0.1 20 1 1 1 - PEG - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1 HPC - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - other - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Physical properties of the middle layer Arithmetic mean roughness Ra 2nm 2nm 2nm 2nm 2nm 2nm 2nm 5nm 2nm 2nm 23nm 2nm 2nm 2nm 2nm Surface free energy E I (mJ/cm 2 ) 60.1 60.1 60.1 60.1 60.1 60.1 62.1 58.8 60.1 65.1 56.0 60.1 60.1 60.1 60.0 Structure transitivity of photosensitive layer Film thickness of photosensitive layer [μm] 15 2.4 3.0 5.0 10 20 15 15 25 15 15 15 15 15 15 Types of photosensitive layer 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Types and properties of pseudo-supports Types and properties of pseudo-supports type A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A Surface free energy Es (mJ/cm 2 ) 43.7 43.7 43.7 43.7 43.7 43.7 43.7 43.7 43.7 43.7 43.7 43.7 43.7 43.7 43.7 Whether to implement the pseudo-support stripping step A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A Evaluation results Evaluation 1 Pseudo-support peelability A A A A A A A A A B A A A A A Evaluation 2 mask non-adhesive A A A A A A A A A A A A A A B Evaluation 3 analytical A AAA AAA AAA AAA A A A B A B A A B A Comprehensive evaluation of evaluations 1 to 3 A AAA AAA AAA AAA A A A C B C A A C B

[表5] 表4(續) 實施例 16 實施例 17 實施例 18 實施例 19 實施例 20 實施例 21 實施例 22 實施例 23 實施例 24 實施例 25 實施例 26 實施例 27 中間層的結構及物性 中間層的膜厚[μm] 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 中間層的種類 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 中間層的組成(成分的種類及配合量(質量%)) PVA 60.5 67.5 60.5 65.5 65.5 53 53 53 68 5 50 95 PVP 24.5 31.5 24.5 29.5 29.5 17 17 17 32 95 50 5 HPMC - - - - - 30 - - - - - - PEG 15 - - - - - 30 - - - - - HPC - 1 15 - - - - 30 - - - - 其他 - - - 丙三醇 5 雙酚A 5 - - - - - - - 中間層的物性 算術平均粗糙度Ra 5nm 2nm 2nm 2nm 2nm 39nm 35nm 31nm 2nm 2nm 2nm 2nm 表面自由能E I(mJ/cm 2 58.5 59.8 57.2 58.9 58.7 55.7 54.9 56.1 65.5 67.4 66.1 65.2 感光性層的結構及物性 感光性層的膜厚[μm] 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 感光性層的種類 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 偽支撐體的種類及物性 偽支撐體的種類及物性 種類 A A A A A A A A A A A A 表面自由能Es (mJ/cm 2 43.7 43.7 43.7 43.7 43.7 43.7 43.7 43.7 43.7 43.7 43.7 43.7 是否實施偽支撐體剝離步驟 A A A A A A A A A A A A 評價結果 評價1 偽支撐體剝離性 A B B A A A A A B B B B 評價2 遮罩非黏著性 B A A B B A A A A A A A 評價3 解析性 A A A A A B B B A A A A 評價1~3的綜合評價 B B B B B C C C B B B B [table 5] Table 4 (continued) Example 16 Example 17 Example 18 Example 19 Example 20 Example 21 Example 22 Example 23 Example 24 Example 25 Example 26 Example 27 Structural transitivity of the middle layer Film thickness of intermediate layer [μm] 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 Types of middle layer 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Composition of the middle layer (type and amount of ingredients (mass %)) PVA 60.5 67.5 60.5 65.5 65.5 53 53 53 68 5 50 95 pvp 24.5 31.5 24.5 29.5 29.5 17 17 17 32 95 50 5 HPMC - - - - - 30 - - - - - - PEG 15 - - - - - 30 - - - - - HPC - 1 15 - - - - 30 - - - - other - - - Glycerol 5 Bisphenol A 5 - - - - - - - Physical properties of the middle layer Arithmetic mean roughness Ra 5nm 2nm 2nm 2nm 2nm 39nm 35nm 31nm 2nm 2nm 2nm 2nm Surface free energy E I (mJ/cm 2 ) 58.5 59.8 57.2 58.9 58.7 55.7 54.9 56.1 65.5 67.4 66.1 65.2 Structure transitivity of photosensitive layer Film thickness of photosensitive layer [μm] 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 Types of photosensitive layer 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Types and properties of pseudo-supports Types and properties of pseudo-supports type A A A A A A A A A A A A Surface free energy Es (mJ/cm 2 ) 43.7 43.7 43.7 43.7 43.7 43.7 43.7 43.7 43.7 43.7 43.7 43.7 Whether to implement the pseudo-support stripping step A A A A A A A A A A A A Evaluation results Evaluation 1 Pseudo-support peelability A B B A A A A A B B B B Evaluation 2 mask non-adhesive B A A B B A A A A A A A Evaluation 3 analytical A A A A A B B B A A A A Comprehensive evaluation of evaluations 1 to 3 B B B B B C C C B B B B

[表6] 表4(續) 實施例 28 實施例 29 實施例 30 實施例 31 實施例 32 實施例 33 實施例 34 實施例 35 實施例 36 實施例 37 實施例 38 實施例 39 實施例 40 實施例 41 實施例 42 中間層的結構及物性 中間層的膜厚[μm] 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 2.5 5.0 1.1 1.1 1.1 中間層的種類 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 28 28 1 1 1 中間層的組成(成分的種類及配合量(質量%)) PVA 68 5 50 68 5 50 3 98 100 - - - 67.5 67.5 67.5 PVP - - - - - - 97 2 0 100 100 100 31.5 31.5 31.5 HPMC 32 95 50 - - - - - - - - - 1 1 1 PEG - - - 32 95 50 - - - - - - - - - HPC - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 其他 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 中間層的物性 算術平均粗糙度Ra 15nm 2nm 39nm 5nm 5nm 5nm 2nm 2nm 2nm 2nm 2nm 2nm 4nm 26nm 22nm 表面自由能E I(mJ/cm 2 65.1 66.6 65.4 67.2 67.9 67.5 67.2 65.1 63.2 67.8 67.8 67.8 60.1 60.1 60.1 感光性層的結構及物性 感光性層的膜厚[μm] 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 感光性層的種類 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 偽支撐體的種類及物性 偽支撐體的種類及物性 種類 A A A A A A A A A A A A B C D 表面自由能Es (mJ/cm 2 43.7 43.7 43.7 43.7 43.7 43.7 43.7 43.7 43.7 43.7 43.7 43.7 53.7 40.5 38.3 是否實施偽支撐體剝離步驟 A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A 評價結果 評價1 偽支撐體剝離性 B B B B B B B B B B B B A A A 評價2 遮罩非黏著性 A A A A A A B A A B B B A A A 評價3 解析性 B B B B B B B A A B B B A A A 評價1~3的綜合評價 C C C C C C C B B C C C A A A [Table 6] Table 4 (continued) Example 28 Example 29 Example 30 Example 31 Example 32 Example 33 Example 34 Example 35 Example 36 Example 37 Example 38 Example 39 Example 40 Example 41 Example 42 Structural transitivity of the middle layer Film thickness of intermediate layer [μm] 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 2.5 5.0 1.1 1.1 1.1 Types of middle layer 19 20 twenty one twenty two twenty three twenty four 25 26 27 28 28 28 1 1 1 Composition of the middle layer (type and amount of ingredients (mass %)) PVA 68 5 50 68 5 50 3 98 100 - - - 67.5 67.5 67.5 pvp - - - - - - 97 2 0 100 100 100 31.5 31.5 31.5 HPMC 32 95 50 - - - - - - - - - 1 1 1 PEG - - - 32 95 50 - - - - - - - - - HPC - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - other - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Physical properties of the middle layer Arithmetic mean roughness Ra 15nm 2nm 39nm 5nm 5nm 5nm 2nm 2nm 2nm 2nm 2nm 2nm 4nm 26nm 22nm Surface free energy E I (mJ/cm 2 ) 65.1 66.6 65.4 67.2 67.9 67.5 67.2 65.1 63.2 67.8 67.8 67.8 60.1 60.1 60.1 Structure transitivity of photosensitive layer Film thickness of photosensitive layer [μm] 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 Types of photosensitive layer 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Types and properties of pseudo-supports Types and properties of pseudo-supports type A A A A A A A A A A A A B C D. Surface free energy Es (mJ/cm 2 ) 43.7 43.7 43.7 43.7 43.7 43.7 43.7 43.7 43.7 43.7 43.7 43.7 53.7 40.5 38.3 Whether to implement the pseudo-support stripping step A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A Evaluation results Evaluation 1 Pseudo-support peelability B B B B B B B B B B B B A A A Evaluation 2 mask non-adhesive A A A A A A B A A B B B A A A Evaluation 3 analytical B B B B B B B A A B B B A A A Comprehensive evaluation of evaluations 1 to 3 C C C C C C C B B C C C A A A

[表7] 表4(續) 實施例 43 實施例 44 實施例 45 實施例 46 實施例 47 實施例 48 比較例 1 比較例 2 比較例 3 比較例 4 比較例 5 比較例 6 比較例 7 中間層的結構及物性 中間層的膜厚[μm] 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 中間層的種類 1 1 1 1 1 1 - - - - 1 R1 R2 中間層的組成(成分的種類及配合量(質量%)) PVA 67.5 67.5 67.5 67.5 67.5 67.5 - - - - 67.5 - - PVP 31.5 31.5 31.5 31.5 31.5 31.5 - - - - 31.5 - - HPMC 1 1 1 1 1 1 - - - - 1 100 - PEG - - - - - - - - - - - - - HPC - - - - - - - - - - - - 100 其他 - - - - - - - - - - - - - 中間層的物性 算術平均粗糙度Ra 21nm 32nm 2nm 2nm 2nm 2nm - - - - 2nm 40nm 50nm 表面自由能E I(mJ/cm 2 60.1 60.1 60.1 60.1 60.1 60.1 (感光層面:50.2) (感光層面:50.2) (感光層面:52.5) (感光層面:52.5) 65.5 72.7 69.2 感光性層的結構及物性 感光性層的膜厚[μm] 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 感光性層的種類 1 1 2 3 4 1 4 4 1 1 1 1 1 偽支撐體的種類及物性 偽支撐體的種類及物性 種類 E F F F F F A A A A A A A 表面自由能Es (mJ/cm 2 24.4 55.2 55.2 55.2 55.2 55.2 43.7 43.7 43.7 43.7 43.7 43.7 43.7 是否實施偽支撐體剝離步驟 A A A A A A A C A C C A A 評價結果 評價1 偽支撐體剝離性 B B B B B B A - A - - C C 評價2 遮罩非黏著性 A A A A A A C A C A A C C 評價3 解析性 A A B B B B C C C C C C C 評價1~3的綜合評價 B B C C C C D D D D D D D [Table 7] Table 4 (continued) Example 43 Example 44 Example 45 Example 46 Example 47 Example 48 Comparative example 1 Comparative example 2 Comparative example 3 Comparative example 4 Comparative Example 5 Comparative Example 6 Comparative Example 7 Structural transitivity of the middle layer Film thickness of intermediate layer [μm] 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 none none none none 1.1 1.1 1.1 Types of middle layer 1 1 1 1 1 1 - - - - 1 R1 R2 Composition of the middle layer (type and amount of ingredients (mass %)) PVA 67.5 67.5 67.5 67.5 67.5 67.5 - - - - 67.5 - - pvp 31.5 31.5 31.5 31.5 31.5 31.5 - - - - 31.5 - - HPMC 1 1 1 1 1 1 - - - - 1 100 - PEG - - - - - - - - - - - - - HPC - - - - - - - - - - - - 100 other - - - - - - - - - - - - - Physical properties of the middle layer Arithmetic mean roughness Ra 21nm 32nm 2nm 2nm 2nm 2nm - - - - 2nm 40nm 50nm Surface free energy E I (mJ/cm 2 ) 60.1 60.1 60.1 60.1 60.1 60.1 (photosensitive layer: 50.2) (photosensitive layer: 50.2) (photosensitive level: 52.5) (photosensitive level: 52.5) 65.5 72.7 69.2 Structure transitivity of photosensitive layer Film thickness of photosensitive layer [μm] 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 Types of photosensitive layer 1 1 2 3 4 1 4 4 1 1 1 1 1 Types and properties of pseudo-supports Types and properties of pseudo-supports type E. f f f f f A A A A A A A Surface free energy Es (mJ/cm 2 ) 24.4 55.2 55.2 55.2 55.2 55.2 43.7 43.7 43.7 43.7 43.7 43.7 43.7 Whether to implement the pseudo-support stripping step A A A A A A A C A C C A A Evaluation results Evaluation 1 Pseudo-support peelability B B B B B B A - A - - C C Evaluation 2 mask non-adhesive A A A A A A C A C A A C C Evaluation 3 analytical A A B B B B C C C C C C C Comprehensive evaluation of evaluations 1 to 3 B B C C C C D. D. D. D. D. D. D.

從表4的結果中明確如下:在實施例的積層體之製造方法之情況下,能夠抑制曝光後的感光性層和光罩的過度黏著(換言之,遮罩非黏著性優異)並且能夠形成抑制了圖案的凹部區域的殘渣之微細的圖案(換言之,解析性亦優異)。From the results in Table 4, it is clear that in the case of the manufacturing method of the laminated body of the embodiment, the excessive adhesion of the photosensitive layer and the photomask after exposure can be suppressed (in other words, the mask non-adhesion is excellent) and it is possible to form a suppressed A fine pattern of residues in the concave region of the pattern (in other words, excellent resolution).

另一方面,在比較例1~7中,未獲得所希望的效果。 如比較例1、3所示,成為如下結果:在未形成中間層之狀態下使感光性層與遮罩直接黏著而實施曝光之情況下,遮罩非黏著性差。 又,如比較例3、4所示,成為如下結果:在未形成中間層,並且未實施偽支撐體剝離步驟之狀態下,隔著偽支撐體實施曝光之情況下,解析性差。 又,如比較例5所示,成為如下結果:在形成中間層並且未實施偽支撐體剝離步驟,並且隔著偽支撐體實施曝光之情況下,解析性差。 又,如比較例6、7所示,成為如下結果:在中間層的偽支撐體側的表面的表面自由能E I超過68.0mJ/cm 2之情況下,遮罩非黏著性及解析性均差。 On the other hand, in Comparative Examples 1 to 7, the desired effect was not obtained. As shown in Comparative Examples 1 and 3, when exposure was performed by directly adhering the photosensitive layer and the mask without forming the intermediate layer, the mask non-adhesion was poor. Also, as shown in Comparative Examples 3 and 4, it was a result that the resolution was poor when exposure was performed through the dummy support in a state where no intermediate layer was formed and no dummy support peeling step was performed. Also, as shown in Comparative Example 5, when the intermediate layer was formed, the dummy support peeling step was not performed, and the exposure was performed through the dummy support, the resolution was poor. Also, as shown in Comparative Examples 6 and 7, the result was that when the surface free energy E I of the surface of the intermediate layer on the pseudo-support side exceeded 68.0 mJ/cm 2 , mask non-adhesion and resolution were both Difference.

又,從實施例1~6、9的結果中確認到,感光性層的厚度為2.0~20μm(較佳為2.0~10μm)之情況下,解析性更加優異。 又,從實施例1、7、8、10、11、21~23的結果中確認到,中間層中的化合物X的含量的上限值相對於中間層的總質量為小於30質量%(較佳為15質量%以下)之情況下,解析性更加優異。又,確認到,中間層中的化合物X的含量的上限值相對於中間層的總質量為0.5質量%以上之情況下,偽支撐體剝離性更加優異。 又,從實施例1、12~14的結果中確認到,中間層的厚度為3.0μm以下之情況下,解析性更加優異。 又,從實施例1與實施例15的對比、實施例1與實施例19的對比中確認到,化合物X為高分子(較佳為水溶性纖維素衍生物)之情況下,由於進一步抑制膜的可塑化,因此遮罩非黏著性更加優異(在實施例15、19中使用之化合物X容易可塑化成分子量小之膜)。又,從實施例1與實施例17的對比中確認到,在水溶性纖維素衍生物中,係羥丙基甲基纖維素之情況下,偽支撐體剝離性更加優異。 從實施例1與實施例24~27的對比中確認到,中間層包含化合物X之情況下,偽支撐體剝離性更加優異。 從實施例1與實施例28~33的對比中確認到,在併用了聚乙烯醇、聚乙烯吡咯啶酮及化合物X之情況下,偽支撐體剝離性及解析性更加優異(推測聚乙烯醇和化合物X的相容性低,並且藉由併用聚乙烯吡咯啶酮而相容性提高,並且基於相分離的解析性變差得到抑制)。 從實施例1與實施例34~39的對比中確認到,中間層包含聚乙烯醇及聚乙烯吡咯烷酮,並且聚乙烯醇與聚乙烯吡咯啶酮的配合比(質量比)為5/95~95/5之情況下,遮罩非黏著性與偽支撐體剝離性更加優異。 從實施例1與實施例43及44的對比中確認到,偽支撐體的中間層側的表面的表面自由能為25.0~50.0mJ/m 2之情況下,偽支撐體剝離性更加優異。 從實施例44~46的對比中確認到,感光性層的材料包含選自包括2,4,5-三芳基咪唑二聚體及其衍生物之群組中的至少一種之情況下,解析性更加優異。又,從實施例47的結果中確認到,聚合物中的基於苯乙烯之構成單元的含量相對於聚合物的總質量係30質量%以上之情況下,解析性更加優異。 Moreover, it was confirmed from the result of Examples 1-6, 9 that when the thickness of a photosensitive layer is 2.0-20 micrometers (preferably 2.0-10 micrometers), resolution is more excellent. Also, from the results of Examples 1, 7, 8, 10, 11, and 21 to 23, it was confirmed that the upper limit of the content of compound X in the intermediate layer was less than 30% by mass (compared to the total mass of the intermediate layer). (preferably 15% by mass or less), the resolving power is more excellent. In addition, it was confirmed that when the upper limit of the content of the compound X in the intermediate layer is 0.5% by mass or more relative to the total mass of the intermediate layer, the dummy support release property is more excellent. Also, from the results of Examples 1 and 12 to 14, it was confirmed that the resolution was more excellent when the thickness of the intermediate layer was 3.0 μm or less. Also, from the comparison of Example 1 and Example 15, and the comparison of Example 1 and Example 19, it is confirmed that when Compound X is a polymer (preferably a water-soluble cellulose derivative), due to further inhibition of the film Therefore, the non-adhesiveness of the mask is more excellent (the compound X used in Examples 15 and 19 can be easily plasticized into a film with a small molecular weight). In addition, it was confirmed from the comparison between Example 1 and Example 17 that, among the water-soluble cellulose derivatives, when it is hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, the detachability of the pseudo-support is more excellent. From the comparison of Example 1 and Examples 24 to 27, it was confirmed that when the intermediate layer contained the compound X, the dummy support release property was more excellent. From the comparison of Example 1 and Examples 28 to 33, it was confirmed that when polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinylpyrrolidone, and Compound X were used in combination, the detachability and resolution of the pseudo-support were more excellent (presumably polyvinyl alcohol and Compound X has low compatibility, and the compatibility is improved by using polyvinylpyrrolidone in combination, and the deterioration of resolution due to phase separation is suppressed). From the comparison of Example 1 and Examples 34 to 39, it is confirmed that the intermediate layer contains polyvinyl alcohol and polyvinyl pyrrolidone, and the compounding ratio (mass ratio) of polyvinyl alcohol to polyvinyl pyrrolidone is 5/95 to 95 In the case of /5, the non-adhesiveness of the mask and the detachment of the pseudo-support are more excellent. From the comparison between Example 1 and Examples 43 and 44, it was confirmed that when the surface free energy of the surface of the intermediate layer side of the pseudo support is 25.0 to 50.0 mJ/m 2 , the detachment of the pseudo support is more excellent. From the comparison of Examples 44 to 46, it was confirmed that when the material of the photosensitive layer contains at least one selected from the group consisting of 2,4,5-triaryl imidazole dimers and derivatives thereof, the analytical performance was improved. more excellent. Also, from the results of Example 47, it was confirmed that when the content of the structural units derived from styrene in the polymer is 30% by mass or more with respect to the total mass of the polymer, the resolution is more excellent.

[實施例49:印刷配線基板之製造方法] 將表4中示出之實施例48的轉印薄膜用作日本特開2019-121740號公報的0050段中的光阻圖案形成材料,並且實施了上述專利公報中所揭示之印刷配線板製造方法,結果獲得了具有未侵蝕之良好的配線之基板。 確認到,實施例的轉印薄膜用於獲得用於半加成法之光阻圖案亦較佳。 [Example 49: Manufacturing method of printed wiring board] The transfer film of Example 48 shown in Table 4 was used as a photoresist pattern forming material in paragraph 0050 of JP-A-2019-121740, and the method of manufacturing a printed wiring board disclosed in the above-mentioned patent publication was implemented. , as a result, a substrate with good wiring without erosion was obtained. It was confirmed that the transfer film of the example is also suitable for obtaining a photoresist pattern for the semi-additive method.

10,20:轉印薄膜 1,11:偽支撐體 3,13:中間層 5,15:感光性層 7,19:組成物層 17:折射率調整層 9,21:保護膜 10,20: transfer film 1,11: Pseudo-support 3,13: middle layer 5,15: photosensitive layer 7,19: Composition layer 17: Refractive index adjustment layer 9,21: Protective film

圖1係表示轉印薄膜X1的一例之示意圖。 圖2係表示轉印薄膜X2的一例之示意圖。 FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram showing an example of a transfer film X1. FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram showing an example of the transfer film X2.

1:偽支撐體 1: Pseudo-support

3:中間層 3: middle layer

5:感光性層 5: Photosensitive layer

7:組成物層 7: Composition layer

9:保護膜 9: Protective film

10:轉印薄膜 10: Transfer film

Claims (22)

一種積層體之製造方法,其具有: 以具有偽支撐體、中間層及感光性層之轉印薄膜的前述感光性層的與前述中間層側相反一側的表面與基板接觸之方式,將前述轉印薄膜與前述基板貼合之步驟; 在前述偽支撐體與前述中間層之間,剝離前述偽支撐體之步驟; 使露出之前述中間層與遮罩接觸而實施曝光處理,進一步在曝光後實施顯影處理以形成圖案之步驟, 前述中間層的前述偽支撐體側的表面的表面自由能為68.0mJ/m 2以下。 A method for producing a laminate comprising: placing the above-mentioned photosensitive layer in contact with a substrate so that the surface of the photosensitive layer of a transfer film having a dummy support, an intermediate layer, and a photosensitive layer is in contact with a substrate. The step of attaching the transfer film to the aforementioned substrate; the step of peeling off the aforementioned dummy support between the aforementioned dummy support and the aforementioned intermediate layer; exposing the exposed aforementioned intermediate layer to a mask, and further exposing In the step of performing a development treatment to form a pattern, the surface free energy of the surface of the intermediate layer on the dummy support side is 68.0 mJ/m 2 or less. 如請求項1所述之積層體之製造方法,其中 前述中間層的前述偽支撐體側的表面的算術平均粗糙度Ra為50nm以下。 The manufacturing method of the laminated body as described in claim 1, wherein The arithmetic average roughness Ra of the surface of the intermediate layer on the pseudo-support side is 50 nm or less. 如請求項1或請求項2所述之積層體之製造方法,其中 前述偽支撐體的前述中間層側的表面自由能為25.0~50.0mJ/m 2The method for producing a laminate according to claim 1 or claim 2, wherein the surface free energy of the dummy support on the side of the intermediate layer is 25.0 to 50.0 mJ/m 2 . 如請求項1或請求項2所述之積層體之製造方法,其中 前述中間層包含聚乙烯醇。 The method for manufacturing a laminate according to Claim 1 or Claim 2, wherein The aforementioned intermediate layer contains polyvinyl alcohol. 如請求項4所述之積層體之製造方法,其中 前述聚乙烯醇的含量相對於前述中間層的總質量為5~95質量%。 The manufacturing method of the laminated body as described in claim 4, wherein Content of the said polyvinyl alcohol is 5-95 mass % with respect to the gross mass of the said intermediate layer. 如請求項1或請求項2所述之積層體之製造方法,其中 前述中間層進一步包含聚乙烯吡咯啶酮。 The method for manufacturing a laminate according to Claim 1 or Claim 2, wherein The aforementioned intermediate layer further contains polyvinylpyrrolidone. 如請求項1或請求項2所述之積層體之製造方法,其中 前述中間層進一步包含選自包括水溶性纖維素衍生物、聚醚類、苯酚衍生物及丙三醇之群組中的1種以上的化合物X。 The method for manufacturing a laminate according to Claim 1 or Claim 2, wherein The intermediate layer further contains at least one compound X selected from the group consisting of water-soluble cellulose derivatives, polyethers, phenol derivatives, and glycerol. 如請求項7所述之積層體之製造方法,其中 前述化合物X的含量相對於前述中間層的總質量為0.1質量%以上且小於30質量%。 The manufacturing method of the laminated body as described in claim 7, wherein The content of the compound X is 0.1% by mass or more and less than 30% by mass relative to the total mass of the intermediate layer. 如請求項7所述之積層體之製造方法,其中 前述化合物X包含羥丙基甲基纖維素。 The manufacturing method of the laminated body as described in claim 7, wherein The aforementioned compound X contains hydroxypropylmethylcellulose. 如請求項1或請求項2所述之積層體之製造方法,其中 前述中間層的厚度為3.0μm以下。 The method for manufacturing a laminate according to Claim 1 or Claim 2, wherein The thickness of the aforementioned intermediate layer is 3.0 μm or less. 如請求項1或請求項2所述之積層體之製造方法,其中 前述感光性層的厚度為2.0~20μm。 The method for manufacturing a laminate according to Claim 1 or Claim 2, wherein The thickness of the said photosensitive layer is 2.0-20 micrometers. 一種電路配線基板之製造方法,其包含請求項1至請求項11之任一項所述之積層體之製造方法,該電路配線基板之製造方法具有: 在基板上形成晶種層而形成附晶種層之基板之步驟; 以具有偽支撐體、中間層及感光性層之轉印薄膜的前述感光性層的與前述中間層側相反一側的表面與前述附晶種層之基板接觸之方式,將前述轉印薄膜與前述附晶種層之基板貼合以獲得依序具有前述基板、前述晶種層、前述感光性層、前述中間層及前述偽支撐體之附感光性層之基板之步驟; 在前述偽支撐體與前述中間層之間,剝離前述偽支撐體之步驟; 使露出之前述中間層與遮罩接觸而實施曝光處理,進一步在曝光後實施顯影處理以形成圖案之步驟; 在存在於未配置前述圖案之區域之前述晶種層上,藉由電鍍處理而形成金屬鍍層之步驟; 在前述金屬鍍層上形成保護層之步驟; 去除前述圖案之步驟;及 去除露出之前述晶種層以獲得導電性細線之步驟, 前述中間層的前述偽支撐體側的表面的表面自由能為68.0mJ/m 2以下。 A method for manufacturing a circuit wiring board, which includes a method for manufacturing a laminate according to any one of claim 1 to claim 11, the method for manufacturing a circuit wiring board includes: forming a seed layer on a substrate to form an attached crystal The step of the substrate of the seed layer; the surface of the aforementioned photosensitive layer of the transfer film having the dummy support, the intermediate layer and the photosensitive layer, which is opposite to the aforementioned intermediate layer, is in contact with the aforementioned substrate with the seed layer bonding the aforementioned transfer film to the aforementioned substrate with a seed crystal layer to obtain the substrate with the aforementioned substrate, the aforementioned seed crystal layer, the aforementioned photosensitive layer, the aforementioned intermediate layer, and the aforementioned pseudo-support with a photosensitive layer of the substrate step; between the aforementioned dummy support body and the aforementioned intermediate layer, the step of peeling off the aforementioned dummy support body; making the exposed aforementioned intermediate layer contact with a mask to perform exposure treatment, and further implement a development treatment to form a pattern after exposure; A step of forming a metal plating layer by electroplating treatment on the aforementioned seed layer existing in a region where the aforementioned pattern is not arranged; a step of forming a protective layer on the aforementioned metal plating layer; a step of removing the aforementioned pattern; and removing the exposed aforementioned crystal layer In the step of obtaining conductive thin wires in the seed layer, the surface free energy of the surface of the intermediate layer on the side of the dummy support is 68.0 mJ/m 2 or less. 一種轉印薄膜,其係具有偽支撐體、中間層及感光性層之轉印薄膜,其中 前述中間層的前述偽支撐體側的表面的表面自由能為68.0mJ/m 2以下, 前述中間層的前述偽支撐體側的表面的算術平均粗糙度Ra為50nm以下。 A transfer film, which is a transfer film having a pseudo-support, an intermediate layer, and a photosensitive layer, wherein the surface free energy of the surface of the intermediate layer on the pseudo-support side is 68.0 mJ/m 2 or less, and the intermediate layer is The arithmetic average roughness Ra of the surface on the side of the aforementioned dummy support is 50 nm or less. 如請求項13所述之轉印薄膜,其中 前述偽支撐體的中間層側的表面自由能為25.0~50.0mJ/m 2The transfer film according to claim 13, wherein the surface free energy of the intermediate layer side of the pseudo-support is 25.0-50.0 mJ/m 2 . 如請求項13或請求項14所述之轉印薄膜,其中 前述中間層包含聚乙烯醇。 The transfer film as described in Claim 13 or Claim 14, wherein The aforementioned intermediate layer contains polyvinyl alcohol. 如請求項15所述之轉印薄膜,其中 前述聚乙烯醇的含量相對於前述中間層的總質量為5~95質量%。 The transfer film as described in claim 15, wherein Content of the said polyvinyl alcohol is 5-95 mass % with respect to the gross mass of the said intermediate layer. 如請求項13或請求項14所述之轉印薄膜,其中 前述中間層進一步包含聚乙烯吡咯啶酮。 The transfer film as described in Claim 13 or Claim 14, wherein The aforementioned intermediate layer further contains polyvinylpyrrolidone. 如請求項13或請求項14所述之轉印薄膜,其中 前述中間層包含選自包括水溶性纖維素衍生物、聚醚類、苯酚衍生物及丙三醇之群組中的1種以上的化合物X。 The transfer film as described in Claim 13 or Claim 14, wherein The intermediate layer contains at least one compound X selected from the group consisting of water-soluble cellulose derivatives, polyethers, phenol derivatives, and glycerin. 如請求項18所述之轉印薄膜,其中 前述化合物X的含量相對於前述中間層的總質量為0.1質量%以上且小於30質量%。 The transfer film as described in Claim 18, wherein The content of the compound X is 0.1% by mass or more and less than 30% by mass relative to the total mass of the intermediate layer. 如請求項18所述之轉印薄膜,其中 前述化合物X包含羥丙基甲基纖維素。 The transfer film as described in Claim 18, wherein The aforementioned compound X contains hydroxypropylmethylcellulose. 如請求項13或請求項14所述之轉印薄膜,其中 前述中間層的厚度為3.0μm以下。 The transfer film as described in Claim 13 or Claim 14, wherein The thickness of the aforementioned intermediate layer is 3.0 μm or less. 如請求項13或請求項14所述之轉印薄膜,其中 前述感光性層的厚度為2.0~20μm。 The transfer film as described in Claim 13 or Claim 14, wherein The thickness of the said photosensitive layer is 2.0-20 micrometers.
TW110140279A 2020-10-30 2021-10-29 Method for producing laminate, method for producing circuit wiring board, transfer film TW202236009A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2020-183145 2020-10-30
JP2020183145 2020-10-30

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW202236009A true TW202236009A (en) 2022-09-16

Family

ID=81382641

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW110140279A TW202236009A (en) 2020-10-30 2021-10-29 Method for producing laminate, method for producing circuit wiring board, transfer film

Country Status (4)

Country Link
JP (1) JPWO2022092160A1 (en)
CN (1) CN116472494A (en)
TW (1) TW202236009A (en)
WO (1) WO2022092160A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2024004430A1 (en) * 2022-06-30 2024-01-04 富士フイルム株式会社 Transfer film, pattern forming method, and circuit wiring manufacturing method

Family Cites Families (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2003107719A (en) * 2001-09-28 2003-04-09 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Photosensitive transfer material, photomask material, photomask and method for manufacturing the same
WO2018179640A1 (en) * 2017-03-30 2018-10-04 富士フイルム株式会社 Photosensitive transferring material and method for producing circuit wiring

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2022092160A1 (en) 2022-05-05
CN116472494A (en) 2023-07-21
JPWO2022092160A1 (en) 2022-05-05

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2021199996A1 (en) Photosensitive transfer material, method for manufacturing resin pattern, method for manufacturing circuit wiring, and temporary support body for photosensitive transfer material
TW202236009A (en) Method for producing laminate, method for producing circuit wiring board, transfer film
JP7479487B2 (en) Photosensitive transfer material, resin pattern manufacturing method, etching method, and electronic device manufacturing method
WO2021192608A1 (en) Photosensitive transfer material, method for producing resin pattern, method for producing circuit wiring, and method for producing touch panel
WO2021199542A1 (en) Light-sensitive transfer material, method for manufacturing resin pattern, and method for manufacturing circuit wiring
CN116802558A (en) Method for producing laminated body, method for producing circuit wiring, method for producing electronic device, and photosensitive transfer material
WO2023100553A1 (en) Transfer film, laminate having conductor pattern, method for producing laminate having conductor pattern, and method for producing transfer film
JP7416910B2 (en) Photosensitive transfer material, resin pattern manufacturing method, circuit wiring manufacturing method, and temporary support for photosensitive transfer material
WO2022054374A1 (en) Photosensitive transfer material, production method for resin pattern, production method for circuit wiring, and production method for electronic device
WO2022181455A1 (en) Transfer film, and method for manufacturing conductor pattern
WO2022181456A1 (en) Transfer film and method for manufacturing conductor pattern
WO2022163301A1 (en) Photosensitive transfer material, resin pattern manufacturing method, circuit wiring manufacturing method, and touch panel manufacturing method
WO2022045255A1 (en) Light-sensitive transfer material and method for manufacturing resin pattern
TW202240291A (en) Transfer film, method for producing laminate, method for producing wiring line
TW202311049A (en) Transfer film, method for producing laminate having conductor pattern
TW202236008A (en) Method for producing laminate, method for producing circuit wiring, transfer film
TW202311872A (en) Method for producing laminate having conductor pattern, transfer film
TW202243907A (en) Method for manufacturing laminate, method for manufacturing circuit wiring
TW202307026A (en) Transfer film, method for manufacturing laminate having a conductive pattern
KR20240090361A (en) Transfer film, laminate having a conductor pattern and method of manufacturing the laminate having a conductor pattern, method of manufacturing the transfer film
TW202309662A (en) Photosensitive composition, photosensitive composition layer, transfer film, method for producing laminate having a conductive pattern
KR20230032894A (en) Method for producing laminate having a conductive pattern, transfer film
TW202309205A (en) Transfer film, method for manufacturing laminate having conductor pattern, photosensitive composition
JP2022156251A (en) Transfer film, method for manufacturing laminate, and method for manufacturing laminate having conductive pattern
TW202236011A (en) Method for producing laminate having conductive pattern